June 18, 2008 TO: BUILDING CODE USERS

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "June 18, 2008 TO: BUILDING CODE USERS"

Transcription

1 Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing Building and Development Branch Ministère des Affaires municipales et du Logement Direction du bâtiment et de l'aménagement 777 Bay Street, 2nd Floor 777, rue Bay, 2 e étage Toronto ON M5G 2E5 Toronto ON M5G 2E5 Telephone: (416) Téléphone : (416) Fax: (416) Télécopieur : (416) June 18, 2008 TO: BUILDING CODE USERS Enclosed please find pages containing amendments and editorial revisions to the consolidated office compendium version of the 2006 Building Code (Ontario Regulation 350/06) as amended by O. Reg. 205/08, which comes into effect April 1, These amendments and editorial revisions include the following recent changes to the 2006 Building Code Compendium: O. Reg. 205/08, a regulation which further amends the Building Code to require fire sprinklers in multiple-unit residential buildings over three storeys in height. Minister s Ruling MR-08-S-04, which amends Supplementary Standards SA-1 and SB-4 related to fire sprinkler changes and comes into effect on April 1, Minister s Ruling MR-08-S-05, which amends Supplementary Standards SB-1, SB-2 and SB-5 and comes into effect on June 18, Editorial revisions to Appendix A and Supplementary Standards. An updated Building Code Act,1992, as amended by the Access to Justice Act, 2006; Clean Water Act, 2006 and Part III of the Public Service of Ontario Act, The amendments and editorial revisions are identified on the following pages by a unique symbol and a corresponding effective date. The replacement pages for O. Reg. 205/08, SA-1 and SB-4 which come into effect April 1, 2010 also have a shaded bar at the bottom of the page. These shaded pages should be placed after the tab pending amendments and are to replace the existing corresponding pages on April 1, ServiceOntario Publications is the official publisher and vendor of the 2006 Building Code and the amendment pages. You may contact ServiceOntario Publications by phone at , (toll-free) or For further information, please visit the Building Code website at David Brezer, MBA, P.Eng. Director encl.

2

3 Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing Building and Development Branch 2006 Building Code Compendium 2006 Building Code Compendium Volume 1 June 18, 2008 update (containing O. Reg. 205/08)

4 Volume Building Code Compendium r 1 r 1.1 r 2 m 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 COMMENCEMENT Ontario Regulation 350/06 comes into force on the 31st day of December, Amending Ontario Regulation 423/06 comes into force on the 31st day of December, Amending Ontario Regulation 137/07 comes into force on the 2nd day of April, Amending Ontario Regulation 137/07 comes into force on the 1st day of July, Amending Ontario Regulation 205/08 comes into force on the 1st day of April, Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister s Ruling) MR-07-S-02 takes effect on the 9th day of March, Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister s Ruling) MR-07-S-03 takes effect on the 2nd day of April, Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister s Ruling) MR-08-S-04 takes effect on the 1st day of April, Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister s Ruling) MR-08-S-05 takes effect on the 18th day of June, ERRATA e 1 Issued April 2nd, Copyright Queen's Printer for Ontario 2008 ISBN (set) ISBN (vol.1) All rights reserved. Questions regarding copyright, including reproduction and distribution, may be directed to the Director, Building and Development Branch of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing.

5 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Code Amendment History The first Ontario Building Code was issued in The 1975 and subsequent editions of the Building Code have been issued as follows: Building Code Edition Date Filed Effective Date O. Reg. 925/75 (1975 Building Code) November 24, 1975 December 31, 1975 O. Reg. 583/83 (1983 Building Code) September 15, 1983 November 30, 1983 O. Reg. 419/86 (1986 Building Code) July 18, 1986 October 20, 1986 O. Reg. 413/90 (1990 Building Code) July 30, 1990 October 1, 1990 O. Reg. 403/97 (1997 Building Code) November 3, 1997 April 6, 1998 O. Reg. 350/06 (2006 Building Code) June 28, 2006 December 31, 2006 The following Table lists the amendments to the 2006 Building Code made since the filing of O. Reg. 350/06: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2006 BUILDING CODE - ONTARIO REGULATION 350/06 Amendment Date Filed Effective Date Nature of Amendment O. Reg. 423/06 August 29, 2006 December 31, 2006 Definition of Applicable Law O. Reg. 137/07 April 2, 2007 April 2, 2007 Editorial revisions; tall stud tables A-30 to A-33 July 1, 2007 Part 3 stud wall reinforcement and plumbing fixtures O. Reg. 205/08 June 18, 2008 April 1, 2010 Residential fire sprinklers The following Table lists Minister s Rulings that have been made to adopt amendments to codes, formulae, standards, guidelines or procedures referenced in the 2006 Building Code: MINISTER S RULINGS TO ADOPT AMENDMENTS TO CODES, FORMULAE, STANDARDS, GUIDELINES OR PROCEDURES REFERENCED IN THE 2006 BUILDING CODE Ruling Number Date of Ruling Effective Date Nature of Amendment MR-06-S-01 August 15, 2006 December 31, 2006 MR-07-S-02 March 9, 2007 March 9, 2007 MR-07-S-03 April 2, 2007 April 2, 2007 Supplementary Standards SA-1, SB-1, SB-2, SB-3, SB-4, SB-5, SB-6, SB-7, SB-8, SB-9, SB-10, SB-11, SC-1 Revise Table of Division B Revise Supplementary Standard SB-5 Revise Table of Division B Revise Supplementary Standard SB-10 MR-08-S-04 June 18, 2008 April 1, 2010 Revise Supplementary Standards SA-1, SB-4 MR-08-S-05 June 18, 2008 June 18, 2008 Revise Supplementary Standards SB-1, SB-2, SB-5 Volume 1 xvii

6 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM xviii Volume 1

7 Building Code Act BUILDING CODE ACT, S.O. 1992, c.23 as amended by: S.O. 1997, c.24, s.224, except s.224(17), in force June 17, 1998 S.O. 1997, c.30, Schedule B, s.1-20 in force April 6, 1998 S.O. 1999, c.12, Schedule M, s.1-11 in force December 22, 1999 S.O. 2000, c.5, s.7 in force January 1, 2001 S.O. 2000, c.26, Schedule K, s.1 in force December 6, 2000 S.O. 2002, c.9, s.5, 6(1),(2), 16, 24, 25; 27, 31(1), 34, 40(1), 41(1), 43, 51(6),(9),(11)-(15), 53(3), 54, in force September 1, 2003 S.O. 2002, c.9, s.1-4, 6(3), 7-15, 17-19, 20(1),(2), 21-23, 26, 28-30, 31(2), 32, 33, 35-39, 40(2),(3), 41(2), 42, 44-50, 51(1),(2),(4),(5),(7),(8),(10), 52, 53(1),(2) in force July 1, 2005 S.O. 2002, c.17, Schedule C, s.1-6 in force July 1, 2005 S.O. 2002, c.17, Schedule F, Table in force January 1, 2003 S.O. 2005, c.33, s.1 in force December 15, 2005 S.O. 2006, c.19, Schedule O, ss.1, 2 in force June 22, 2006 S.O. 2006, c.32, Schedule C, s.3, in force January 1, 2007 S.O. 2006, c.21, Schedule F, s.104 in force July 25, 2007 S.O. 2006, c.22, s.112(8) in force July 3, 2007 S.O. 2006, c.35, Schedule C, s.8 in force August 20, 2007 CONTENTS Interpretation 1. Definitions 1.1 Roles of Various Persons Enforcement Authorities 2. Administration 3. Enforcement by Municipalities 3.1 Enforcement, Boards of Health 4. Provincial Enforcement 4.1 Enforcement by Registered Code Agency Appointed by a Principal Authority 4.2 Enforcement by Registered Code Agency Appointed by an Applicant 5. Agreements re Enforcement 6. Agreement re Review of Plans 6.1 Agreement re Plumbing 6.2 Agreement re Sewage Systems 7. By-laws, Resolutions, Regulations 7.1 Code of Conduct Construction and Demolition 8. Building Permits 9. Equivalent Materials, etc. 10. Change of Use 10.1 Prohibition re Sewage Systems 10.2 Notice of Readiness for Inspection 11. Occupancy or Use after Completion 12. Inspection of Building Site 13. Order Not to Cover 14. Stop Work Order Property Standards 15. Reserved 15.1 Municipal Property Standards 15.2 Inspection of Property Without Warrant 15.3 Appeal of Order 15.4 Power of Municipality if Order not Complied with 15.5 Certificate of Compliance 15.6 Property Standards Committee 15.7 Emergency Order re Dangerous Non-Conformity with Standards 15.8 Inspection Powers of Officer Unsafe Buildings 15.9 Inspection of Unsafe Buildings Emergency Order where Immediate Danger Maintenance Inspection Programs Maintenance Inspections 2006 Building Code Compendium 1

8 Building Code Act Qualifications Qualifications for Various Positions Qualifications re Sewage Systems Duty to have Insurance Powers and Duties of Registered Code Agencies Notice to Chief Building Official Functions of Registered Code Agencies Scope of Agency s Powers Persons Acting on Behalf of an Agency Duties re Certificates and Orders Expiry of an Agency s Appointment Termination of an Agency s Appointment Order to Suspend Construction Conflict Between Appointment and Act, etc. General Powers of Inspection and Enforcement Duty to Carry Identification 16. Entry into Dwellings 17. Reserved 17.1 Recovery of Expenditures for Repairs, etc. 18. Powers of Inspector 19. Obstruction of Inspector, etc. 20. Obstruction or Removal of Order 21. Warrant for Entry and Search Dispute Resolution, Reviews and Appeals 22. Review of Inspector s Order 23. Building Code Commission 24. Dispute Resolution 25. Appeal to Court 26. Further Appeal 27. Service Authorizations and Rulings 28. Building Materials Evaluation Commission 28.1 Binding Interpretations by the Minister 29. Rulings by Minister 30. Inquiry General 31. Immunity from Action 32. Reserved 32.1 Reserved 33. Reserved 34. Regulations 35. Municipal By-laws 35.1 Status of Conservation Authority Regulations 36. Offences 37. Proof of Directions, Orders, etc. 38. Restraining Order 38.1 Suspension of Licence Interpretation 1. (1) Definitions. In this Act, "building" means, (a) a structure occupying an area greater than ten square metres consisting of a wall, roof and floor or any of them or a structural system serving the function thereof including all plumbing, works, fixtures and service systems appurtenant thereto, (b) a structure occupying an area of ten square metres or less that contains plumbing, including the plumbing appurtenant thereto, (c) plumbing not located in a structure, (c.1) a sewage system; or (d) structures designated in the building code; ("bâtiment") "building code" means regulations made under section 34; ("code du bâtiment") change certificate means a certificate prescribed under the building code or approved by the Minister as a change certificate; ( certificat de modification ); "chief building official" means a chief building official appointed or constituted under section 3 or 4; ("chef du service du bâtiment") code of conduct means a code of conduct described in section 7.1; ( code de conduite ); "construct" means to do anything in the erection, installation, extension or material alteration or repair of a building and includes the installation of a building unit fabricated or moved from elsewhere and "construction" has a corresponding meaning; ("construire", "construction", "travaux de construction") "demolish" means to do anything in the removal of a building or any material part thereof and "demolition" has a corresponding meaning; ("démolir", "démolition", "travaux de démolition") "director" means the person appointed as director under section 2; ("directeur") final certificate means a certificate prescribed under the building code as a final certificate ; ( certificat définitif ); inspector means an inspector appointed under section 3, 3.1, 4, 6.1 or 6.2; ( inspecteur ) Building Code Compendium

9 Building Code Act "Minister" means the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing; ("ministre") "municipality" means a local municipality; ("municipalité") "officer" means a property standards officer who has been assigned the responsibility of administering and enforcing by-laws passed under section 15.1; ("agent") "planning board" means a planning board established under section 9 or 10 of the Planning Act; ("conseil d aménagement") "plans review certificate" means a certificate prescribed under the building code or approved by the Minister as a plans review certificate; ( certificat d examen des plans ) "plumbing" means a drainage system, a venting system and a water system or parts thereof; ("installation de plomberie") principal authority means, (a) the Crown, (b) the council of a municipality, (c) an upper-tier municipality that has entered into an agreement under subsection 3(5), 6.1(1) or 6.2(1), (d) a board of health that has been prescribed for the purposes of subsection 3.1(1) or has entered into an agreement under subsection 6.1(2) or (3) or 6.2(2), (e) a planning board that has been prescribed for the purposes of subsection 3.1(1), or (f) a conservation authority that has been prescribed for the purposes of subsection 3.1(1) or has entered into an agreement under subsection 6.2(2); ( autorité principale ); registered code agency means a person that has the qualifications and meets the requirements described in subsection 15.11(4); ( organisme inscrit d exécution du code ) "regulations" means regulations made under this Act. ("règlements") 1992, c.23, s.1(1); 1997, c.24, s.224(1, 2); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.1; 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.1; 2002, c.9, s.2(1-3); 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.1(1); 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(1); 2006, c. 21, Sched. F, s.104(1-3); 2006, c.22, s.112(1). (1.1) Interpretation. Except as provided in subsection (1.2), a reference to this Act in any provision of this Act shall be deemed to be a reference to this Act excluding sections 15.1 to , c.24, s.224(3) (1.2) Same. A reference to this Act in subsection 1(1) and sections 2, 16, 19, 20, 21, 27, 31, 36 and 37 includes a reference to sections 15.1 to , c.24, s.224(3) (1.3) Chief Building Official. A reference to the chief building official in this Act, other than in subsections 1(1), 3(2), (3) and (6) and section 4, includes an inspector who has the same powers and duties as the chief building official, (a) in relation to sewage systems by virtue of subsections 3.1(3) or 6.2(4); and (b) in relation to plumbing by virtue of subsection 6.1(5). 2002, c.9, s.2(4) (2) Exclusion. This Act does not apply to structures used directly in the extraction of ore from a mine. 1992, c.23, s.1(2) 1.1 (1) Role of Various Persons. It is the role of every person who causes a building to be constructed, (a) to cause the building to be constructed in accordance with this Act and the building code and with any permit issued under this Act for the building; (b) to ensure that construction does not proceed unless any permit required under this Act has been issued by the chief building official; and (c) to ensure that construction is carried out only by persons with the qualifications and insurance, if any, required by this Act and the building code. 2002, c.9, s.3 (2) Role of Designers. It is the role of a designer, (a) if the designer s designs are to be submitted in support of an application for a permit under this Act, to provide designs which are in accordance with this Act and the building code and to provide documentation that is sufficiently detailed to permit the design to be assessed for compliance with this Act and the building code and to allow a builder to carry out the work in accordance with the design, this Act and the building code; (b) to perform the role described in clause (a) in respect of only those matters for which the designer has the qualifications, if any, required by this Act and the building code; and (c) if the building code requires that all or part of the design or construction of a building be under general review, to perform the general review in respect of only those matters for which the designer has the qualifications, if any, required by this Act and the building code. 2002, c.9, s Building Code Compendium 3

10 Building Code Act (3) Role of Builders. It is the role of a builder, (a) to ensure that construction does not proceed unless any permit required under this Act has been issued by the chief building official; (b) to construct the building in accordance with the permit; (c) to use appropriate building techniques to achieve compliance with this Act and the building code; and (d) when site conditions affect compliance with the building code, to notify the designer and an inspector or the registered code agency, as appropriate. 2002, c.9, s.3 (4) Role of Manufacturers, etc. It is the role of manufacturers, suppliers and retailers of products that are intended for use in Ontario in the construction of a building for a purpose that is regulated by this Act or the building code to ensure that the products comply with the standards established under this Act and the building code. 2002, c.9, s.3 (5) Role of Registered Code Agencies. It is the role of a registered code agency, (a) to exercise powers and perform duties under this Act and the building code in connection with reviewing plans, issuing certificates, inspecting construction and performing other functions in accordance with this Act and the building code; and (b) to carry out the duties of a registered code agency under this Act and the building code in respect of only those matters for which the registered code agency is qualified under this Act and the building code. 2002, c.9, s.3 (6) Role of Chief Building Officials. It is the role of a chief building official, (a) to establish operational policies for the enforcement of this Act and the building code within the applicable jurisdiction; (b) to co-ordinate and oversee the enforcement of this Act and the building code within the applicable jurisdiction; (c) to exercise powers and perform the other duties assigned to him or her under this Act and the building code; and (d) to exercise powers and perform duties in accordance with the standards established by the applicable code of conduct. 2002, c.9, s.3 (7) Role of Inspectors. It is the role of an inspector, (a) to exercise powers and perform duties under this Act and the building code in connection with reviewing plans, inspecting construction, conducting maintenance inspections and issuing orders in accordance with this Act and the building code; (b) to exercise powers and perform duties in respect of only those matters for which he or she has the qualifications required by this Act and the building code; and (c) to exercise powers and perform duties in accordance with the standards established by the applicable code of conduct. 2002, c.9, s.3; 2006, c.22, s.112(2) (8) Limitation. Nothing in this section relieves any person from the duty to comply with any part of this Act or the building code or affects the rights or duties of a person not mentioned in this section in respect of the construction of a building. 2002, c.9, s.3; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(2) Enforcement Authorities 2. (1) Administration. The Minister is responsible for the administration of this Act. 1992, c.23, s.2(1) (2) Director. There shall be a director of the Building and Development Branch of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing who is appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council for the purposes of this Act. 2002, c.9, s.5 3. (1) Enforcement by Municipalities. The council of each municipality is responsible for the enforcement of this Act in the municipality, except where otherwise provided by this Act. 2002, c.9, s.6(1) (2) Chief Building Official, Inspectors. The council of each municipality shall appoint a chief building official and such inspectors as are necessary for the enforcement of this Act in the areas in which the municipality has jurisdiction. 1992, c.23, s.3(2) (2.1) Repealed. 2002, c.9, s.6(2) (3) Joint Enforcement. The councils of two or more municipalities may enter into an agreement, (a) providing for the joint enforcement of this Act within their respective municipalities; Building Code Compendium

11 Building Code Act (b) (c) providing for the sharing of costs incurred in the enforcement of this Act within their respective municipalities; and providing for the appointment of a chief building official and inspectors. 1992, c.23, s.3(3) system inspectors as are necessary for the enforcement of this Act in the areas in which the board of health, planning board or conservation authority has jurisdiction under subsection (1). 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.3; 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.2(2) (4) Joint Jurisdiction. If an agreement under subsection (3) is in effect, the municipalities have joint jurisdiction in the area comprising the municipalities. 1992, c.23, s.3(4) (5) Enforcement by Upper-Tier. The council of an upper-tier municipality and of one or more municipalities in the upper-tier municipality may enter into an agreement for the enforcement by the upper-tier municipality of this Act in the municipalities and for charging the municipalities the whole or part of the cost. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table (6) Power of Upper-Tier. If an agreement under subsection (5) is in effect, the upper-tier municipality has jurisdiction for the enforcement of this Act in the municipalities that are parties to the agreement and shall appoint a chief building official and such inspectors as are necessary for that purpose. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table (7) Repealed. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table (8) Certificate. The clerk of the municipality or upper-tier municipality shall issue a certificate of appointment bearing the clerk's signature or a facsimile of it to the chief building official and each inspector appointed by the municipality or upper-tier municipality. 1992, c.23, s.3(8); 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table (9) Records. Every municipality and every uppertier municipality that has jurisdiction for the enforcement of this Act shall retain such records as may be prescribed by regulation for the prescribed period of time. 2002, c.9, s.6(3); 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s (1) Enforcement, Boards of Health. A board of health, a planning board or a conservation authority prescribed in the building code is responsible for the enforcement of the provisions of this Act and the building code related to sewage systems in the municipalities and territory without municipal organization prescribed in the building code. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.3; 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.2(1) (2) Inspectors. The board of health, planning board or conservation authority shall appoint such sewage (3) Powers. A sewage system inspector appointed under this section in an area of jurisdiction or, if there is more than one inspector in the area of jurisdiction, the inspector designated by the board of health, planning board or conservation authority has the same powers and duties in relation to sewage systems as does the chief building official in respect of buildings. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.3; 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.2(3) (4) Jurisdiction. A board of health, planning board or conservation authority prescribed for the purposes of subsection (1) has jurisdiction for the enforcement of this Act in the prescribed municipalities and territory without municipal organization. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.3; 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.2(4) (5) Responsibility. If sewage system inspectors have been appointed under this section, the chief building official and inspectors appointed under section 3 or 4 shall not exercise their powers under this Act in respect of sewage systems. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.3 (6) Certificate. The medical officer of health or the secretary-treasurer of a planning board or conservation authority shall issue a certificate of appointment bearing his or her signature, or a facsimile of it, to each sewage system inspector appointed by the board of health, planning board or conservation authority. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.3; 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.2(5) (7) Records. Every board of health, planning board and conservation authority prescribed for the purposes of subsection (1) shall retain such records as may be prescribed by regulation for the prescribed period of time. 2002, c.9, s.7 4. (1) Provincial Enforcement. Subject to section 3.1, Ontario is responsible for the enforcement of this Act in a territory without municipal organization. 1992, c.23, s.4(1); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.4 (2) Agreements. The council of a municipality and the Crown in right of Ontario represented by the Minister may enter into an agreement providing for the enforcement of this Act in the municipality by Ontario subject to such payment in respect of costs as is set out in the agreement. 1992, c.23, s.4(2) 2006 Building Code Compendium 5

12 Building Code Act (3) Idem. If an agreement under subsection (2) is in effect, Ontario has jurisdiction for the enforcement of this Act in the municipality. 1992, c.23, s.4(3) (4) Inspectors. Inspectors necessary for the enforcement of this Act in the areas in which Ontario has jurisdiction shall be appointed under Part III of the Public Service of Ontario Act , c.23, s.4(4); 2006, c.35, Sched.C, s.8(1) (5) Chief Building Official. The director is the chief building official for the areas in which Ontario has jurisdiction. 1992, c.23, s.4(5) (6) Certificate. The Deputy Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing shall issue a certificate of appointment bearing his or her signature or a facsimile of it to the director and each inspector appointed under subsection (4). 1992, c.23, s.4(6); 1997, c.24, s.224(5) 4.1 (1) Enforcement by Registered Code Agency Appointed by a Principal Authority. Subject to this Act and the building code, a principal authority may enter into agreements with registered code agencies authorizing the agency to perform the functions specified in the agreement in respect of the construction of any building or class of building specified in the agreement. 2002, c.9, s.8 determined in accordance with the building code. 2002, c.9, s.8 (6) Effect of Appointment. A registered code agency shall perform the functions specified in the appointment for the construction of a specified building or class of buildings and subject to the restrictions set out in this Act and the building code, and shall do so in the manner and subject to the restrictions, if any, set out in the building code. 2002, c.9, s.8 (7) Same. The duty of the registered code agency to perform those functions begins when the appointment is made and ends when the appointment expires as described in section or is terminated in accordance with section , c.9, s.8 (8) Notice to the Director. A principal authority that appoints a registered code agency shall give the director such information as may be prescribed by regulation. 2002, c.9, s (1) Enforcement by Registered Code Agency Appointed by an Applicant. This section applies only if a principal authority authorizes it, by regulation, by-law or resolution, as the case may be, to apply within the jurisdiction of the principal authority. 2002, c.9, s.8 (2) Appointment. After entering into the agreement with the registered code agency, the principal authority may appoint the agency to perform specified functions in respect of the construction of a building or class of buildings. 2002, c.9, s.8 (3) Delegation of Power to Appoint. The principal authority may delegate, in writing, to the chief building official the authority to make appointments described in subsection (2), and may impose conditions or restrictions with respect to the delegation. 2002, c.9, s.8 (4) Same. Unless otherwise provided in the building code, an appointment of a registered code agency may authorize the agency to perform all of the applicable functions described in section 15.15, (a) before a permit is issued under section 8; (b) (c) after a permit is issued under section 8; or both before and after a permit is issued under section , c.9, s.8 (5) Conflicts. A registered code agency shall not accept an appointment in the circumstances set out in the building code or if it would have a conflict of interest as Building Code Compendium (2) Appointment. Subject to this Act and the building code, a prescribed person who is entitled to apply for a permit under section 8 of this Act may appoint a registered code agency to perform all of the functions described in section in respect of the construction of a building. 2002, c.9, s.8 (3) Exception. Subsection (2) does not apply, (a) if a registered code agency has been appointed by a principal authority to perform any function in respect of the construction; or (b) if an inspector has begun to perform any function in respect of the construction. 2002, c.9, s.8 (4) Manner of Appointment. The appointment must be made in writing in the prescribed manner and is subject to the prescribed conditions and restrictions. 2002, c.9, s.8 (5) Conflicts. A registered code agency shall not accept an appointment in the circumstances set out in the building code or if it would have a conflict of interest as determined in accordance with the building code. 2002, c.9, s.8

13 Building Code Act (6) Effect of Appointment. A registered code agency shall perform its functions for the specified building subject to the restrictions set out in this Act and the building code and shall do so in the manner and subject to the restrictions, if any, set out in the building code. 2002, c.9, s.8 (7) Same. The duty of the registered code agency to perform those functions begins when the appointment is made and ends when the appointment expires as described in section or is terminated in accordance with section , c.9, s.8 (8) Replacement Agency. A person who has appointed a registered code agency under subsection (2) in respect of the construction of a building cannot replace the agency after it has begun to perform any function in respect of the construction unless the appointment of that agency has expired as described in section or has been terminated in accordance with section , c.9, s.8 (9) Notice to Director. The person who appoints a registered code agency under this section shall give the director such information as may be prescribed by regulation. 2002, c.9, s.8 (10) Notice to Chief Building Official. The person who appoints a registered code agency under this section shall give the chief building official such information as may be prescribed by regulation. 2002, c.9, s.8 5. (1) Agreements re Enforcement. The council of a municipality adjacent to territory without municipal organization and the Crown in right of Ontario represented by the Minister may enter into an agreement providing for the enforcement of this Act by the municipality in such part of the territory without municipal organization and subject to such payment in respect of costs as is set out in the agreement. 1992, c.23, s.5(1) (2) Area of Municipal Jurisdiction. The municipality has jurisdiction for the enforcement of this Act in the area designated in the agreement. 1992, c.23, s.5(2) (3) Application. An agreement under this section may apply to the enforcement of all or any part of this Act or the building code. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.5 6. (1) Agreement re Review of Plans. Two or more principal authorities may enter into an agreement providing for, (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) the review by a principal authority for compliance with the building code of plans and specifications for the construction of a building within its area of jurisdiction; an expedited review by another principal authority for compliance with the building code of plans and specifications for the construction of substantially similar buildings; the allocation of responsibility for reviews for compliance with the building code of plans and specifications for the construction of buildings; the resolution of disagreements about whether plans and specifications comply with the building code; indemnification; and such other matters as may be necessary to give effect to the agreement. 2002, c.9, s.9 (2) Delegation. A principal authority may delegate to the chief building official the authority to make such decisions under an agreement as may be necessary for its implementation. 2002, c.9, s (1) Agreement re Plumbing. Despite any other provision of this Act, the council of an upper-tier municipality and of one or more municipalities in the uppertier municipality may enter into an agreement for the enforcement by the upper-tier municipality of the provisions of this Act and the building code related to plumbing in the municipalities and for charging the municipalities the whole or part of the cost. 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(1) (2) Delegation to Health Unit. If an agreement under subsection (1) is in effect, the council of an upper-tier municipality may by agreement delegate its powers under subsection (1) to a board of health having jurisdiction in the municipalities that are parties to the agreement. 2002, c.9, s.10; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(2) (3) Delegation by Municipality. A municipality that is not a party to an agreement under subsection (1) may enter into an agreement with the board of health having jurisdiction in the municipality for the enforcement of the provisions of this Act and the building code relating to plumbing. 2002, c.9, s.10 (4) Plumbing Inspectors. The council of an upper-tier municipality or the board of health may appoint plumbing inspectors for the purpose of this section. 2002, c.9, s.10; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(3) 2006 Building Code Compendium 7

14 Building Code Act (5) Powers. A plumbing inspector appointed under this section or, if there is more than one inspector in the area of jurisdiction, the senior plumbing inspector has the same powers and duties in relation to plumbing as does the chief building official in respect of buildings other than the issuance of conditional permits. 2002, c.9, s.10 (6) Responsibility. If plumbing inspectors have been appointed under this section, the chief building official and inspectors appointed under section 3 or 4 shall not exercise their powers under this Act in respect of plumbing. 2002, c.9, s.10 (7) Application. Subsections 3(8) and (9) and section 7 apply with necessary modifications to the council of an upper-tier municipality or a board of health that has assumed responsibility for plumbing under this section. 2002, c.9, s.10; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(4) (8) Transition, Plumbing. If, on July 1, 1993, an upper-tier municipality was carrying out plumbing inspections under the Ontario Water Resources Act in the municipalities that formed part of the upper-tier municipality, the upper-tier municipality shall enforce the provisions of this Act and the building code related to plumbing in all of the municipalities forming part of the upper-tier municipality until the council of the upper-tier municipality by by-law determines otherwise, whereupon section 3 applies. 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(5) (9) Same. Subsections (4) to (7) apply with necessary modifications to an upper-tier municipality that has assumed responsibility for plumbing under subsection (8). 2002, c.9, s.10; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(6) (10) Interpretation. For the purpose of subsection (8), an upper-tier municipality that has been deemed to be a county by any general or special Act for the purposes of section 76 of the Ontario Water Resources Act, as it read on June 30, 1993, shall be deemed to be an upper-tier municipality that was carrying on plumbing inspections under the Ontario Water Resources Act in the municipalities that formed part of the upper-tier municipality for municipal purposes on July 1, , c.17, Sched. C, s.3(7) 6.2 (1) Agreement re Sewage Systems. Despite any other provision of this Act, the council of an upper-tier municipality and of one or more municipalities in the upper-tier municipality may enter into an agreement for the enforcement by the upper-tier municipality of the provisions of this Act and the building code related to sewage systems in the municipalities and for charging the municipalities the whole or part of the cost. 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(8) (2) Delegation. A municipality that is not a party to an agreement under subsection (1) may enter into an agreement with a board of health or a conservation authority having jurisdiction in the municipality for the enforcement of the provisions of this Act and the building code related to sewage systems. 2002, c.9, s.10 (3) Inspectors. The council of an upper-tier municipality, board of health or conservation authority may appoint sewage system inspectors for the purposes of this section. 2002, c.9, s.10; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(9) (4) Powers. A sewage system inspector appointed under this section in an area of jurisdiction or, if there is more than one inspector in the area of jurisdiction, the inspector designated by the council of an upper-tier municipality, board of health or conservation authority has the same powers and duties in relation to sewage systems as does the chief building official in respect of buildings. 2002, c.9, s.10; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(10) (5) Responsibility. If sewage system inspectors have been appointed under this section, the chief building official and inspectors appointed under section 3 or 4 shall not exercise their powers under this Act in respect of sewage systems. 2002, c.9, s.10 (6) Application. Subsections 3(8) and (9) and section 7 apply with necessary modifications to the council of an upper-tier municipality, board of health or conservation authority that has assumed responsibility for sewage systems under this section. 2002, c.9, s.10; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(11) 7.(1) By-laws, Resolutions, Regulations. The council of a municipality or of an upper-tier municipality that has entered into an agreement under subsection 3(5) or a board of health prescribed for the purposes of section 3.1 may pass by laws, a planning board prescribed for the purposes of section 3.1 may pass resolutions and a conservation authority prescribed for the purposes of section 3.1 or the Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations, applicable to the matters for which and in the area in which the municipality, upper-tier municipality, board of health, planning board, conservation authority or the Province of Ontario, respectively, has jurisdiction for the enforcement of this Act, Building Code Compendium

15 Building Code Act (a) (b) (b.1) (b.2) (c) (c.1) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) prescribing classes of permits under this Act, including permits in respect of any stage of construction or demolition; providing for applications for permits and requiring the applications to be accompanied by such plans, specifications, documents and other information as is prescribed; subject to the regulations made under subsection 34(2.1), establishing and governing a program to enforce standards prescribed under clause 34(2)(b), in addition to any programs established under subsection 34(2.2); subject to the regulations made under subsection 34(2.2), governing a program established under subsection 34(2.2); requiring the payment of fees on applications for and issuance of permits and prescribing the amounts thereof; requiring the payment of interest and other penalties, including payment of collection costs, when fees are unpaid or are paid after the due date; providing for refunds of fees under such circumstances as are prescribed; requiring a person specified in the building code to give notice to the chief building official or an inspector or to a registered code agency if one is appointed, of any of the stages of construction specified in the building code, in addition to the stages of construction prescribed under subsection 10.2(1) and prescribing the period of time after such notice is given during which an inspection may be carried out; prescribing forms respecting permits and applications for permits and providing for their use; enabling the chief building official to require that a set of plans of a building or any class of buildings as constructed be filed with the chief building official on completion of the construction under such conditions as may be prescribed in the building code; providing for the transfer of permits when land changes ownership; requiring the person to whom a permit is issued to erect and maintain fences to enclose the site of the construction or demolition within such areas of the municipality as may be prescribed; prescribing the height and description of the fences required under clause (i). 1992, c.23, s.7; 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.6; 1999; c.12, Sched. M, s.3; 2002, c.9, s.11(1); 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(5), 2006, c.22, s.112(3-5) (2) Fees. The total amount of the fees authorized under clause (1)(c) must not exceed the anticipated reasonable costs of the principal authority to administer and enforce this Act in its area of jurisdiction. 2002, c.9, s.11(2) (3) Reduction in Fees. A regulation, by-law or resolution establishing fees under clause (1)(c) must provide for reduced fees to be payable in respect of the construction of a building for which a registered code agency is appointed under section , c.9, s.11(2) (4) Report on Fees. Every 12 months, each principal authority shall prepare a report that contains such information as may be prescribed about any fees authorized under clause (1)(c) and costs of the principal authority to administer and enforce this Act in its area of jurisdiction. 2002, c.9, s.11(2) (5) Same. The principal authority shall make its report available to the public in the manner required by regulation. 2002, c.9, s.11(2) (6) Change in Fees. If a principal authority proposes to change any fee imposed under clause (1)(c), the principal authority shall, (a) give notice of the proposed changes in fees to such persons as may be prescribed; and (b) hold a public meeting concerning the proposed changes. 2002, c.9, s.11(2); 2006, c.22, s.112(6) (7) Same, Notice. The notice of proposed changes in fees must contain the prescribed information, including information about the public meeting, and must be given in the prescribed manner. 2002, c.9, s.11(2) (8) Same, Public Meeting. The public meeting concerning proposed changes in fees must be held within the period specified by regulation before the regulation, by-law or resolution to implement the proposed changes is made. 2002, c.9, s.11(2) (8.1) Fees may be Added to Tax Roll. Section 398 of the Municipal Act, 2001 or section 264 of the City of Toronto Act, 2006, as the case may be, applies, with necessary modifications, to fees established by a municipality or local board under clause (1)(c) and, with the approval of the treasurer of a local municipality, to fees established under clause (1)(c) by a conservation authority whose area of jurisdiction includes any part of the local municipality. 2006, c.22, s.12(7) 2006 Building Code Compendium 9

16 Building Code Act (9) Forms. The power to prescribe forms under clause (1)(f) does not include the power to prescribe a form for a particular purpose where there is a form for that purpose prescribed in the building code or approved by the Minister. 2002, c.9, s.11(2); 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.104(4) 7.1 (1) Code of Conduct. A principal authority shall establish and enforce a code of conduct for the chief building official and inspectors. 2002, c.9, s.12 (2) Purposes. The following are the purposes of a code of conduct: (a) To promote appropriate standards of behaviour and enforcement actions by the chief building official and inspectors in the exercise of a power or the performance of a duty under this Act or the building code. (b) To prevent practices which may constitute an abuse of power, including unethical or illegal practices, by the chief building official and inspectors in the exercise of a power or the performance of a duty under this Act or the building code. (c) To promote appropriate standards of honesty and integrity in the exercise of a power or the performance of a duty under this Act or the building code by the chief building official and inspectors. 2002, c.9, s.12 (3) Contents. A code of conduct must provide for its enforcement and include policies or guidelines to be used when responding to allegations that the code has been breached and disciplinary actions that may be taken if the code is breached. 2002, c.9, s.12 (4) Public Notice. The principal authority shall ensure that the code of conduct is brought to the attention of the public. 2002, c.9, s.12 Construction and Demolition 8. (1) Building Permits. No person shall construct or demolish a building or cause a building to be constructed or demolished unless a permit has been issued therefor by the chief building official. 1992, c.23, s.8(1); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.7(1) (1.1) Application for Permit. An application for a permit to construct or demolish a building may be made by a person specified by regulation and the prescribed form or the form approved by the Minister must be used and be accompanied by the documents and information specified by regulation. 2002, c.9, s.14(1); 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.104(5) (2) Issuance of Permits. The chief building official shall issue a permit referred to in subsection (1) unless, (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) the proposed building, construction or demolition will contravene this Act, the building code or any other applicable law; the applicant is a builder or vendor as defined in the Ontario New Home Warranties Plan Act and is not registered under that Act; a person who prepared drawings, plans, specifications or other documents or gave an opinion concerning the compliance of the proposed building or construction with the building code does not have the applicable qualifications, if any, set out in the building code or does not have the insurance, if any, required by the building code; the plans review certificate, if any, required for the application does not contain the prescribed information; the application for the permit is not complete; or any fees due have not been paid. 2002, c.9, s.14(2) (2.1) Restriction. If the application includes a plans review certificate that contains the prescribed information, the chief building official is not entitled to refuse to issue the permit on the grounds that the proposed construction of the building to which the certificate relates does not comply with the building code. 2002, c.9, s.14(2) (2.2) Decision. When an application for a permit contains the prescribed information, the chief building official is required to determine within the period prescribed by regulation whether to issue the permit or to refuse to issue it. 2002, c.9, s.14(2) (2.3) Same, Reasons for Refusal. If the chief building official refuses to issue the permit, he or she shall inform the applicant of all of the reasons for the refusal of the permit and shall do so within the period prescribed by regulation. 2002, c.9, s.14(2) (3) Conditional Permit. Even though all requirements have not been met to obtain a permit under subsection (2), the chief building official may issue a conditional permit for any stage of construction if, (a) compliance with by-laws passed under sections 34 and 38 of the Planning Act and with such other applicable law as may be set out in the building Building Code Compendium

17 Building Code Act code has been achieved in respect of the proposed building or construction; (b) the chief building official is of the opinion that unreasonable delays in the construction would occur if a conditional permit is not granted; and (c) the applicant and such other person as the chief building official determines agree in writing with the municipality, upper-tier municipality, board of health, planning board, conservation authority or the Crown in right of Ontario to, (i) assume all risk in commencing the construction, (ii) obtain all necessary approvals in the time set out in the agreement or, if none, as soon as practicable, (iii) file plans and specifications of the complete building in the time set out in the agreement, (iv) at the applicant's own expense, remove the building and restore the site in the manner specified in the agreement if approvals are not obtained or plans filed in the time set out in the agreement, and (v) comply with such other conditions as the chief building official considers necessary, including the provision of security for compliance with subclause (iv). 1992, c.23, s.8(3); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.7(2); 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.5(1); 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table (3.1) Delegation re Conditional Permits. A principal authority may, in writing, delegate to the chief building official the power to enter into agreements described in clause (3)(c) and may impose conditions or restrictions with respect to the delegation. 2002, c.9, s.14(3) (4) Criteria. In considering whether a conditional permit should be granted, the chief building official shall, among other matters, have regard to the potential difficulty in restoring the site to its original state and use if required approvals are not obtained. 1992, c.23, s.8(4) (5) Registration. Any agreement entered into under clause (3)(c) may be registered against the land to which it applies and the municipality, upper-tier municipality, board of health, planning board, conservation authority or the Province of Ontario, as the case may be, is entitled to enforce its provisions against the owner and, subject to the Registry Act and the Land Titles Act, any and all subsequent owners of the land. 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.5(2); 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table (6) Enforcement of Agreement. If the chief building official determines that a building has not been removed or a site restored as required by an agreement under clause (3)(c), the chief building official may cause the building to be removed and the site restored and for this purpose the chief building official, an inspector and their agents may enter upon the land and into the building governed by the agreement at any reasonable time without a warrant. 1992, c.23, s.8(6) (7) Lien. If the building is in a municipality, the municipality shall have a lien on the land for the amount spent on the removal of the building and restoration of the site under subsection (6) and the amount shall have priority lien status as described in section 1 of the Municipal Act, 2001 or section 3 of the City of Toronto Act, 2006, as the case may be. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table; 2006, c.32, Sched. C, s.3(1) (8) Deemed Taxes. If the building is in territory without municipal organization, the amount spent on the removal of the building and restoration of the site under subsection (6) shall be deemed to be taxes imposed under section 3 of the Provincial Land Tax Act for the purposes of sections 26 and 27 of that Act. 1992, c.23, s.8(8) (9) Referral of Plans, etc. Upon reasonable grounds, the chief building official or registered code agency may refer drawings, plans or specifications accompanying applications for permits or the reports arising out of the general review of the construction of a building to the Association of Professional Engineers of Ontario or the Ontario Association of Architects for the purpose of determining if the Professional Engineers Act or the Architects Act is being contravened. 2002, c.9, s.14(4) (9.1) Same. At the request of the Association of Professional Engineers of Ontario or the Ontario Association of Architects, the chief building official shall refer documents and information described in subsection (9) to those associations for the purpose of determining if the Professional Engineers Act or the Architects Act is being contravened. 2002, c.9, s.14(4) (10) Revocation of Permits. Subject to section 25, the chief building official may revoke a permit issued under this Act, (a) if it was issued on mistaken, false or incorrect information; (b) if, after six months after its issuance, the construction or demolition in respect of which it was issued has not, in the opinion of the chief building official, been seriously commenced; 2006 Building Code Compendium 11

18 Building Code Act (c) (d) (e) (f) if the construction or demolition of the building is, in the opinion of the chief building official, substantially suspended or discontinued for a period of more than one year; if it was issued in error; if the holder requests in writing that it be revoked; or if a term of the agreement under clause (3)(c) has not been complied with. 1992, c.23, s.8(10) (11) Prohibition. No person shall construct or demolish a building or cause a building to be constructed or demolished except in accordance with this Act and the building code. 1992, c.23, s.8(11) (12) Notice of Change. No person shall make a material change or cause a material change to be made to a plan, specification, document or other information on the basis of which a permit was issued without notifying, filing details with and obtaining the authorization of the chief building official. 1992, c.23, s.8(12) (13) Prohibition. No person shall construct or demolish a building or cause a building to be constructed or demolished except in accordance with the plans, specifications, documents and any other information on the basis of which a permit was issued or any changes to them authorized by the chief building official. 1992, c.23, s.8(13) (14) Restriction. If a request for authorization referred to in subsection (12) or (13) is accompanied by a change certificate that contains the prescribed information, the chief building official is not entitled to refuse to authorize the change on the grounds that the construction of the building to which the certificate relates does not comply with the building code. 2002, c.9, s.14(5) 9. (1) Equivalent Materials, etc. The chief building official or a registered code agency may allow the use of materials, systems and building designs that are not authorized in the building code if, in the opinion of the chief building official or registered code agency, the proposed materials, systems and building designs will achieve the level of performance required by the building code. 2002, c.9, s.15 (2) Conditions. The chief building official or registered code agency, as the case may be, may impose conditions on the use of the materials, systems and building designs, including conditions relating to the construction, operation or maintenance of the building. 2002, c.9, s.15 (3) Restrictions. The powers of the chief building official and registered code agency under subsection (1) to allow the use of materials, systems and building designs and under subsection (2) to impose conditions are subject to such conditions as may be set out in the building code. 2002, c.9, s.15 (4) Revocation. The chief building official may alter or revoke a condition imposed under subsection (2). 2002, c.9, s.15 (5) Repeal. This section is repealed on a day to be named by proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor. 2002, c.9, s (1) Change of Use. Even though no construction is proposed, no person shall change the use of a building or part of a building or permit the use to be changed if the change would result in an increase in hazard, as determined in accordance with the building code, unless a permit has been issued by the chief building official. 2002, c.9, s.16 (2) Permit. The chief building official shall issue a permit under subsection (1), unless, (a) the building if used as proposed would result in a contravention of this Act or the building code or any other applicable law; (b) the application for it is incomplete; or (c) any fees due are unpaid. 1992, c.23, s Prohibition re Sewage Systems. No person shall operate or maintain a sewage system or permit a sewage system to be operated or maintained except in accordance with this Act and the building code. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s (1) Notice of Readiness for Inspection. At each stage of construction specified in the building code, the prescribed person shall notify the chief building official or the registered code agency, if any, that the construction is ready to be inspected. 2002, c.9, s.17 (2) Inspection. After the notice is received, an inspector or the registered code agency, as the case may be, shall carry out the inspection required by the building code within the prescribed period. 2002, c.9, s Building Code Compendium

19 Building Code Act 11. (1) Occupancy or Use after Completion. Except as authorized by the building code, a person shall not occupy or use a building or part of a building that is newly erected or installed or permit it to be occupied or used until the requirements set out in this section are met. 2002, c.9, s.18 (2) Notice of Date of Completion. Notice of the date of completion of the building or part must be given to the chief building official or the registered code agency, if any. 2002, c.9, s.18 (3) Final Certificate. If a registered code agency has been appointed for the building or part of the building by a principal authority to perform the functions described in clause 4.1(4)(b) or (c) or has been appointed under section 4.2, a final certificate that contains the prescribed information must be issued. 2002, c.9, s.18 (4) Inspection, etc. If subsection (3) does not apply, (a) either the building or part must be inspected or 10 days must elapse after notice of the date of completion is served on the chief building official; and (b) any order made under section 12 must be complied with. 2002, c.9, s (1) Inspection of Building Site. An inspector may enter upon land and into buildings at any reasonable time without a warrant for the purpose of inspecting the building or site in respect of which a permit is issued or an application for a permit is made. 1992, c.23, s.12(1) (2) Order. An inspector who finds a contravention of this Act or the building code may make an order directing compliance with this Act or the building code and may require the order to be carried out immediately or within such time as is specified in the order. 1992, c.23, s.12(2) (3) Service. The order shall be served on the person whom the inspector believes is contravening this Act or the building code. 1992, c.23, s.12(3) (4) Form and Contents. The prescribed form or the form approved by the Minister must be used for the order and it must contain sufficient information to specify the nature of the contravention and its location and the nature of the compliance that is required. 2002, c.9, s.19; 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.104(6) (5) Posting. The inspector may post a copy of the order on the site of the construction or demolition. 1992, c.23, s.12(5) 13. (1) Order Not to Cover. An inspector may make an order prohibiting the covering or enclosing of any part of a building pending inspection. 1992, c.23, s.13(1) (1.1) Form of Order. The prescribed form or the form approved by the Minister must be used for an order made under this section. 2002, c.9, s.20(1); 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.104(7) (2) Service. The order shall be served on the person to whom the permit is issued, if any, and on such other persons affected thereby as the inspector determines. 1992, c.23, s.13(2) (3) Posting. The inspector may post a copy of the order on the site of the construction. 1992, c.23, s.13(3) (4) Inspection. An inspection shall be made within a reasonable time after the person to whom the order is made has given notice that the part of the building is ready for inspection. 1992, c.23, s.13(4) (5) Service. Section 27 does not apply to a notice under subsection (4). 1992, c.23, s.13(5) (6) Order to Uncover. A chief building official or registered code agency who has reason to believe that part of a building that is covered or enclosed has not been constructed in compliance with this Act or the building code may order the persons responsible for the construction to uncover the part at their own expense for the purpose of an inspection if, (a) the part was covered or enclosed contrary to an (b) order made under subsection (1); a notice required to be given to the chief building official, registered code agency or inspector before the part was covered or enclosed under a by-law, resolution or regulation made under clause 7(e) was not given, or a notice required under section 10.2 was not received; (c) in cases where a notice required under section 10.2 is received, the period prescribed under subsection 10.2(2) did not elapse before the part was covered or enclosed; (d) in cases where a notice required by a by-law, resolution or regulation made under clause 7(e) is given, 2006 Building Code Compendium 13

20 Building Code Act (e) (i) the inspection period prescribed under clause 7(e) did not elapse before the part was covered or enclosed, or (ii) if an inspection period is not prescribed under clause 7(e), a reasonable period of time after the notice was given did not elapse before the part was covered or enclosed; or the part has been constructed without a permit being issued. 2006, c.19, Sched. O, ss.1(6) (8) Powers of Chief Building Official. The chief building official may amend or rescind any order made by the registered code agency in respect of the matter. 2002, c.9, s.21(4) Property Standards 15. Repealed. 2002, c.9, s (1) Stop Work Order. If an order made under section 12 or 13 is not complied with within the time specified in it, or where no time is specified, within a reasonable time, the chief building official or registered code agency, as the case may be may order that all or any part of the construction or demolition cease. 1992, c.23, s.14(1); 2002, c.9, s.21(1) (1.1) Form of Order. The prescribed form or the form approved by the Minister must be used for the order. 2002, c.9, s.21(2); 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.104(8) (2) Service. The order shall be served on such persons affected thereby as the chief building official or registered code agency determines and a copy shall be posted on the site of the construction or demolition. 1992, c.23, s.14(2); 2002, c.9, s.21(3) (3) Timing. The order is effective from the time it is posted under subsection (2). 1992, c.23, s.14(3) (4) Effect of Order. If an order to cease construction or demolition is made, no person shall perform any act in the construction or demolition of the building in respect of which the order is made other than work necessary to carry out the order made under section 12 or , c.23, s.14(4) (5) Referral to Chief Building Official. When a registered code agency makes an order under this section, the agency shall refer the matter to the chief building official as soon as practicable. 2002, c.9, s.21(4) (6) Same. The referral must be made in the prescribed manner. 2002, c.9, s.21(4) (7) Effect of Referral. After making the referral, the registered code agency shall take no further steps in respect of the matter to which the order refers and the principal authority that issued the permit is responsible for the enforcement of this Act in respect of the matter. 2002, c.9, s.21(4) 15.1 (1) Municipal Property Standards. In sections 15.1 to 15.8 inclusive, "committee" means a property standards committee established under section 15.6; ("comité") "occupant" means any person or persons over the age of 18 years in possession of the property; ("occupant") "owner" includes, (a) the person for the time being managing or receiving the rent of the land or premises in connection with which the word is used, whether on the person's own account or as agent or trustee of any other person, or who would so receive the rent if such land and premises were let, and (b) a lessee or occupant of the property who, under the terms of a lease, is required to repair and maintain the property in accordance with the standards for the maintenance and occupancy of property; ("propriétaire") "property" means a building or structure or part of a building or structure, and includes the lands and premises appurtenant thereto and all mobile homes, mobile buildings, mobile structures, outbuildings, fences and erections thereon whether heretofore or hereafter erected, and includes vacant property; ( bien ) "repair" includes the provision of facilities, the making of additions or alterations or the taking of any other action that may be required to ensure that a property conforms with the standards established in a by-law passed under this section. ("réparation") 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (2) Adoption of Policy. Where there is no official plan in effect in a municipality, the council of the municipality may, by by-law approved by the Minister, adopt a policy statement containing provisions relating to property conditions. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) Building Code Compendium

21 Building Code Act (3) Standards for Maintenance and Occupancy. The council of a municipality may pass a by-law to do the following things if an official plan that includes provisions relating to property conditions is in effect in the municipality or if the council of the municipality has adopted a policy statement as mentioned in subsection (2); 1. Prescribing standards for the maintenance and occupancy of property within the municipality or within any defined area or areas and for prohibiting the occupancy or use of such property that does not conform with the standards. 2. Requiring property that does not conform with the standards to be repaired and maintained to conform with the standards or the site to be cleared of all buildings, structures, debris or refuse and left in graded and levelled condition. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (4) No Distinction on the Basis of Relationship. The authority to pass a by-law under subsection (3) does not include the authority to pass a by-law that sets out requirements, standards or prohibitions that have the effect of distinguishing between persons who are related and persons who are unrelated in respect of the occupancy or use of a property, including the occupancy or use as a single housekeeping unit. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (5) Provision of No Effect. A provision in a by-law is of no effect to the extent that it contravenes the restrictions described in subsection (4). 1997, c.24, s.224(8) 15.2 (1) Inspection of Property Without Warrant. Where a by-law under section 15.1 is in effect, an officer may, upon producing proper identification, enter upon any property at any reasonable time without a warrant for the purpose of inspecting the property to determine, (a) whether the property conforms with the standards prescribed in the by-law; or (b) whether an order made under subsection (2) has been complied with. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (2) Contents of Order. An officer who finds that a property does not conform with any of the standards prescribed in a by-law passed under section 15.1 may make an order, (a) stating the municipal address or the legal description of such property; (b) giving reasonable particulars of the repairs to be made or stating that the site is to be cleared of all buildings, structures, debris or refuse and left in a graded and levelled condition; (c) (d) indicating the time for complying with the terms and conditions of the order and giving notice that, if the repair or clearance is not carried out within that time, the municipality may carry out the repair or clearance at the owner s expense; and indicating the final date for giving notice of appeal from the order. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (3) Service and Posting of Order. The order shall be served on the owner of the property and such other persons affected by it as the officer determines and a copy of the order may be posted on the property. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (4) Registration of Order. The order may be registered in the proper land registry office and, upon such registration, any person acquiring any interest in the land subsequent to the registration of the order shall be deemed to have been served with the order on the day on which the order was served under subsection (3) and, when the requirements of the order have been satisfied, the clerk of the municipality shall forthwith register in the proper land registry office a certificate that such requirements have been satisfied, which shall operate as a discharge of the order. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) 15.3 (1) Appeal of Order. An owner or occupant who has been served with an order made under subsection 15.2(2) and who is not satisfied with the terms or conditions of the order may appeal to the committee by sending a notice of appeal by registered mail to the secretary of the committee within 14 days after being served with the order. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (2) Confirmation of Order. An order that is not appealed within the time referred to in subsection (1) shall be deemed to be confirmed. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (3) Duty of Committee. The committee shall hear the appeal. 2002, c.9, s.24 (3.1) Powers of Committee. On an appeal, the committee has all the powers and functions of the officer who made the order and the committee may do any of the following things if, in the committee s opinion, doing so would maintain the general intent and purpose of the by-law and of the official plan or policy statement: 1. Confirm, modify or rescind the order to demolish or repair. 2. Extend the time for complying with the order. 2002, c.9, s Building Code Compendium 15

22 Building Code Act (4) Appeal to Court. The municipality in which the property is situate or any owner or occupant or person affected by a decision under subsection (3.1) may appeal to the Superior Court of Justice by notifying the clerk of the municipality in writing and by applying to the court within 14 days after a copy of the decision is sent. 2002, c.9, s.24 (5) Appointment. The Superior Court of Justice shall appoint, in writing, a time and place for the hearing of the appeal and may direct in the appointment the manner in which and the persons upon whom the appointment is to be served. 2002, c.9, s.24 (6) Judge s Powers. On the appeal, the judge has the same powers and functions as the committee. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (7) Effect of Decisions. An order that is deemed to be confirmed under subsection (2) or that is confirmed or modified by the committee under subsection (3) or a judge under subsection (6), as the case may be, shall be final and binding upon the owner and occupant who shall carry out the repair or demolition within the time and in the manner specified in the order. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) 15.4 (1) Power of Municipality if Order not Complied with. If an order of an officer under subsection 15.2(2) is not complied with in accordance with the order as deemed confirmed or as confirmed or modified by the committee or a judge, the municipality may cause the property to be repaired or demolished accordingly. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (2) Warrantless Entry. For the purpose of subsection (1), employees or agents of the municipality may enter the property at any reasonable time without a warrant in order to repair or demolish the property. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) 15.5 (1) Certificate of Compliance. An officer who, after inspecting a property, is of the opinion that the property is in compliance with the standards established in a by-law passed under section 15.1 may issue a certificate of compliance to the owner. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (2) Request for Certificate. An officer shall issue a certificate to an owner who requests one and who pays the fee set by the council of the municipality in which the property is located. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (3) Fee for Certificate. A council of a municipality may set a fee for the issuance of a certificate. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) 15.6 (1) Property Standards Committee. A by-law passed under section 15.1 shall provide for the establishment of a committee composed of such persons, not fewer than three, as the council considers advisable to hold office for such term and on such conditions as the by-law may establish. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (2) Filling of Vacancies. The council of the municipality shall forthwith fill any vacancy that occurs in the membership of the committee. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (3) Compensation. The members of the committee shall be paid such compensation as the council may provide. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (4) Chair. The members shall elect a chair from among themselves; when the chair is absent through illness or otherwise, the committee may appoint another member as acting chair. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (5) Quorum. A majority of the members constitutes a quorum for transacting the committee s business. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (3) No Liability. Despite subsection 31(2), a municipal corporation or a person acting on its behalf is not liable to compensate the owner, occupant or any other person by reason of anything done by or on behalf of the municipality in the reasonable exercise of its powers under subsection (1). 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (4) Lien. The municipality shall have a lien on the land for the amount spent on the repair or demolition under subsection (1) and the amount shall have priority lien status as described in section 1 of the Municipal Act, 2001 or section 3 of the City of Toronto Act, 2006, as the case may be. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table; 2006, c.32, Sched. C, s.3(2) Building Code Compendium (6) Secretary. The members shall provide for a secretary for the committee. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (7) Duty of Secretary. The secretary shall keep on file the records of all official business of the committee, including records of all applications and minutes of all decisions respecting those applications, and section 253 of the Municipal Act, 2001 or section 199 of the City of Toronto Act, 2006, as the case may be, applies with necessary modifications to the minutes and records. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table; 2006, c.32, Sched. C, s.3(3)

23 Building Code Act (8) Rules of Procedure and Oaths. The committee may, subject to subsection (9), adopt its own rules of procedure and any member may administer oaths. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (9) Where Committee Required to Give Notice. The committee shall give notice or direct that notice be given of the hearing of an appeal to such person as the committee considers advisable. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) 15.7 (1) Emergency Order re Dangerous Non-Conformity with Standards. If upon inspection of a property the officer is satisfied that there is non-conformity with the standards in a by-law passed under section 15.1 to such extent as to pose an immediate danger to the health or safety of any person, the officer may make an order containing particulars of the non-conformity and requiring remedial repairs or other work to be carried out immediately to terminate the danger. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (2) Service. The order shall be served on the owner of the property and such other persons affected thereby as the officer determines and a copy shall be posted on the property. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (3) Emergency Powers. After making an order under subsection (1), the officer may, either before or after the order is served, take any measures necessary to terminate the danger and, for this purpose, the municipally may, through its employees and agents, at any time enter the property in respect of which the order was made without a warrant. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (4) No Liability. Despite subsection 31(2), a municipal corporation or a person acting on its behalf is not liable to compensate the owner, occupant or any other person by reason of anything done by or on behalf of the municipality in the reasonable exercise of its powers under subsection (3). 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (5) Service. If the order was not served before measures were taken to terminate the danger, the officer shall serve copies of the order in accordance with subsection (2) as soon as practicable after the measures have been taken, and each copy of the order shall have attached to it a statement by the officer describing the measures taken by the municipality and providing details of the amount expended in taking the measures. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (6) Service of Statement. If the order was served before the measures were taken, the officer shall serve a copy of the statement mentioned in subsection (5) in accordance with subsection (2) as soon as practicable after the measures have been taken. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (7) Application to Court. As soon as practicable after the requirements of subsections (5) and (6) have been complied with, the officer shall apply to a judge of the Superior Court of Justice for an order confirming the order made under subsection (1) and the judge shall hold a hearing for that purpose. 1997, c.24, s.224(8); 2002, c.9, s.25 (8) Powers of Judge. The judge in disposing of an application under subsection (7) shall, (a) confirm, modify or rescind the order; and (b) determine whether the amount spent on measures to terminate the danger may be recovered in whole, in part or not at all. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (9) Order Final. The disposition under subsection (8) is final. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (10) Lien. The amount determined by the judge to be recoverable shall be a lien on the land and shall have priority lien status as described in section 1 of the Municipal Act, 2001 or section 3 of the City of Toronto Act, 2006, as the case may be. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table; 2006, c.32, Sched. C, s.3(4) 15.8 (1) Inspection Powers of Officer. For the purposes of an inspection under Section 15.2, an officer may, (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) require the production for inspection of documents or things, including drawings or specifications, that may be relevant to the property or any part thereof; inspect and remove documents or things relevant to the property or part thereof for the purpose of making copies or extracts; require information from any person concerning a matter related to a property or part thereof; be accompanied by a person who has special or expert knowledge in relation to a property or part thereof; alone or in conjunction with a person possessing special or expert knowledge, make examinations or take tests, samples or photographs necessary for the purposes of the inspection; and order the owner of the property to take and supply at the owner's expense such tests and samples as are specified in the order. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) 2006 Building Code Compendium 17

24 Building Code Act (2) Samples. The officer shall divide the sample taken under clause (1)(e) into two parts and deliver one part to the person from whom the sample is taken, if the person so requests at the time the sample is taken and provides the necessary facilities. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (3) Same. If an officer takes a sample under clause (1)(e) and has not divided the sample into two parts, a copy of any report on the sample shall be given to the person from whom the sample was taken. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (4) Receipt. An officer shall provide a receipt for any document or thing removed under clause (1)(b) and shall promptly return them after the copies or extracts are made. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) (5) Evidence. Copies of or extracts from documents and things removed under this section and certified as being true copies of or extracts from the originals by the person who made them are admissible in evidence to the same extent as and have the same evidentiary value as the originals. 1997, c.24, s.224(8) Unsafe Buildings 15.9 (1) Inspection of Unsafe Buildings. An inspector may enter upon land and into buildings at any reasonable time without a warrant for the purpose of inspecting a building to determine, (a) (b) whether the building is unsafe; or whether an order made under subsection (4) has been complied with. 2002, c.9, s.26 (5) Service. The order shall be served on the owner and each person apparently in possession of the building and such other persons affected thereby as the chief building official determines and a copy of the order may be posted on the site of the building. 2002, c.9, s.26 (6) Order Respecting Occupancy. If an order of an inspector under subsection (4) is not complied with within the time specified in it, or where no time is specified, within a reasonable time, the chief building official, (a) may by order prohibit the use or occupancy of the building; and (b) may cause the building to be renovated, repaired or demolished to remove the unsafe condition or take such other action as he or she considers necessary for the protection of the public. 2002, c.9, s.26 (7) Power of Entry. For the purpose of clause (6)(b), the chief building official, an inspector and their agents may enter upon land and into buildings at any reasonable time without a warrant. 2002, c.9, s.26 (8) Service. The order under clause (6)(a) shall be served on the owner and each person apparently in possession of the building and such other persons affected thereby as the chief building official determines and a copy of the order shall be posted on the site of the building. 2002, c.9, s.26 (9) Timing. The order under clause (6)(a) is effective from the time it is posted. 2002, c.9, s.26 (2) Interpretation. A building is unsafe if the building is, (a) structurally inadequate or faulty for the purpose for which it is used; or (b) in a condition that could be hazardous to the health or safety of persons in the normal use of the building, persons outside the building or persons whose access to the building has not been reasonably prevented. 2002, c.9, s.26 (3) Sewage Systems. In addition to the criteria set out in subsection (2), a sewage system is unsafe if it is not maintained or operated in accordance with this Act and the building code. 2002, c.9, s.26 (10) Lien. If the building is in a municipality, the municipality shall have a lien on the land for the amount spent on the renovation, repair, demolition or other action under clause (6)(b) and the amount shall have priority lien status as described in section 1 of the Municipal Act, 2001 or section 3 of the City of Toronto Act, 2006, as the case may be. 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.4(1); 2006, c.32, Sched. C, s.3(5) (11) Deemed Taxes. If the building is in territory without municipal organization, the amount spent on the renovation, repair, demolition or other action under clause (6)(b) shall be deemed to be taxes imposed under section 3 of the Provincial Land Tax Act for the purposes of sections 26 and 27 of that Act. 2002, c.9, s.26 (4) Order. An inspector who finds that a building is unsafe may make an order setting out the reasons why the (1) Emergency Order where building is unsafe and the remedial steps necessary to render Immediate Danger. If upon inspection of a building the building safe and may require the order to be carried out an inspector is satisfied that the building poses an immediate within the time specified in the order. 2002, c.9, s.26 danger to the health or safety of any person, the chief Building Code Compendium

25 Building Code Act building official may make an order containing particulars of the dangerous conditions and requiring remedial repairs or other work to be carried out immediately to terminate the danger. 2002, c.9, s.26 (2) Service. The order shall be served on the owner and each person apparently in possession of the building and such other persons affected thereby as the chief building official determines and a copy shall be posted on the site of the building. 2002, c.9, s.26 (3) Emergency Powers. After making an order under subsection (1), the chief building official may, either before or after the order is served, take any measures necessary to terminate the danger and, for this purpose, the chief building official, an inspector and their agents may at any time enter upon the land and into the building in respect of which the order was made without a warrant. 2002, c.9, s.26 (4) No Liability. Despite subsection 31(2), the Crown, a municipality, an upper-tier municipality, a board of health, a planning board or a conservation authority or a person acting on behalf of any of them is not liable to compensate the owner, occupant or any other person by reason of anything done by or on behalf of the chief building official or an inspector in the reasonable exercise of his or her powers under subsection (3). 2002, c.9, s.26; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.5(1) (5) Service. If the order was not served before measures were taken to terminate the danger, the chief building official shall serve copies of the order in accordance with subsection (2) as soon as practicable after the measures have been taken and each copy of the order shall have attached to it a statement by the chief building official describing the measures taken and providing details of the amount spent in taking the measures. 2002, c.9, s.26 (6) Service of Statement. If the order was served before the measures were taken, the chief building official shall serve a copy of the statement mentioned in subsection (5) in accordance with subsection (2) as soon as practicable after the measures have been taken. 2002, c.9, s.26 (7) Application to Court. As soon as practicable after subsections (5) and (6) have been complied with, the chief building official shall apply to the Superior Court of Justice for an order confirming the order made under subsection (1) and the court shall hold a hearing for that purpose. 2002, c.9, s.26 (8) Powers of Court. In disposing of an application under subsection (7), the court shall, (a) confirm, modify or rescind the order; and (b) determine whether the amount spent on measures to terminate the danger may be recovered in whole, in part or not at all. 2002, c.9, s.26 (9) Order Final. The disposition under subsection (8) is final. 2002, c.9, s.26 (10) Lien. If the building is in a municipality, the amount determined by the judge to be recoverable shall be a lien on the land and shall have priority lien status as described in section 1 of the Municipal Act, 2001 or section 3 of the City of Toronto Act, 2006, as the case may be. 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.5(2); 2006, c.32, Sched. C, s.3(6) (11) Deemed Taxes. If the building is in territory without municipal organization, the amount determined by the judge to be recoverable shall be deemed to be taxes imposed under section 3 of the Provincial Land Tax Act for the purposes of sections 26 and 27 of that Act. 2002, c.9, s.26 Maintenance Inspection Programs (1) Maintenance Inspections. An inspector may enter upon land and into buildings at any reasonable time without a warrant for the purpose of conducting a maintenance inspection. 2006, c. 22, s. 112 (8). (2) Order. An inspector who finds a contravention of this Act or the building code may make an order directing compliance with this Act or the building code and may require the order to be carried out immediately or within such time as is specified in the order. 2006, c.22, s.112(8). (3) Service. The order shall be served on the person whom the inspector believes is contravening this Act or the building code. 2006, c.22, s.112(8). (4) Form and Contents. The prescribed form or the form approved by the Minister must be used for the order and it must contain sufficient information to specify the nature of the contravention and its location and the nature of the compliance that is required. 2006, c.22, s.112(8) Building Code Compendium 19

26 Building Code Act (5) Posting. The inspector may post a copy of the order on the site of the maintenance inspection. 2006, c.22, s.112(8). Qualifications (1) Qualifications for Various Positions. A person is not eligible to be appointed as a chief building official unless he or she has the qualifications set out in the building code for the position. 2002, c.9, s.27 (2) Same. Subsection (1) also applies to every inspector who has the same powers and duties as a chief building official in relation to sewage systems or to plumbing, to the extent of those powers and duties. 2002, c.9, s.27 (3) Qualifications for Inspectors. A person is not eligible to be appointed as an inspector under this Act unless he or she has the qualifications set out in the building code for the position. 2002, c.9, s.27 (4) Qualifications for Registered Code Agencies. A person is not eligible to be appointed as a registered code agency under this Act unless the person has the qualifications and meets the requirements set out in the building code. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(7) (5) Qualifications for Designers. A person is not eligible to engage in any of the following activities unless he, she or it has the qualifications and meets the requirements set out in the building code to be a designer: 1. Prepare a design or give other information or opinion concerning whether a building or part of a building complies with the building code, if the design, information or opinion is to be submitted to a chief building official in connection with, i. an application for a permit, ii. a request for the authorization referred to in subsection 8(12) or (13), or iii. a report described in paragraph If a general review of the construction of a building or part of a building is required by the building code, prepare a written report based on the general review. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(7) (6) Same. In subsection (5), design includes a plan, specification, sketch, drawing or graphic representation respecting the construction of a building. 2002, c.9, s.27 (7) Prohibition. No person shall represent, directly or indirectly, that he, she or it has the qualifications or meets the requirements established under this section if the person does not have those qualifications or does not meet those requirements. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(7) (1) Qualifications re Sewage Systems. No person shall engage in the business of constructing on site, installing, repairing, servicing, cleaning or emptying sewage systems unless the person has the qualifications and meets the requirements set out in the building code. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(8) (2) Prohibition. No person shall represent, directly or indirectly, that he, she or it has the qualifications or meets the requirements referred to in subsection (1) if the person does not have those qualifications or does not meet those requirements. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(8) (3) Duty to Notify the Chief Building Official. If any part of the construction of a building will be undertaken by a person described in subsection (1) (a specified person ), no person shall begin or continue the construction of a sewage system, or cause it to begin or continue, unless the person has given the chief building official the prescribed information about the specified person. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(8) (1) Duty to have Insurance. Every registered code agency, every person referred to in subsection 15.11(5) and such other persons as may be specified in the building code who construct buildings are required to have the insurance coverage specified by the building code. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(9) (2) Exception. Subsection (1) does not apply to a person who is a builder or vendor within the meaning of the Ontario New Home Warranties Plan Act in respect of the construction of a building. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(10) Building Code Compendium

27 Building Code Act (3) Prohibition. No person shall represent, directly or indirectly, that he, she or it has the insurance coverage required by subsection (1) if the person does not have that insurance coverage. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(10) (4) Qualification or Requirement. If the building code so provides, the insurance coverage constitutes a qualification or requirement for the purposes of a position referred to in section , c.9, s.27 (5) Duty to Notify the Chief Building Official. If any part of the construction of a building will be undertaken by a person who is required by subsection (1) to have insurance (a specified person ), no person shall begin or continue the construction, or cause it to begin or continue, unless the person has given the chief building official the prescribed information about the specified person and the insurance coverage of the specified person. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(10) Powers and Duties of Registered Code Agencies (1) Notice to Chief Building Official. Every registered code agency shall give the chief building official such information as may be prescribed by regulation. 2002, c.9, s.28 (2) Notice to the Director. Every registered code agency shall give the director such information as may be prescribed by regulation. 2002, c.9, s Functions of Registered Code Agencies. The following are the functions that a registered code agency may be appointed to perform in respect of the construction of a building: 1. Review designs and other materials to determine whether the proposed construction of a building complies with the building code. 2. Issue plans review certificates. 3. Issue change certificates. 4. Inspect the construction of a building for which a permit has been issued under this Act. 5. Issue final certificates. 6. Perform such other functions as may be authorized under this Act or in the building code. 2002, c.9, s (1) Scope of Agency s Powers. A registered code agency may exercise the powers and perform the duties specified in this Act and the building code in respect only of the functions and the building specified in a particular appointment. 2002, c.9, s.28 (2) Confidentiality. A registered code agency shall not collect, use or disclose information except in accordance with the building code. 2002, c.9, s (1) Persons Acting on Behalf of an Agency. A registered code agency may authorize, in writing, one or more prescribed persons to exercise powers and perform its functions under this Act, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by regulation. 2002, c.9, s.28 (2) Certificate of Authorization. The registered code agency shall issue a certificate of authorization containing the prescribed information to the authorized person. 2002, c.9, s.28 (3) Powers and Duties of Inspector. The authorized person may exercise the powers and perform the duties of an inspector under any of the following provisions, in respect of the construction of a building for which the agency is appointed under this Act: 1. Section 12 (inspection). 2. Section 13 (order not to cover). 3. Section 16 (entry to dwellings). 4. Section 18 (powers of inspector). 2002, c.9, s (1) Duties re Certificates and Orders. When a registered code agency makes an order under this Act, the agency shall give a copy of the order within the period prescribed by regulation to the chief building official. 2002, c.9, s.28 (2) Certificates. A registered code agency shall issue such certificates and use such forms as may be required by the building code and shall include in them or provide such information as may be prescribed. 2002, c.9, s.28 (3) Same. A certificate issued under this Act by a registered code agency must be in the prescribed form or the form approved by the Minister. 2002, c.9, s.28; 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.104(9) (1) Expiry of an Agency s Appointment. The appointment of a registered code agency expires when the agency has performed the functions for which it was appointed in respect of construction of the specified building. 2002, c.9, s Building Code Compendium 21

28 Building Code Act (2) Same, by Virtue of Circumstances. The appointment of a registered code agency that has not performed all of the functions for which it is appointed in respect of the construction expires if either of the following events occurs: 1. The chief building official refuses to issue a permit for construction of the specified building. 2. The permit for construction of the building is revoked. 2002, c.9, s (1) Termination of an Agency s Appointment. The appointment of a registered code agency shall not be terminated except in accordance with this section and the building code. 2002, c.9, s.28 (2) Same. The building code may specify that the consent of the director to the termination of an appointment is required. 2002, c.9, s.28 (3) Effect of Termination, Appointment by Principal Authority. If the registered code agency was appointed by a principal authority, upon the termination of the appointment the principal authority becomes responsible to ensure that the remaining functions of the agency are performed by the principal authority or another registered code agency. 2002, c.9, s.28 (4) Same, Appointment by Applicant. If the registered code agency was appointed under section 4.2, upon the termination of the appointment the person who made the appointment becomes responsible to ensure that the remaining functions of the agency are performed by another registered code agency or, with the prior written agreement of the principal authority, by the principal authority or to ensure that work on the construction is halted. 2002, c.9, s.28 (5) Powers of the Director. When the appointment of a registered code agency is terminated, the director may give directions to anyone described in subsection (6) in order to facilitate the transfer of the agency s functions. 2002, c.9, s.28 (6) Same. Directions may be given to the person who made the appointment that has been terminated, to the registered code agency whose appointment has been terminated and to a transferee registered code agency. 2002, c.9, s.28 (7) Duties. The person to whom directions are given shall comply with them. 2002, c.9, s (1) Order to Suspend Construction. The chief building official may, by order, suspend all or part of the construction of the building to which the appointment of a registered code agency relates, (a) if the chief building official has reason to believe that the registered code agency has ceased to perform the functions specified in the appointment; and (b) if the appointment of the registered code agency has not expired or been terminated. 2002, c.9, s.28 (2) Same. If the appointment of a registered code agency under section 4.2 is terminated, the chief building official shall, by order, suspend the construction of the applicable building until, (a) another registered code agency is appointed to perform the remaining functions of the original registered code agency; or (b) the principal authority agrees, in writing, to perform the remaining functions of the original registered code agency. 2002, c.9, s.28 (3) Delegation. A principal authority may delegate to the chief building official the power to agree to perform the remaining functions of a registered code agency appointed under section 4.2 whose appointment is terminated and may impose conditions and restrictions on the delegation. 2002, c.9, s.28 (4) Effect of Order. If an order is issued under this section, no person shall perform any act in the construction of the building in respect of which the order is made, other than work necessary to secure the safety and security of the building and of the construction site. 2002, c.9, s.28 (5) Procedural Matters. Subsections 14(2) and (3) apply with respect to an order under this section. 2002, c.9, s Conflict Between Appointment and Act, etc. This Act and the building code prevail over the terms of an appointment of a registered code agency. 2002, c.9, s.28 General Powers of Inspection and Enforcement Duty to Carry Identification. The chief building official, inspectors and persons authorized by a registered code agency to exercise powers and perform Building Code Compendium

29 Building Code Act functions on its behalf shall carry their certificate of appointment or authorization, as the case may be, when performing their duties and shall produce them for inspection upon request. 2002, c.9, s (1) Entry to Dwellings. Despite sections 8, 12, 15, 15.2, 15.4, 15.9 and , an inspector or officer shall not enter or remain in any room or place actually being used as a dwelling unless, (a) the consent of the occupier is obtained, the occupier first having been informed that the right of entry may be refused and entry made only under the authority of a warrant issued under this Act; (a.1) (b) (c) (d) a warrant issued under this Act is obtained; the delay necessary to obtain a warrant or the consent of the occupier would result in an immediate danger to the health or safety of any person; the entry is necessary to terminate a danger under subsection 15.7(3) or 15.10(3); or the requirements of subsection (2) are met and the entry is necessary to remove a building or restore a site under subsection 8(6), to remove an unsafe condition under clause 15.9(6)(b) or to repair or demolish under subsection 15.4(1). 1992, c.23, s.16(1); 1997, c.24, s.224(9, 10); 2002, c.9, s.30; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(11); 2006 c.22, s.112(9) (2) Notice. Within a reasonable time before entering the room or place for a purpose described in clause (1)(d), the inspector or officer shall serve the occupier with notice of his or her intention to enter it. 1992, c.23, s.16(2); 1997, c.24, s.224(11) 17. Repealed. 2002, c.9, s.31(2) 17.1 (1) Recovery of Expenditures for Repairs, etc. This section applies if money is spent by a board of health, planning board or conservation authority or, in the circumstances described in subsection (2), by the Crown or an upper-tier municipality or, in the circumstances described in subsection (4), by a municipality, (a) to carry out a removal and restoration under subsection 8(6); (b) to carry out a renovation, repair, demolition or other action under clause 15.9(6)(b); or (c) to perform remedial or other work under subsection 15.10(1) where the amount spent is determined to be recoverable by a judge under subsection 15.10(8). 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.8; 2002, c.9, s.32(1); 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table (2) In Municipalities. If the building in respect of which money was spent is in a municipality, (a) the upper-tier municipality, board of health, planning board, conservation authority or the Crown may instruct the municipality to recover the amount spent; (b) subsection 8(7), 15.9(10) or 15.10(10), as the case may be, applies to the collection of the amount; and (c) the money collected, less the costs reasonably attributable to the collection, shall be paid by the municipality to the upper-tier municipality, board of health, planning board, conservation authority or the Crown. 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.8; 2002, c.9, s.32(2); 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table (3) Not Interest of the Crown. Where the Crown instructs the municipality under clause (2)(a) to recover the amount spent, the lien referred to in subsection 8(7), 15.9(10) or 15.10(10) is not an estate or interest of the Crown within the meaning of clause 379(7)(b) of the Municipal Act, 2001 or clause 350(7)(b) of the City of Toronto Act, 2006, as the case may be. 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.8; 2002, c.9, s.32(3); 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table; 2006, c.32, Sched. C, s.3(7) (4) In Territory without Municipal Organization. If the building in respect of which money was spent is in territory without municipal organization, (a) the municipality, board of health, planning board or conservation authority may instruct the land tax collector appointed under the Provincial Land Tax Act to recover the amount spent; (b) subsection 8(8), 15.9(11) or 15.10(11), as the case may be, applies to the collection of the amount; and (c) the money collected, less the costs reasonably attributable to the collection, shall be paid by the Crown to the municipality, board of health, planning board or conservation authority. 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.8; 2002, c.9, s.32(4) 18. (1) Powers of Inspector. For the purposes of an inspection under this Act, an inspector may, (a) require the production for inspection of documents or things, including drawings or specifications, that may be relevant to the building or any part thereof; (b) inspect and remove documents or things relevant to the building or part thereof for the purpose of making copies or extracts; (c) require information from any person concerning a matter related to a building or part thereof; 2006 Building Code Compendium 23

30 Building Code Act (d) (e) (f) be accompanied by a person who has special or expert knowledge in relation to a building or part thereof; alone or in conjunction with a person possessing special or expert knowledge, make examinations or take tests, samples or photographs necessary for the purposes of the inspection; and order any person to take and supply at that person's expense such tests and samples as are specified in the order. 1992, c.23, s.18(1); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.11 authorised by a registered code agency is acting under a warrant issued under this Act or the circumstances described in clauses 16(1)(b), (c) or (d). 1997, c.24, s.224(13); 2002, c.9, s.35(2) (3) Assistance. Every person shall assist any entry, inspection, examination, testing or inquiry by an inspector, chief building official, officer or a person authorised by a registered code agency in the exercise of a power or performance of a duty under this Act. 1997, c.24, s.224(13); 2002, c.9, s.35(3) (2) Samples. The inspector shall divide the sample taken under clause (1)(e) into two parts and deliver one part to the person from whom the sample is taken, if the person so requests at the time the sample is taken and provides the necessary facilities. 1992, c.23, s.18(2) (3) Idem. If an inspector takes a sample under clause (1)(e) and has not divided the sample into two parts, a copy of any report on the sample shall be given to the person from whom the sample was taken. 1992, c.23, s.18(3) (4) Receipt. An inspector shall provide a receipt for any document or thing removed under clause (1)(b) and shall promptly return them after the copies or extracts are made. 1992, c.23, s.18(4) (5) Evidence. Copies of or extracts from documents and things removed under this section and certified as being true copies of or extracts from the originals by the person who made them are admissible in evidence to the same extent as and have the same evidentiary value as the originals. 1992, c.23, s.18(5) (6) Form of Order. The prescribed form or the form approved by the Minister must be used for an order under subsection (1). 2002, c.9, s.33; 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.104(10) 18.1 Repealed. 2002, c.9, s.34 (4) Same. No person shall neglect or refuse, (a) to produce any documents, drawings, specifications or things required by an officer under clause 15.8(1)(a) or (e) or under clause 18(1)(a) or (e) by an inspector or a person authorised by a registered code agency; or (b) to provide any information required by an officer under clause 15.8(1)(c) or under clause 18(1)(c) by an inspector or a person authorised by a registered code agency. 2002, c.9, s.35(4) 20. Obstruction or Removal of Order. No person shall obstruct the visibility of an order and no person shall remove a copy of any order posted under this Act unless authorized to do so by an inspector, officer or registered code agency. 1997, c.24, s.224(14); 2002, c.9, s (1) Warrant for Entry and Search. A provincial judge or justice of the peace may at any time issue a warrant in the prescribed form authorizing a person named in the warrant to enter and search a building, receptacle or place if the provincial judge or justice of the peace is satisfied by information on oath that there is reasonable ground to believe that, (a) (b) an offence under this Act has been committed; and the entry into and search of the building, receptacle or place will afford evidence relevant to the commission of the offence. 1992, c.23, s.21(1) 19. (1) Obstruction of Inspector, etc. No person shall hinder or obstruct, or attempt to hinder or obstruct, a chief building official, inspector, officer or a person authorised by a registered code agency in the exercise of a power or the performance of a duty under this Act. 1997, c.24, s.224(13); 2002, c.9, s.35(1) (2) Occupied Dwellings. A refusal of consent to enter or remain in a place actually used as a dwelling is not hindering or obstructing within the meaning of subsection (1) unless the inspector, officer or a person Building Code Compendium (2) Seizure. In a search warrant, the provincial judge or justice of the peace may authorize the person named in the warrant to seize anything that there is reasonable ground to believe will afford evidence relevant to the commission of the offence. 1992, c.23, s.21(2) (3) Same. Anyone who seizes something under a search warrant shall, (a) give a receipt for the thing seized to the person from whom it was seized; and

31 Building Code Act (b) bring the thing seized before the provincial judge or justice of the peace issuing the warrant or another provincial judge or justice to be dealt with according to law. 1992, c.23, s.21(3) (4) Remuneration. The members of the Commission shall receive such remuneration and expenses as the Lieutenant Governor in Council may determine. 1992, c.23, s.23(4) (4) Expiry of Warrant. A search warrant shall state the date on which it expires, which date shall be not later than fifteen days after the warrant is issued. 1992, c.23, s.21(4) (5) Time for Execution. A search warrant may be executed only between 6 a.m. and 9 p.m. unless it provides otherwise. 1992, c.23, s.21(5) (6) Application. Sections 159 and 160 of the Provincial Offences Act apply with necessary modifications in respect of any thing seized under this section. 1992, c.23, s.21(6) Dispute Resolution, Reviews and Appeals 22. (1) Review of Inspector s Order. The chief building official may review and amend or rescind an order made by an inspector. 1992, c.23, s.22(1) (2) Powers. A chief building official may exercise any of the powers or perform any of the duties of an inspector. 1992, c.23, s.22(2) 23. (1) Building Code Commission. The Building Code Commission is continued under the name Building Code Commission in English and Commission du code du bâtiment in French and shall be composed of those persons appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council. 1992, c.23, s.23(1) (2) Chair. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may designate one of the members as chair and one or more of the members as vice-chair. 1992, c.23, s.23(2) (3) Eligibility. A person is not eligible to be a member of the Commission if the person is, (a) a deputy minister of a ministry; (b) a public servant employed under Part III of the Public Service of Ontario Act, 2006; (c) an employee of a municipality; or (d) in a prescribed relationship to a registered code agency. 2006, c.35, Sched. C, s.8 2). (5) Quorum. Three members of the Commission constitute a quorum. 1992, c.23, s.23(5) 24. (1) Dispute Resolution. This section applies if there is a dispute, (a) between an applicant for a permit, a holder of a permit or a person to whom an order is given and the chief building official, a registered code agency or an inspector concerning the sufficiency of compliance with the technical requirements of the building code; (b) between an applicant for a permit and the chief building official concerning whether the official complied with subsection 8(2.2) or (2.3); or (c) between a holder of a permit and the chief building official, a registered code agency or an inspector concerning whether the requirements of subsection 10.2(2) have been met. 2002, c.9, s.39 (1.1) Application for Dispute Resolution. A party to the dispute may apply to the Building Code Commission to resolve the issue. 2002, c.9, s.39 (2) Hearing. The Building Code Commission shall hold a hearing to decide the dispute and shall give the parties to the dispute notice of the hearing. 2002, c.9, s.39 (2.1) Same. A hearing to decide a dispute described in clause (1)(b) or (c) must be held within the prescribed period. 2002, c.9, s.39 (3) Powers. The Building Code Commission shall, by order, determine a dispute described in clause (1)(a) and, for that purpose, may substitute its opinion for that of the chief building official, registered code agency or inspector. 2002, c.9, s.39 (3.1) Same. The Building Code Commission shall, by order, determine a dispute described in clause (1)(b) or (c) and, for that purpose, may require the chief building official, registered code agency or inspector, as the case may be, to comply with the applicable subsection of the Act. 2002, c.9, s.39 (4) Decision Final. The decision of the Building Code Commission is final. 1992, c.23, s.24(4) 2006 Building Code Compendium 25

32 Building Code Act (5) Restrictions on Members. Members of the Building Code Commission holding a hearing shall not, (a) take part before the hearing in any investigation or consideration of the subject-matter of the hearing; or (b) communicate directly or indirectly in relation to the subject-matter of the hearing with any person unless all parties are given notice and allowed to participate. 1992, c.23, s.24(5) (6) Independent Advice. Despite subsection (5), members of the Building Code Commission may seek independent legal or technical advice but the nature of the advice shall be made known to the parties in order that they may make submissions. 1992, c.23, s.24(6) (7) Evidence. The findings of fact at a hearing shall be based exclusively on evidence admissible or matters that may be noticed under sections 15 and 16 of the Statutory Powers Procedure Act. 1992, c.23, s.24(7) (8) Restriction. Members of the Building Code Commission shall not participate in a decision of the Commission pursuant to a hearing unless they were present throughout the hearing. 1992, c.23, s.24(8) (9) Idem. Except with the consent of the parties, no decision of the Building Code Commission shall be given unless all members present throughout the hearing participate in the decision. 1992, c.23, s.24(9) (10) Release of Evidence. Documents and things put in evidence at the hearing shall, upon the request of the person who produced them, be released by the Building Code Commission to that person within a reasonable time after the matter in issue has been finally determined. 1992, c.23, s.24(10). 25. (1) Appeal to Court. A person who considers themself aggrieved by an order or decision made by the chief building official, a registered code agency or an inspector under this Act (except a decision under subsection 8(3) not to issue a conditional permit) may appeal the order or decision to the Superior Court of Justice within 20 days after the order or decision is made. 2002, c.9, s.40(2) (2) Extension of Time. A judge to whom an appeal is made may, upon such conditions as the judge considers appropriate, extend the time for making the appeal before or after the time set out in subsection (1), if the judge is satisfied that there is reasonable grounds for the appeal and for applying for the extension. 1992, c.23, s.25(2) (3) Effect of Appeal. If an appeal is made under this section in respect of a matter in which a question is pending before the Building Code Commission, the proceeding before the Commission is terminated. 1992, c.23, s.25(3) (4) Powers of Judge. On an appeal, a judge may affirm or rescind the order or decision and take any other action that the judge considers the chief building official, registered code agency or inspector ought to take in accordance with this Act and the regulations and, for those purposes, the judge may substitute his or her opinion for that of the official, agency or inspector. 2002, c.9, s.40(3) (5) Reference to Commission. A judge may refer a question respecting the interpretation of the technical requirements of the building code or the sufficiency of compliance with the technical requirements of the building code to the Building Code Commission for a hearing and report to the judge. 1992, c.23, s.25(5) (6) Procedure. The procedure on the reference shall be the same as on an application under section , c.23, s.25(6) (7) Stay of Order or Decision. An appeal under subsection (1) does not stay the operation of the order or decision appealed from but a judge may, on such terms as are just, stay the operation of the order or decision until the disposition of the appeal. 2000, c.26, Sched. K, s (1) Further Appeal. A party to the hearing before the Superior Court of Justice under section 25 may appeal from the decision to the Divisional Court. 1992, c.23, s.26(1); 2002, c.9, s.41(1) (2) Minister Represented. The Minister is entitled to be heard, by counsel or otherwise, upon the argument of an appeal under this section. 1992, c.23, s.26(2) (3) Powers of Divisional Court. An appeal under this section may be made on any question that is not a question of fact alone and the Divisional Court may, (a) (b) (c) confirm or alter the decision of the judge; direct the chief building official, registered code agency or inspector to take any action that the official, agency or inspector is authorized to take under this Act; refer the matter back to the judge for reconsideration; or Building Code Compendium

33 Building Code Act (d) substitute its opinion for that of the chief building official, registered code agency, inspector or judge. 2002, c.9, s.41(2) 27. (1) Service. A notice or order required by this Act to be served may be served personally or by registered mail sent to the last known address of the person to whom notice is to be given or to that person's agent for service. 1992, c.23, s.27(1) (2) Idem. If a notice or order is served by registered mail, the service shall be deemed to have been made on the fifth day after the day of mailing unless the person to whom the notice or order is given or that person's agent for service establishes that, acting in good faith, through absence, accident, illness or other unintentional cause the notice was not received until a later date. 1992, c.23, s.27(2); 1997, c.24, s.224(15) Authorizations and Rulings 28. (1) Building Materials Evaluation Commission. The Building Materials Evaluation Commission is continued under the name Building Materials Evaluation Commission in English and Commission d'évaluation des matériaux de construction in French and shall be composed of those persons appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council. 1992, c.23, s.28(1) (2) Chair. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may designate one of the members as chair and one of the members as vice-chair. 1992, c.23, s.28(2) (3) Remuneration. The members of the Commission shall receive such remuneration and expenses as the Lieutenant Governor in Council may determine. 1992, c.23, s.28(3) (4) Powers and Duties. The Building Materials Evaluation Commission may, (a) conduct research on, and examine, construction materials, systems and building designs or cause such research to be conducted and examinations to be undertaken; (b) upon application therefor, authorize the use, subject to any conditions that may be set out, of any innovative material, system or building design in respect of any building or part thereof; and (c) make recommendations to the Minister respecting changes in this Act or the building code. 1992, c.23, s.28(4); 2002, c.9, s.43 (5) Innovative Materials. The use of any innovative material, system or building design in the manner approved by the Commission shall be deemed not to be a contravention of the building code. 1992, c.23, s.28(5) 28.1 (1) Binding Interpretations by the Minister. The Minister may issue a written interpretation of any provision of the building code, and the Minister s interpretation is binding on any person exercising a power or performing a duty under this Act and on any person who is subject to this Act. 2002, c.9, s.44 (2) Public Notice. A statement setting out the Minister s interpretation of a provision of the building code shall be made available to the public in the prescribed manner. 2002, c.9, s.44 (3) Legislation Act, 2006, Part III. The Minister s interpretation of a provision of the building code is not a regulation within the meaning of Part III (Regulations) of the Legislation Act, , c.9, s.44; 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.136(1) (4) Delegation. The Minister may delegate his or her power under subsection (1) to the director. 2002, c.9, s (1) Rulings by Minister. The Minister may, subject to such conditions as the Minister in his or her discretion considers appropriate, make rulings, (a) approving the use of innovative materials, systems or building designs evaluated by a materials evaluation body designated in the building code; (b) adopting an amendment to a code, formula, standard, guideline, protocol or procedure that has been adopted by reference in the building code; or (c) approving the use of alternative materials, systems and building designs which, in the opinion of the Minister, will achieve the level of performance required by the building code. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.14(1); 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.9(1); 2002, c.9, s.45(1) (2) Delegation. The Minister may by order delegate the power to make rulings to the director. 1992, c.23, s.29(2) (3) Status. A ruling is not a regulation within the meaning of Part III (Regulations) of the Legislation Act, , c.23, s.29(3); 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.136(1); 2006 Building Code Compendium 27

34 Building Code Act (4) Publication. Notice of a ruling shall be published at least once in The Ontario Gazette and made available, upon request, to members of the public. 1992, c.23, s.29(4) (5) Application. A ruling of the Minister under clause (1)(a) or (c) entitles a person to use the approved material, system or building design in all of Ontario unless the ruling states otherwise. 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.9(2) (6) Approved Materials. The use of an approved material, system or building design in the manner approved in a ruling under clause (1)(a) or (c) shall be deemed not to be a contravention of the building code. 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.9(2) (7) Conflicts. In the event of a conflict between an authorization of the Building Materials Evaluation Commission and a ruling of the Minister under clause (1)(a) or (c), the ruling prevails. 1992, c.23, s.29(7); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.14(4); 2002; c.9, s.45(2) (8) Restriction. If a materials evaluation body designated in the building code has examined or has expressed its intention to examine an innovative material, system or building design, the Building Materials Evaluation Commission shall not exercise its power under subsection 28(4) in respect of that material, system or building design. 1992, c.23, s.29(8) 30. (1) Inquiry. If it appears to the Minister that there is or may be a failure in construction or demolition standards or in the enforcement of this Act or the building code, the Minister may designate a person to conduct an inquiry into the failure. 1992, c.23, s.30(1) (2) Powers. The person conducting the inquiry has the powers of a commission under Part II of the Public Inquiries Act, which Part applies to the inquiry as if it were an inquiry under that Act. 1992, c.23, s.30(2) General 31. (1) Immunity from Action. No action or other proceeding for damages shall be instituted against the director, a member of the Building Code Commission or the Building Materials Evaluation Commission, or anyone acting under their authority, a person conducting an inquiry under section 30, a chief building official, an inspector or an officer for any act done in good faith in the execution or intended execution of any power or duty under this Act or the regulations or for any alleged neglect or default in the execution in good faith of that power or duty. 1992, c.23, s.31(1); 1997, c.24, s.224(16) (2) Liability. Subsection (1) does not relieve the Crown, a municipality, an upper-tier municipality, a board of health, a planning board or a conservation authority of liability in respect of a tort committed by their respective chief building official or inspectors to which they would otherwise be subject and the Crown, municipality or uppertier municipality, board of health, planning board or conservation authority is liable for any such tort as if subsection (1) were not enacted. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table (3) Immunity re Registered Code Agencies. The Crown, a municipality, an upper-tier municipality, a board of health, a planning board or a conservation authority is not liable for any harm or damage resulting from any act or omission by a registered code agency or by a person authorized by a registered code agency under subsection 15.17(1) in the performance or intended performance of any function set out in section , c.9, s.47; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.6(1) (4) Same. The Crown, a municipality, an upper-tier municipality, a board of health, a planning board or a conservation authority is not liable for any harm or damage resulting from any act or omission in the execution or intended execution of any power or duty under this Act or the regulations by their respective chief building official or inspectors if the act was done or omitted in reasonable reliance on a certificate issued or other information given under this Act by a registered code agency or by a person authorized by a registered code agency under subsection 15.17(1). 2002, c.9, s.47; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.6(2) 32. Repealed. 2002, c.9, s Repealed. 2002, c.9, s Repealed. 2002, c.9, s (1) Regulations. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations governing standards for the construction and demolition of buildings, including, 1. designating structures that are to be defined as buildings under subsection 1(1); 1.1 prescribing the functions for which a registered code agency may be appointed under subsection 4.1(4); Building Code Compendium

35 Building Code Act 1.2 prescribing the information that a principal authority is required to give to the director under subsection 4.1(8); 1.3 prescribing the persons who may appoint a registered code agency under subsection 4.2(2); 1.4 prescribing the manner in which the appointment of a registered code agency under section 4.2 may be made and prescribing conditions and restrictions with respect to each appointment; 1.5 prescribing the information that a person who appoints a registered code agency is required to give to the director under subsection 4.2(9) or to the chief building official under subsection 4.2(10); 2. prescribing the conditions under which "as constructed plans" may be required by a chief building official under clause 7(g); 2.1 prescribing the information about the fees and costs to be included in a report under subsection 7(4) and the manner in which the report is to be made available to the public; 2.2 prescribing the persons to whom notice of proposed changes in fees is to be given under subsection 7(6), the information to be included in the notice and the manner in which the notice is to be given; 2.3 prescribing the period within which the public meeting referred to in subsection 7(6) must be held; 2.4 prescribing the records to be maintained by a principal authority and the period for which the records must be retained; 3. governing the manner of construction and types and quality of materials used therein; 3.1 establishing objectives governing the standards for the construction and demolition of buildings; 3.2 prescribing the persons who may apply for a permit under section 8 and the information to be provided with an application for a permit under section 8; 3.3 prescribing the information that a plans review certificate must contain for the purposes of clause 8(2)(d); 3.4 prescribing the period within which the chief building official is required to make a decision under subsections 8(2.2) and (2.3) and the manner of determining when the period begins; 3.5 prescribing the information that a plans review certificate must contain under subsection 8(2.1) and a change certificate must contain under subsection 8(14); 4. setting out the applicable laws with which compliance must be achieved before a conditional permit may be issued under subsection 8(3); 5. governing the design of buildings and the use to which they may be put; 6. establishing conditions under which the use of materials, systems and building designs that are not authorized in the building code may be allowed under section 9 and circumstances in which the use of equivalent materials, systems and building designs may be made subject to conditions; 7. setting out rules and policies to be observed in the interpretation of the building code by any person exercising a power or discretion conferred under the Act or the building code; 8. determining an increase in hazard for the purposes of section 10; 9. adopting by reference, in whole or in part, with such changes as the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers necessary, any code, formula, standard, guideline, protocol or procedure and requiring compliance with any code, formula, standard, guideline, protocol or procedure that is so adopted. 10. requiring any part of the design, construction or demolition of a building to be under the general review of an architect as defined in the Architects Act or a professional engineer as defined in the Professional Engineers Act and that copies of reports arising from the general review be provided to the chief building official or a registered code agency; 11. designating organizations to test prefabricated building units to the standards prescribed by the building code and providing for the placing of their label on units that conform to the standards; 12. requiring the approval of an inspector or a registered code agency in respect of any method, matter or thing; 13. requiring the posting on buildings or sites of construction or demolition of such documents or information as is prescribed; 14. requiring such documents, information, records, drawings or specifications as are prescribed to be kept on the site of construction or demolition; 14.1 prescribing the records to be kept by any person and the returns of information and reports to be made by any person and providing for the inspection and examination of the records. 15. requiring notice to be given to the chief building official, an inspector or a registered code agency respecting any matter in the course of construction, including notice of readiness for inspection at the stages of construction of a building, and specifying the person required to give the notices; 15.1 prescribing the type and manner of inspections for the purposes of subsection 10.2(2) (readiness for inspection) and prescribing the period within which the inspections must be carried out; 2006 Building Code Compendium 29

36 Building Code Act 15.2 prescribing the information that must be given to the chief building official about a person who is required by subsection 15.12(3) to have certain qualifications or to meet certain requirements or both; 15.3 prescribing the information that must be given to the chief building official under subsection 15.13(5) about any person required to have insurance coverage and about the coverage; 15.4 prescribing the manner in which a referral to the chief building official under subsection 14(5) must be made; 16. requiring notice to be given to the chief building official respecting the change in prescribed classes of use made of a building; 17. requiring the chief building official to transmit to the director such returns or reports as are prescribed; 18. prescribing conditions under which a building or any part of a building may be occupied, including requiring notice to be given to a chief building official or registered code agency and requiring permission to be received from the official or agency before the building or part may be occupied; 19. exempting any building or person or class thereof from compliance with all or any part of this Act and the regulations and prescribing conditions for the exemption; 20. prescribing the form of a warrant and the form in which the information upon oath will be taken under section 21; 21. requiring the alteration of any part of an existing building where construction in relation to the building affects that part; 22. requiring the payment of fees in respect of applications to the Building Materials Evaluation Commission and prescribing the amounts thereof; 22.1 prescribing the manner in which the Minister s written interpretations under section 28.1 are to be made available to the public; 23. designating materials evaluation bodies for the purposes of section 29; 24. establishing criteria to be followed by the Minister in respect of a ruling under section 29; 25. prescribing procedures of the Building Code Commission and the Building Materials Evaluation Commission; 26. prescribing the persons to whom notice shall be given of the issuance of a permit, the time for giving the notice and the class of buildings for which notice is required; 27. defining, for the purposes of this Act and the building code, any word or expression not defined in this Act, and in so doing may define a word or expression differently for different provisions; 28. prescribing forms and providing for their use or requiring that forms provided by the Minister or the director be used, and prescribing the information that must be contained in the forms; 29. prescribing boards of health, planning boards and conservation authorities that are responsible for the enforcement of the provisions of this Act related to sewage systems and the municipalities and territory without municipal organization in which they will have jurisdiction to carry out the enforcement; 30. permitting chief building officials or registered code agencies, subject to such conditions as are set out in the building code, to allow the use of materials, systems and building designs other than those prescribed in the building code with respect to the construction of buildings; 31. governing the location of sewage systems; 32. designating areas in which any class of sewage system may not be established; 33. prescribing qualifications for chief building officials, inspectors, registered code agencies, designers and other persons referred to in section and related matters including, i. requiring different qualifications for different classes of officials, inspectors, agencies, designers and other persons, ii. requiring assessments or examinations in connection with obtaining or maintaining the required qualifications, iii. establishing one or more registers identifying persons with qualifications and such other information as the regulation may require, and iv. requiring fees to be paid in connection with the qualifications; 34. establishing certification, registration or licensing schemes for chief building officials, inspectors, registered code agencies, designers and other persons referred to in sections (qualifications) and (qualifications re sewage systems) which may include provision for, i. the eligibility or ineligibility of classes of persons to obtain certification, registration or a licence, ii. iii. categories or classes of certification, registration or licence, application for the issuance, amendment or renewal of a certificate, registration or a licence, Building Code Compendium

37 Building Code Act iv. the issuance, amendment or renewal of a certificate, registration or a licence or the refusal to do so, v. suspension, revocation or cancellation of a certificate, registration or a licence, vi. the imposition of conditions relating to a certificate, registration or licence, including conditions relating to the qualifications of directors, officers, partners, employees and others associated with the holder of the certificate, registration or licence, conditions relating to the manner in which specified persons carry out activities under this Act and the building code and conditions relating to insurance coverage, including the kinds and amounts of insurance and the circumstances in which a person will be considered to be covered by insurance, vii. the establishment and maintenance of one or more registers containing information about the holders of certificates, registrations or licences and containing such information as may be given to the director under paragraph 35.1, and viii. fees payable in connection with certification, registration or licensing; 35. prescribing an appeal to a prescribed tribunal from a refusal to issue or renew a certificate, registration or licence or a suspension, revocation or cancellation of a certificate, registration or licence, prescribing the circumstances in which the decision appealed from takes effect immediately despite the appeal, and prescribing the circumstances in which the tribunal may stay the decision pending the outcome of the appeal; 35.1 requiring the Ontario Association of Architects and the Association of Professional Engineers of Ontario to give the prescribed information to the director; 35.2 prescribing fees payable to the Crown by the Ontario Association of Architects and the Association of Professional Engineers of Ontario in connection with the registers referred to in paragraphs 33 and 34 and in respect of the development of training materials for a purpose described in paragraph 33 or 34; 35.3 prescribing the persons who are required under subsection 15.13(1) to have insurance coverage and prescribing the kinds and amounts of insurance that are required and the circumstances in which the person will be considered to be covered by insurance; 35.4 prescribing additional functions that registered code agencies may perform; 35.5 prescribing the manner in which registered code agencies and persons authorized by them under subsection 15.17(1) are required to perform any of their functions; 35.6 prescribing the manner in which a registered code agency is authorized to collect, use and disclose information; 35.7 prescribing circumstances in which a registered code agency may be appointed in respect of a building even though an inspector or another registered code agency has already carried out a function described in section 15.15; 35.8 prescribing circumstances in which a registered code agency cannot be appointed, including circumstances that would constitute a conflict of interest for a registered code agency; 35.9 prescribing the information that a registered code agency is required to give to the director or to the chief building official; prescribing the classes of persons that may be authorized by a registered code agency under subsection 15.17(1), the conditions to which the authorization may be subject and the information that must be included in a certificate of authorization; prescribing certificates and the form of certificates referred to in subsection (2), the information that the certificates are required to contain and the circumstances and manner in which registered code agencies are permitted to issue them; prescribing the circumstances in which the appointment of a registered code agency may be terminated and the conditions that must be met before the termination of an appointment, including, i. requiring the consent of the director and authorizing the director to impose conditions and restrictions in connection with the consent, and ii. authorizing an appeal to a person specified in the regulations from a decision of the director or conditions imposed by the director; 36. designating persons, specifying powers of a chief building official or inspector that those designated persons may exercise to enforce this Act and the building code in relation to the qualifications of persons described in sections and and the requirement in section for insurance coverage, and establishing conditions for the exercise of the specified powers; 37. prescribing transitional matters necessary for the regulation of sewage systems, including matters relating to, 2006 Building Code Compendium 31

38 Building Code Act i. licensing and certification and the qualification of inspectors and persons described in subsection 15.12(1); ii. certificates of approval and orders issued under the Environmental Protection Act, iii. enforcement issues, iv. matters commenced under the Environmental Protection Act, including appeals, v. records and documents to be kept or transferred and the payment of associated costs, vi. certification of records and their use in courts, vii. the continuation of matters commenced viii. under the Environmental Protection Act, and the transfer of responsibilities involving any municipality or any board of health, conservation authority or planning board prescribed under section permitting the Building Code Commission to sit in one or more divisions simultaneously upon such conditions as may be prescribed in the regulation; 39. authorizing one member of the Building Code Commission, with the approval of the chair or vicechair, to hear and determine any matter and deeming the member to constitute the commission for that purpose, under such conditions as may be prescribed in the regulation; 39.1 prescribing relationships for the purposes of clause 23(3)(d) (eligibility to be a member of the Commission); 39.2 prescribing the period within which the Building Code Commission must hold a hearing in respect of a dispute described in clause 24(1)(b) or (c); 39.3 providing for transitional provisions relating to the effect of a repeal or re-enactment of any provision of this Act; 40. prescribing any matter referred to in this Act as prescribed. 1992, c.23, s.34(1); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.17(1-4); 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.11; 2002, c.9, s.51(1, 2, 4-14); 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(12-17); 2006, c.35, Sched. C, s.8(3) (2) Standards for Existing Buildings. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations to establish standards that existing buildings must meet even though no construction is proposed, including regulations, (a) prescribing any or all of the matters set out in subsection (1) as applicable to existing buildings; (b) establishing standards for maintenance, retrofit, operation, occupancy and repair; (c) prescribing standards related to resource conservation and environmental protection; and (d) prescribing standards, methods and equipment for the inspection, cleaning, disinfecting and emptying of sewage systems. 1992, c.23, s.34(2); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.17(5); 2006, c.22, s.112(10) (2.1) Discretionary Maintenance Inspection Programs. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations governing programs established under clause 7(1)(b.1), including regulations, (a) governing the classes of buildings and area affected by a program; (b) governing the type and manner of inspections that are conducted under a program and the frequency of the inspections; (c) authorizing the principal authority that establishes a program, as an alternative to conducting an inspection, to accept a certificate, in a form approved by the Minister, that is signed by a person who belongs to a class of persons specified by the regulations and that confirms that the person has conducted an inspection and is of the opinion that the building that was inspected complies with the standards prescribed under clause (2)(b) that are enforced by the program. 2006, c.22, s.112(11) (2.2) Sewage System Maintenance Inspection Programs. The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations establishing and governing programs to enforce standards prescribed under clause (2)(b) in relation to sewage systems, including regulations, (a) governing the classes of sewage systems affected by the program; (b) requiring a principal authority that has jurisdiction in the area affected by the program to administer the program for that area and to conduct inspections under the program; (c) governing the type and manner of inspections that are conducted under the program and the frequency of the inspections; (d) authorizing the principal authority that administers the program, as an alternative to conducting an inspection, to accept a certificate, in a form approved by the Minister, that is signed by a person who belongs to a class of persons specified by the regulations and that confirms that the person has conducted an inspection and is of the opinion that the sewage system that was inspected complies with the standards prescribed under clause (2)(b) that are enforced by the program. 2006, c 22, s.112(11) Building Code Compendium

39 Building Code Act (3) Application. A regulation made under this section applies to buildings whether erected before or after the coming into force of this Act. 1992, c.23, s.34(3) (4) Limited Application. Any regulation made under this section may be limited in its application territorially or to any class of activity, matter, person or thing. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.17(6) (4.1) Same. A class under this Act may be defined with respect to any attribute, quality or characteristic and may be defined to consist of, include or exclude any specified member whether or not with the same attributes, qualities or characteristics. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.17(6) 36. (1) Offences. A person is guilty of an offence if the person, (a) knowingly furnishes false information in any application under this Act, in any certificate required to be issued or in any statement or return required to be furnished under this Act or the regulations; (b) fails to comply with an order, direction or other requirement made under this Act; or (c) contravenes this Act, the regulations, a by-law passed under section 7 or a condition imposed under section , c.23, s.36(1); 1997, c.24, s.224(17); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.19; 2002, c.9, s.53(1) (4.2) Retroactive. A regulation made under paragraph 37 of subsection (1) may be retroactive. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.17(6). (5) Purposes. The purposes of the regulations made under this section are, (a) to establish standards for public health and safety, fire protection, structural sufficiency, conservation and environmental integrity, and to establish barrier-free requirements, with respect to buildings; and (b) to establish processes for the enforcement of the standards and requirements. 2002, c.9, s.51(15) 35. (1) Municipal By-laws. This Act and the building code supersede all municipal by-laws respecting the construction or demolition of buildings. 1992, c.23, s.35(1) (2) Different Treatments. In the event that this Act or the building code and a municipal by-law treat the same subject-matter in different ways in respect to standards for the use of a building described in section 10 or standards for the maintenance or operation of a sewage system, this Act or the building code prevails and the by-law is inoperative to the extent that it differs from this Act or the building code. 1992, c.23, s.35(2); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.18(1) (3) Interpretation. For the purposes of this section, a municipal by-law includes a by-law of an uppertier municipality and a local board as defined in the Municipal Affairs Act. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table 35.1 Status of Conservation Authority Regulations. A regulation made by a conservation authority under this Act is not a regulation within the meaning of Part III (Regulations) of the Legislation Act, , c.9, s.52; 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.136(1) (2) Idem. Every director or officer of a corporation who knowingly concurs in the furnishing of false information, the failure to comply or the contravention under subsection (1) is guilty of an offence. 1992, c.23, s.36(2) (3) Penalties. A person who is convicted of an offence is liable to a fine of not more than $50,000 for a first offence and to a fine of not more than $100,000 for a subsequent offence. 2005, c.33, s.1 (4) Corporations. If a corporation is convicted of an offence, the maximum penalty that may be imposed upon the corporation is $100,000 for a first offence and $200,000 for a subsequent offence and not as provided in subsection (3). 2005, c.33, s.1 (5) Subsequent Offence. For the purposes of subsections (3) and (4), an offence is a subsequent offence if there has been a previous conviction under this Act. 1992, c.23, s.36(5) (6) Continuing Offence. Every person who fails to comply with an order made by a chief building official under subsection 14(1) or clause 15.9(6)(a) is guilty of an offence and on conviction, in addition to the penalties mentioned in subsections (3) and (4), is liable to a fine of not more than $10,000 per day for every day the offence continues after the time given for complying with the order has expired. 1992, c.23, s.36(6); 2002, c.9, s.53(2) (7) Power to Restrain. If this Act or the regulations are contravened and a conviction is entered, in addition to any other remedy and to any penalty imposed by this Act, the court in which the conviction is entered, and any court of competent jurisdiction thereafter, may make an order prohibiting the continuation or repetition of the offence by the person convicted. 1992, c.23, s.36(7) 2006 Building Code Compendium 33

40 Building Code Act (8) Limitation Period. No proceeding under this section shall be commenced more than one year after the time when the subject-matter of the proceeding arose. 1992, c.23, s.36(8) (9) Proceeds of Fines. If an offence under this section has been committed within a municipality, the proceeds of a fine imposed under this section shall be paid to the treasurer of that municipality, and section 2 of the Administration of Justice Act and section 4 of the Fines and Forfeitures Act do not apply in respect of the fine. 1992, c.23, s.36(9) (10) Same, Sewage System Offences. Despite subsection (9), if an offence under this section concerns the provisions of this Act and the building code related to sewage systems and if it is committed in a municipality or territory without municipal organization that is prescribed under subsection 3.1(1), the proceeds of a fine imposed under this section shall be paid to the applicable board of health, planning board or conservation authority prescribed under subsection 3.1(1), and section 2 of the Administration of Justice Act and section 4 of the Fines and Forfeitures Act do not apply in respect of the fine. 2002, c.9, s.53(3) 37. (1) Proof of Directions, Orders, etc. In any prosecution for an offence under this Act, a copy of a direction or order purporting to have been made under this Act or the regulations and purporting to have been signed by the person authorized by this Act to make the direction or order is, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, proof of the direction or order without proof of the signature or authority. 1992, c.23, s.37(1) (2) Same. A statement as to any matter of record in an office of the chief building official or an officer purporting to be certified by the chief building official or an officer is, without proof of the office or signature of the chief building official or officer, receivable in evidence as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of the facts stated therein in any civil proceeding or proceeding under the Provincial Offences Act. 1997, c.24, s.224(18) (2) Idem. Upon the application under subsection (1), the judge may make the order or such other order as the judge thinks fit. 1992, c.23, s.38(2) (3) Appeal. An appeal lies to the Divisional Court from an order made under subsection (1). 1992, c.23, s.38(3) 38.1 (1) Suspension of Licence. If a person is in default of payment of a fine imposed upon conviction for an offence under this Act or the regulations, on the application of a prescribed person, an order may be made under subsection 69(2) of the Provincial Offences Act directing that one or more of the licences of the person who is in default be suspended and no licence be issued to that person until the fine is paid. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.20 (2) Duty of Prescribed Person. A prescribed person shall, (a) on being informed of an order referred to in subsection (1), suspend the licence in accordance with the order; and (b) on being informed that the fine and any applicable prescribed administrative fee for the reinstatement of the licence are paid, reinstate the licence. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.20 (3) No Reinstatement. The prescribed person shall not reinstate a licence under clause (2)(b) if he or she is informed that, (a) there is another outstanding order referred to in subsection (1) directing that the licence be suspended; or (b) the licence is suspended under any other order or under another statute. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.20 (4) Definition. In this section, "licence" means a licence, certification, or registration issued under the building code. 2002, c.9, s (1) Restraining Order. Where it appears to a chief building official that a person does not comply with this Act, the regulations or an order made under this Act, despite the imposition of any penalty in respect of the noncompliance and in addition to any other rights he or she may have, the chief building official may apply to the Superior Court of Justice for an order directing that person to comply with the provision. 1992, c.23, s.38(1); 2002, c.9, s Building Code Compendium

41 2006 Building Code r 2 Live/work unit means a dwelling unit having an area of not more than 200 m 2 that contains a subsidiary business and personal services occupancy or a subsidiary low hazard industrial occupancy, and which is used and operated by one or more persons of a single household. Loadbearing means, when applied to a building element, subjected to or designed to carry loads in addition to its own dead load, but does not include a wall element subject only to wind or earthquake loads in addition to its own dead load. Loading rate means the volume in litres of effluent per square metre applied in a single day to soil, as defined in Part 8 of Division B, or leaching bed fill. Low hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3) means an industrial occupancy in which the combustible content is not more than 50 kg/m² or 1200 MJ/m² of floor area. Low human occupancy means, when applied to a farm building, an occupancy in which the occupant load of not more than one person per 40 m² of floor area during normal use. Major occupancy means the principal occupancy for which a building or part of a building is used or intended to be used, and is deemed to include the subsidiary occupancies that are an integral part of the principal occupancy. Make-up water means water added to a public pool from an external source. Marquee means a canopy over an entrance to a building. Masonry or concrete chimney means a chimney of brick, stone, concrete or masonry units constructed on site. Means of egress includes exits and access to exits and means a continuous path of travel provided for the escape of persons from any point in a building or in a contained open space to, (a) a separate building, (b) an open public thoroughfare, or (c) an exterior open space that is protected from fire exposure from the building and that has access to an open public thoroughfare. Medium hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2) means an industrial occupancy in which the combustible content is more than 50 kg/m² or 1200 MJ/m² of floor area and that is not classified as a high hazard industrial occupancy. Mercantile occupancy means the occupancy or use of a building or part of a building for the displaying or selling of retail goods, wares or merchandise. Mezzanine means an intermediate floor assembly between the floor and ceiling of any room or storey and includes an interior balcony. Modified pool means a public pool that has a basin-shaped floor sloping downward and inward toward the interior from the rim. Modified stack venting means a stack venting arrangement in which the stack vent above the connection of the highest stack vented fixture is reduced in diameter. Municipal drinking-water system has the same meaning as in subsection 2 (1) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, Nominally horizontal means at an angle of less than 45 with the horizontal. Nominally vertical means at an angle of not more than 45 with the vertical. Division A - Part 1 19 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

42 Building Code Noncombustible means that a material meets the acceptance criteria of CAN4-S114, Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials. Noncombustible construction means a type of construction in which a degree of fire safety is attained by the use of noncombustible materials for structural members and other building assemblies. Objective means an objective set out in Article Occupancy means the use or intended use of a building or part of a building for the shelter or support of persons, animals or property. Occupant load means the number of persons for which a building or part of a building is designed. Offset means the piping that connects the ends of two pipes that are parallel. Offset relief vent means a relief vent that provides additional air circulation upstream and downstream of an offset in a soil or waste stack. Open air means the atmosphere outside a building. Open-air storey means a storey in which at least 25 per cent of the total area of its perimeter walls is open to the outdoors in a manner that will provide cross ventilation to the entire storey. Outdoor pool means a public pool that is not an indoor pool. Pail privy means a latrine in which the receptacle for human waste consists of a removable container surmounted by a superstructure. Partition means an interior wall, one storey or part-storey in height, that is not loadbearing. Party wall means a wall, (a) that is jointly owned and jointly used by two parties under an easement agreement or by a right in law, and (b) that is erected at or upon a line separating two parcels of land each of which is, or is capable of being a separate real estate entity. Perched groundwater means a free standing body of water in the ground extending to a limited depth. Percolation time means the average time in minutes that is required for water to drop one centimetre during a percolation test or as determined by a soil evaluation or analysis. Performance level means the level of performance under which all or part of an existing building functions with respect to its building systems. Pharmacy means the premises in a building or the part of the premises in which prescriptions are compounded and dispensed for the public or in which drugs are sold by retail. Pile means a slender deep foundation unit, (a) that is made of materials such as wood, steel or concrete or a combination of them, and (b) that is either pre-manufactured and placed by driving, jacking, jetting or screwing, or cast-in-place in a hole formed by driving, excavating or boring. 20 Division A - Part 1 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

43 2006 Building Code Part 3 Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility 3.1. General Scope Classification of Buildings or Parts of Buildings by Major Occupancy Multiple Occupancy Requirements Combustible Construction Noncombustible Construction Reserved Fire-Resistance Ratings Fire Separations and Closures Building Services in Fire Separations and Fire Rated Assemblies Firewalls Fire Stops in Concealed Spaces Flame-Spread Rating and Smoke Developed Classification Interior Finish Roof Assemblies Roof Covering Fabrics Occupant Load Drainage and Grades Above Ground Electrical Conductors Building Fire Safety General Building Size and Construction Relative to Occupancy Spatial Separation and Exposure Protection Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Provisions for Fire Fighting Additional Requirements for High Buildings Lighting and Emergency Power Systems Mezzanines and Openings Through Floor Assemblies Standpipe Systems Safety Within Floor Areas All Floor Areas Assembly Occupancy Care or Detention Occupancy Residential Occupancy Industrial Occupancy Exits General Number and Location of Exits from Floor Areas Width and Height of Exits Fire Separation of Exits Exit Signs Types of Exit Facilities Fire Escapes Vertical Transportation General Elevator Requirements Fire Separations Dimensions and Signs Service Facilities General Service Rooms Vertical Service Spaces and Service Facilities Horizontal Service Spaces and Service Facilities Health Requirements Height and Area of Rooms Windows Reserved Plumbing Facilities Health Care Facility Systems Food Premises Division B - Part 3 1 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

44 2006 Building Code 3.8. Barrier-Free Design General Occupancy Requirements Design Standards Portable Classrooms Scope Interior Finish Application Self-Service Storage Buildings Scope Requirements for All Buildings Additional Requirements for Buildings Containing More Than 1 Storey Additional Requirements for 1 Storey Buildings Public Pools General Designations of Public Pools Pool and Pool Deck Design and Construction Requirements for All Class A and Class B Pools Public Pools Equipped with Diving Boards or Diving Platforms Ramps into Public Pools in Group B, Division 2 or 3, Major Occupancies Modified Pools Wave Action Pools Recirculation for Public Pools Dressing Rooms, Locker Facilities, and Plumbing Facilities for All Public Pools Emergency Provisions for All Public Pools Service Rooms and Storage for All Public Pools Tents and Air-Supported Structures Tents Air-Supported Structures Signs Scope Alterations Structural Requirements Plastic Sign Facing Materials Location Restrictions Shelf and Rack Storage Systems Scope Storage of Class I, II, III and IV Commodities Storage of Group A, B and C Plastics and Rubber Tires Additional Requirements For Change of Use Scope Additional Construction Public Spas General Public Spa and Deck Design and Construction Requirements Ramps into Public Spas Water Circulation for Public Spas Emergency Provisions for All Public Spas Service Rooms and Storage for All Public Spas Rapid Transit Stations Scope and Definitions Construction Requirements Safety Requirements Within Stations Means of Egress Fire Safety Provisions Required Sanitary Facilities Emergency Ventilation Barrier-Free Design Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

45 2006 Building Code (4) Combustible piping is permitted to penetrate a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating or a membrane that forms part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided, (a) the piping is sealed at the penetration by a fire stop system that has an F rating not less than the fire-resistance rating required for the fire separation when subjected to the fire test method in CAN4-S115-M, Fire Tests of Firestop Systems, with a pressure differential of 50 Pa between the exposed and unexposed sides, with the higher pressure on the exposed side, and (b) the piping is not located in a vertical shaft. (5) Combustible drain piping is permitted to penetrate a horizontal fire separation provided it leads directly from a noncombustible water closet through a concrete floor slab. (6) Combustible piping is permitted on one side of a vertical fire separation provided it is not located in a vertical shaft. e 1 (7) Combustible piping is permitted to penetrate a vertical or horizontal fire separation provided the fire compartments on each side of the fire separation are sprinklered. (8) Combustible piping not more 25 mm in diameter containing chlorine gas is permitted to penetrate a fire separation between a chlorine gas service room built in conjunction with a public pool or public spa, and the remainder of the building Openings through a Membrane Ceiling (1) A membrane ceiling forming part of an assembly assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of Supplementary Standard SB-2 is permitted to be penetrated by openings leading into ducts within the ceiling space provided, (a) the ducts are sheet steel, and (b) the amount of openings and their protection conform to the requirements of Supplementary Standard SB-2. (2) Fire stop flaps in ceiling membranes required in Sentence (1) shall conform to CAN4-S112.2-M, Fire Test of Ceiling Firestop Flap Assemblies Plenums (1) A ceiling assembly used as a plenum shall conform to Article Firewalls Prevention of Firewall Collapse (1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the connections and supports for structural framing members that are connected to or supported on a firewall and have a fire-resistance rating less than that required for the firewall, shall be designed so that the failure of the framing systems during a fire will not affect the integrity of the firewall during the fire. (2) Sentence (1) does not apply to a firewall consisting of two separate wall assemblies each tied to its respective building frame but not to each other, provided each wall assembly is, (a) a fire separation having one half of the fire-resistance rating required for the firewall by Sentences (1) and (2), and (b) designed so that the collapse of one wall assembly will not cause collapse of the other. (3) A firewall is permitted to be supported on the structural frame of a building of noncombustible construction provided the supporting frame has a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the firewall. (4) Piping, ducts and totally enclosed noncombustible raceways shall be installed so that their collapse will not cause collapse of the firewall. Division B - Part 3 25 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

46 Building Code Rating of Firewalls (1) A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing a Group E or a Group F, Division 1 or 2 major occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h, except that where the upper portion of a firewall separates floor areas containing other than Group E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 major occupancies, the fire-resistance rating of the upper portion of the firewall is permitted to be not less than 2 h. (2) A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing major occupancies other than Group E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 shall be constructed as a fire separation of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h. (3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), the required fire-resistance rating of a firewall, except for closures, shall be provided by masonry or concrete. r 2 (4) A firewall permitted to have a fire-resistance rating not more than 2 h need not be constructed of masonry or concrete provided, (a) the assembly providing the fire-resistance rating is protected against damage that would compromise the integrity of the assembly, (b) the design conforms to Article , (c) the level of performance of the firewall is not less than of masonry or concrete in the areas of, (i) performance during fire conditions, (ii) mechanical damage during the normal use of the building, and (iii) resistance to damage from moisture, (d) the firewall separates building or buildings with floor areas that do not contain, (i) a Group B, Division 1 major occupancy, or (ii) a Group B, Division 2 major occupancy, and (e) the firewall separates a sprinklered building regulated by the provisions of Subsection from another sprinklered building. (See Appendix A.) Continuity of Firewalls (1) A firewall shall extend from the ground continuously through, or adjacent to, all storeys of a building or buildings so separated, except that a firewall located above a basement storage garage conforming to Article is permitted to commence at the floor assembly immediately above the storage garage. (2) A firewall is permitted to terminate on the underside of a reinforced concrete roof slab provided, (a) the roof slab on both sides of the firewall has a fire-resistance rating not less than, (i) 1 h if the firewall is required to have a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h, or (ii) 2 h if the firewall is required to have a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h, and (b) there are no concealed spaces within the roof slab in that portion immediately above the firewall Parapets (1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (2), a firewall shall extend above the roof surface to form a parapet not less than, (a) 150 mm high for a firewall required to have a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h, and (b) 900 mm high for a firewall required to have a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h. (2) A firewall that separates 2 buildings with roofs at different elevations need not extend above the upper roof surface to form a parapet, provided the difference in elevation between the roofs is more than 3 m. 26 Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

47 2006 Building Code Section 3.2. Building Fire Safety General Exceptions in Determining Building Height (1) A roof-top enclosure provided for elevator machinery, a stairway or a service room used for no purpose other than for service to the building, shall not be considered as a storey in calculating the building height. (2) Space under tiers of seats in a building of the arena type shall not be considered as adding to the building height provided the space is used only for dressing rooms, concession stands and similar purposes incidental to the major occupancy of the building. (3) Except as required by Sentence (5), the space above a mezzanine need not be considered as a storey in calculating building height provided, (a) the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed does not exceed 40% of the open area of the room in which they are located, and (b) except as permitted in Sentence (8) and Sentence (3) the space above the mezzanine is used as an open area without partitions or subdividing walls higher than 1070 mm above the mezzanine floor. (See Appendix A.) (4) Except as required by Sentence (5), the space above a mezzanine need not be considered as a storey in caclulating the building height provided, (a) the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed and do not meet the conditions of Sentence (3) does not exceed 10% of the floor area in which they are located and (b) the area of mezzanine in a suite does not exceed 10% of the area of that suite. (5) Except as permitted by Sentences (6) and (7), each level of mezzanine that is partly or wholly superimposed above the first level of mezzanine shall be considered as a storey in calculating the building height. (6) Platforms intended solely for periodic inspection and elevated catwalks need not be considered as floor assemblies or mezzanines for the purpose of determining building height provided, (a) they are not used for storage, (b) they are constructed with noncombustible materials unless the building is permitted to be of combustible construction, and (c) where they are intended to be occupied, they have an occupant load of not more that 4 persons. (7) Mezzanines, elevated walkways and platforms that are intended to be occupied in Group F, Division 2 or 3 major occupancies need not be considered as storeys in calculating building height provided, (a) the building is of noncombustible construction, and (b) the occupant load is not more than 4 persons. (8) The space above a mezzanine conforming to Sentence (3) is permitted to include an enclosed space whose area does not exceed 10% of the open area of the room in which the mezzanine is located, provided the enclosed space does not obstruct visual communication between the open space above the mezzanine and the room in which it is located. (9) A service space in which facilities are included to permit a person to enter and to undertake maintenance and other operations pertaining to building services from within the service space need not be considered a storey if it conforms to Articles and , and Sentences (12), (2), (7), (3) and (9). (See Appendix A.) Division B - Part 3 37 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

48 Building Code Storage Garage Considered as a Separate Building (1) A basement used primarily as a storage garage is permitted to be considered as a separate building for the purposes of Subsection , provided the floor and roof assemblies above the basement and the exterior walls of the basement above the adjoining ground level are constructed as fire separations of masonry or concrete having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h, except as permitted by Sentence (2). (2) The exterior wall of a basement that is required to be a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating in accordance with Sentence (1) is permitted to be penetrated by openings that are not protected by closures provided, (a) the storage garage is sprinklered, (b) every opening in the exterior wall is separated from storeys above the opening by a projection of the floor or roof assembly above the basement, extending not less than, (i) mm beyond the exterior face of the storage garage if the upper storeys are required to be of noncombustible construction, or (ii) mm beyond the exterior face of the storage garage if the upper storeys are permitted to be of combustible construction, or (c) the exterior walls of any storeys located above the floor or roof assembly referred to in Sentence (1) are recessed behind the outer edge of the assembly by not less than, (i) mm if the upper storeys are required to be of noncombustible construction, or (ii) mm if the upper storeys are permitted to be of combustible construction. (3) The floor or roof assembly projection referred to in Clause (2)(b) shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h and shall have no openings within the projection Roof Considered as a Wall (1) For the purposes of this Section any part of a roof that is pitched at an angle of 60 or more to the horizontal and is adjacent to a space intended for occupancy within a building shall be considered as part of an exterior wall of the building Floor Assembly over Basement r 2 (1) Except as permitted by Sentences (3), (3), (3), (3), (3), (3) or (3), a floor assembly immediately above a basement shall be constructed as a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating conforming to the requirements of Articles to for a floor assembly, but not less than 45 min. (2) All loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a floor assembly immediately above a basement shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required by Sentence (1) for the floor assembly Fire Containment in Basements (1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), in a building in which an automatic sprinkler system is not required to be installed by Articles to , every basement shall, (a) be sprinklered, or (b) be subdivided into fire compartments not more than 600 m 2 in area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the floor assembly immediately above the basement. (2) An open-air storey need not conform to Sentence (1). 38 Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

49 2006 Building Code Group B, Division 2 or Division 3, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) A building classified as Group B, Division 2 or Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided, (a) except as permitted by Sentence (1), the building is sprinklered, (b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and (c) it has a building area, (i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey in building height, (ii) not more than m 2 if 2 storeys in building height, or (iii) not more than m 2 if 3 storeys in building height. (2) Except as permitted by Article , the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and, (a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, (b) (c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly Group B, Division 2 or Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) A building classified as Group B, Division 2 or Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided, (a) except as permitted by Sentence (1), the building is sprinklered, (b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and (c) it has a building area not more than, (i) m 2 if 1 storey in building height, or (ii) m 2 if 2 storeys in building height. (2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and, (a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, (b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and (c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly Group B, Division 2 or Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered (1) A building classified as Group B, Division 2 or Division 3 is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, provided, (a) except as permitted by Sentence (1), the building is sprinklered, (b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and (c) it has a building area not more than 500 m 2. r Group C, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered (1) Except as permitted by Articles to , a building classified as Group C shall conform to Sentence (2). (2) Except as permitted by Article , the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and, (a) except as permitted by Sentence (1), the building shall be sprinklered, (b) except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h, (c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and Division B - Part 3 49 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

50 Building Code (d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly. (3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than 1 storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence (3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations. r Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided, (a) except as permitted by Sentence (1), the building is sprinklered, (b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and (c) it has a building area, (i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 2 storeys in building height, (ii) not more than m 2 if 3 storeys in building height, (iii) not more than m 2 if 4 storeys in building height, (iv) not more than m 2 if 5 storeys in building height, or (v) not more than m 2 if 6 storeys in building height. (2) Except as permitted by Article , the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and, (a) except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, (b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and (c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly. (3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than 1 storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence (3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations. r Group C, up to 4 Storeys, Noncombustible Construction (1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided, (a) it is not more than, (i) 3 storeys in building height, or (ii) 4 storeys in building height provided there is not more than one dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, and vertical fire separations of adjacent dwelling units conform to Sentence (4), and (b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table Table Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 4 Storeys Forming Part of Sentence (1) No. of Storeys Maximum Area, m 2 Facing 1 Street Facing 2 Streets Facing 3 Streets not limited not limited not limited not limited not limited Column Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

51 2006 Building Code (2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and, (a) except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, (b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, (c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and (d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly. (3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than 1 storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence (3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations. (4) The dwelling units described in Subclause (1)(a)(ii) shall be separated by continuous vertical fire separations that extend through all storeys and service spaces of the separated portions Group C, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided, (a) except as permitted by Sentence (1), the building is sprinklered, (b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and (c) it has a building area not more than, (i) m 2 if 1 storey in building height, (ii) m 2 if 2 storeys in building height, (iii) m 2 if 3 storeys in building height, or (iv) m 2 if 4 storeys in building height. (2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and, (a) except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, (b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and (c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly. (3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than 1 storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence (3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations. (4) In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the fire-resistance rating for floor assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area (1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided, (a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and (b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table Division B - Part 3 51 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

52 Building Code Table Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area Forming Part of Sentence (1) No. of Storeys Facing 1 Street Maximum Area, m 2 Facing 2 Streets Facing 3 Streets Column (2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and, (a) except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, (b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, (c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and (d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly. (3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than 1 storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence (3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations. (4) In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the fire-resistance rating for floor assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived Group C, up to 3 Storeys (1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided, (a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and (b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table Table Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 3 Storeys Forming Part of Sentence (1) No. of Storeys Maximum Area, m 2 Facing 1 Street Facing 2 Streets Facing 3 Streets Column Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

53 2006 Building Code (2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and, (a) except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, (b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and (c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly. (3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than 1 storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence (3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min but need not be constructed as fire separations. (4) In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the fire-resistance rating for floor assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided, (a) except as permitted by Sentence (1), the building is sprinklered, (b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and (c) it has a building area not more than, (i) m 2 if 1 storey in building height, (ii) m 2 if 2 storeys in building height, or (iii) m 2 if 3 storeys in building height. Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, a

54 2006 Building Code This page intentionally left blank 52b Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

55 2006 Building Code (b) 20 min for any other building. (2) Except as permitted by Sentences (9), and (2) and (3), a fire alarm system shall not incorporate manual silencing switches other than those installed inside the fire alarm control unit. (See Appendix A.) (3) Except as provided in Clause (3)(a), in a care and treatment occupancy an alert signal is permitted to be silenced automatically after 1 min Signals to Fire Department (1) If a fire alarm system is required to be installed and a single stage system is provided, the system shall be designed to notify the fire department in conformance with Sentence (4) that an alarm signal has been initiated in, (a) a Group A occupancy having an occupant load more than 300, (b) a Group B occupancy, (c) a Group F, Division 1 occupancy, (d) a building regulated by the provisions of Subsection , or (e) a building containing interconnected floor space required to conform to Articles to (2) A fire alarm system that includes waterflow indicating devices shall be designed to notify the fire department, in conformance with Sentence (4), that an alarm has been initiated. (3) If a fire alarm system is required to be installed and a 2 stage system is provided, the system shall be designed to notify the fire department, in conformance with Sentence (4), that an alert signal has been initiated. (4) Notification of the fire department required by Sentences (1) to (3) shall be by way of, (a) signals to a central station conforming to CAN/ULC-S561, Installation and Services for Fire Signal Receiving Centres and Systems, or (b) the municipal fire alarm system. (See Appendix A.) (5) Where a single stage fire alarm system is installed in a building that is not sprinklered, and Sentence (1) does not apply, a legible notice, that is not easily removed, shall be affixed to the wall near each manual pull station stating, (a) that the fire department is to be notified in the event of a fire emergency, and (b) the emergency telephone number for the municipality or the telephone number of the fire department. (See Appendix A.) Annunciator and Zone Indication (1) Except as permitted in Sentences (3) to (5), an annunciator shall be installed in close proximity to a building entrance that faces a street or an access route for fire department vehicles that complies with Sentence (1). (2) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), the annunciator required by Sentence (1) shall have separate zone indication of the actuation of the alarm initiating devices in each, (a) floor area so that in a building that is not sprinklered, the area of coverage for each zone is neither more than, (i) one storey, nor (ii) m 2, (b) floor area so that in a building that is sprinklered, the area of coverage for each zone is neither more than, (i) one storey, nor (ii) the system area limits as specified in NFPA 13, Installation of Sprinkler Systems, (c) shaft required to be equipped with smoke detectors, (d) air handling system required to be equipped with smoke detectors, (e) contained use area, (f) impeded egress zone, (g) fire compartment required in Sentence (2), and Division B - Part 3 79 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

56 Building Code (h) fire compartment required to be separated by vertical fire separations having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h, other than dwelling units described in Subsection (See Appendix A.) (3) An annunciator need not be provided for a fire alarm system if not more than one zone indicator is required in Sentence (2). (4) If an annunciator is not installed as part of a fire alarm system in conformance with Sentence (1), a visual and audible trouble signal device shall be provided inside the main entrance of the building. (5) The requirements in Sentence (1) are waived in a building, (a) reserved, (b) that has an aggregate area for all storeys of not more than m 2, and (c) that is not more than 3 storeys in building height. (6) The area limits of Clause (2)(a) are waived for an interior undivided open space used as an arena, a rink or a swimming pool provided that other spaces in the building that are separated from the open space are individually zoned in accordance with the requirements of Sentence (2). (7) A fire alarm control unit installed in close proximity to a building entrance that faces a street or an access route for fire department vehicles that complies with Sentence (1), is deemed to satisfy the requirement for an annunciator provided all indicators required for an annunciator or trouble signal device are included on the control unit. (See Appendix A.) (8) In a building containing a hotel in which a trouble signal sounding device has a silencing switch, a trouble light shall be installed in, (a) the main reception area serving the hotel, or (b) another continually-supervised location. (9) In a nursing home, a remote audiovisual fire alarm trouble signal shall be located at the main nursing station Electrical Supervision (1) Electrical supervision shall be provided for a fire alarm system. (2) If a fire alarm system is installed in a building, an automatic sprinkler system shall be electrically supervised to indicate a supervisory signal on the building fire alarm system annunciator for each of the following: (a) movement of a valve handle that controls the supply of water to sprinklers, (b) loss of excess water pressure required to prevent false alarms in a wet pipe system, (c) loss of air pressure in a dry pipe system, (d) loss of air pressure in a pressure tank, (e) a significant change in water level in any water storage container used for fire fighting purposes, (f) loss of power to any automatically starting fire pump, and (g) a temperature approaching the freezing point in any dry pipe valve enclosure or water storage container used for fire fighting purposes. (See Appendix A.) r 2 (3) In a building regulated by the provisions of Subsection , the indication of a supervisory signal in accordance with Sentence (2) shall be transmitted to a proprietary control centre or to an independent central station Fire Detectors (1) Fire detectors required by this Article shall be connected to the fire alarm system. (2) Except as provided in Article , if a fire alarm system is required, fire detectors shall be installed in, (a) storage rooms not within dwelling units, (b) service rooms not within dwelling units, (c) janitors rooms, 80 Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

57 2006 Building Code (4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), combustible sprinkler piping may be located above a ceiling, provided that the distance between the edge of any ceiling opening that is not protected in conformance with Sentence (3) and the nearest sprinkler is not more than 300 mm. (5) The protection required by Sentences (3) and (4) is permitted to be waived where combustible sprinkler piping has been tested in conformance with ULC/ORD-C199P-M, Combustible Piping for Sprinkler Systems, and has been shown to meet the requirements in that document without additional protection Sprinklered Service Space (1) An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in a service space referred to in Sentence (9) if flooring for access within the service space is other than catwalks. (2) The sprinkler system required by Sentence (1) shall be equipped with waterflow detecting devices, with each device serving not more than one storey. (3) The waterflow detecting devices required by Sentence (2) shall be connected to the fire alarm system, to (a) initiate an alert signal in a 2 stage system or an alarm signal in a single stage system, and (b) indicate separately on the fire alarm system annunciator the actuation of each device. (4) If a building is sprinklered, sprinkler protection need not be provided in the space below a raised floor in a computer room, (a) if the optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables in this space conform to the test requirements in Article , (b) if the building is of noncombustible construction and other combustible components are limited to those permitted in Subsection , (c) if this space is used to circulate conditioned air and the air handling system is designed to prevent the circulation of smoke upon a signal from a smoke detector, (d) if all of this space is easily accessible by providing access sections or panels in the raised floor, and (e) if the computer room is more than m 2 and the annunciator has separate zone indicators of the actuation of smoke detectors located in this space so that the coverage for each zone is not more than m 2. (5) Where a room, chute or bin is required to be sprinklered as indicated in Sentence (1), Article and Sentence (6), the sprinklers may be supplied with water from the fire standpipe system provided that, (a) except for a chute, not more than 8 sprinkler heads are required to protect any room or bin based on a maximum coverage of 12 m 2 per sprinkler head, (b) the standpipe riser is, (i) not less than 6 in. in diameter, or (ii) hydraulically designed to meet combined water supply as specified in Clause (c), (c) the water supply for a standpipe system, pumping capability and water storage facility, if required, is increased to supply 95 L/min for each sprinkler head over and above the requirements for the standpipe system up to maximum 760 L/min for sprinklers, (d) a waterflow detecting device shall be installed in the sprinkler main adjacent to the point of connection to the standpipe riser, and (e) the activation of each waterflow detecting device in Clause (d) shall be indicated separately on the fire alarm system annunciator Fire Department Connections (1) The fire department connection for a standpipe system shall be located so that the distance from the fire department connection to a hydrant is not more than 45 m and is unobstructed. (2) The fire department connection for an automatic sprinkler system shall be located so that the distance from the fire department connection to a hydrant is not more than 45 m and is unobstructed. Division B - Part 3 89 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

58 Building Code (3) The fire department connections required in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be, (a) located on the outside of a building adjacent to a street or an access route, not less than 300 mm and not more than 900 mm above ground level, and (b) provided with two 65 mm hose connections with female swivel hose couplings Portable Fire Extinguishers (1) Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in all buildings, except within dwelling units, in conformance with the provisions of Part 6 of the Fire Code made under the Fire Protection and Prevention Act, (2) In a Group B, Division 1 major occupancy, portable fire extinguishers are permitted to be located in secure areas, or in lockable cabinets provided, (a) identical keys for all cabinets are located at all supervisory or security stations, or (b) electrical remote release devices are provided and are connected to an emergency power supply Protection from Freezing (1) Equipment forming part of a fire protection system shall be protected from freezing if, (a) it could be adversely affected by freezing temperatures, and (b) it is located in an unheated area Fire Pumps (1) A fire pump having a rated net head pressure greater than 280 kpa shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 20, Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection. (See Appendix A.) r Additional Requirements for High Buildings (See Appendix A.) Application (1) This Subsection applies to a building, (a) of Group A, D, E or F major occupancy classification that is more than, (i) 36 m high, measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, or (ii) 18 m high, measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, and in which the cumulative or total occupant load on or above any storey above grade, other than the first storey, divided by 1.8 times the width in metres of all exit stairs at that storey, exceeds 300, (b) containing a Group B major occupancy in which the floor level of the highest storey of that major occupancy is more than 18 m above grade, (c) containing a floor area or part of a floor area located above the third storey designed or intended as a Group B, Division 2 or 3 occupancy, and (d) containing a Group C major occupancy whose floor level is more than 18 m above grade Limits to Smoke Movement (1) A sprinklered building shall be designed in accordance with Sentences (2) to (5) and Supplementary Standard SB-4 to limit the danger to occupants and fire fighters from exposure to smoke in a building fire. 90 Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

59 2006 Building Code (2) A building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so that, during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire, each exit stair serving storeys below the lowest exit level will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire floor, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis determined in conformance with Supplementary Standard SB-1. (3) Each stairway that serves storeys above the lowest exit level shall have a vent to the outdoors, at or near the bottom of the stair shaft, that, (a) has an openable area of 0.05 m 2 for every door between the stair shaft and a floor area, but not less than 1.8 m 2, (b) opens directly to the outdoors or into a vestibule that has a similar opening to the outdoors, and (c) has a door or closure that, (i) is openable manually, and (ii) can remain in the open position during a fire emergency. (4) Measures shall be taken to limit movement of smoke from a fire in a floor area below the lowest exit storey into upper storeys. (5) Except for exhaust fans in kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, and except for fans used for smoke venting as required by Article , air moving fans in a system that serves more than 2 storeys shall be designed and installed so that in the event of a fire these fans can be stopped by means of a manually operated switch at the central alarm and control facility. (6) A building that is not sprinklered shall be designed in accordance with Supplementary Standard SB-4 to limit the danger to occupants and fire fighters from exposure to smoke in a building fire Connected Buildings (1) If a building described in Article is connected to any other building, measures shall be taken to limit movement of contaminated air from one building into another during a fire Emergency Operation of Elevators (1) Manual emergency recall shall be provided for all elevators serving storeys above the first storey. (2) Key-operated switches for emergency recall described by Sentence (1) shall be provided in a conspicuous location at, (a) each elevator lobby on the recall level, and (b) the central alarm and control facility required in Article (3) In-car emergency service switches shall be provided in all elevator cars. (4) Keys to operate the switches required by Sentences (2) and (3) shall be, (a) provided in a suitably identified box conspicuously located on the outside of an elevator hoistway near the central alarm and control facility required by Article , and (b) kept at the central alarm and control facility. (5) In a building that is not sprinklered, automatic emergency recall operation shall be provided for all elevators serving storeys above the first storey. (6) The automatic emergency recall feature in Sentence (5) shall be actuated by, (a) smoke detectors installed in each elevator lobby on each storey, or (b) the building fire alarm system. (7) Smoke detectors in Sentence (6) shall be designed as part of the building fire alarm system. Division B - Part 3 91 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

60 Building Code Elevator for Use by Fire Fighters (1) At least one elevator shall be provided for use by fire fighters in conformance with Sentences (2) to (6). (2) The elevator referred to in Sentence (1) shall have a usable platform area not less than 2.2 m 2 and shall be capable of carrying a load of 900 kg to the top floor that it serves from a landing on the storey containing the entrance for fire fighter access referred to in Articles and within 1 min. (3) Except when Measure K of Supplementary Standard SB-4 is used, each elevator for use by fire fighters shall, (a) be provided with a closure at each shaft opening so that the interlock mechanism remains mechanically engaged and electrical continuity is maintained in the interlock circuits and associated wiring for a period of not less than 1 h when the assembly is subjected to the standard fire exposure described in CAN4-S104-M, Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, (b) be protected with a vestibule containing no occupancy and separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or (c) be protected with a corridor containing no occupancy and separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h. (4) Except as permitted in Sentence (5), an elevator referred to in Sentence (1) shall be capable of providing transportation from the storey containing the entrance for fire fighter access referred to in Articles and to every floor that is above grade in the building and that is normally served by the elevator system. (5) If it is necessary to change elevators to reach any floor referred to in Sentence (4), the system shall be designed so that not more than one change of elevator is required when travelling to any floor in the building from the storey containing the entrance for fire fighter access referred to in Articles and (6) Electrical conductors for the operation of the elevator referred to in Sentence (1) shall be, (a) installed in service spaces conforming to Section 3.6. that do not contain other combustible material, or (b) protected against exposure to fire from the service entrance of the emergency power supply, or the normal service entrance of the normal power supply, to the equipment served, to ensure operation for a period of 1 h when subjected to the standard fire exposure described in CAN/ULC-S101-M, Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials Venting to Aid Fire Fighting (1) Means of venting each floor area to the outdoors shall be provided by windows, wall panels, smoke shafts or, except as provided by Sentence (5), the building exhaust system. (2) Fixed glass windows shall not be used for the venting required by Sentence (1) if the breaking of the windows could endanger pedestrians below. (3) Openable windows used for the venting required by Sentence (1) shall be permanently marked so that they are easily identifiable. (4) Elevator hoistways shall not be designed for the venting required by Sentence (1). (5) In a building that is not sprinklered, venting of floor areas required in Sentence (1) shall not be provided by the building exhaust system. 92 Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

61 2006 Building Code Central Alarm and Control Facility (1) A central alarm and control facility shall be provided on the storey containing the entrance for fire fighter access referred to in Articles and in a location that, (a) is readily accessible to fire fighters entering the building, and (b) takes into account the effect of background noise likely to occur under fire emergency conditions, so that the facility can properly perform its required function under such conditions. (2) The central alarm and control facility required in Sentence (1) shall include, (a) means to control the voice communication system required by Article , so that messages can be sent to, (i) all loudspeakers simultaneously, (ii) individual floor areas, and (iii) exit stairwells, (b) means to indicate audibly and visually alert signals and alarm signals and a switch to, (i) silence the audible portion of these signals, and (ii) indicate visually that the audible portion has been silenced, (c) means to indicate visually that elevators are on emergency recall, (d) an annunciator conforming to Article , (e) means to transmit alert signals and alarm signals to the fire department in conformance with Article , (f) means to release hold-open devices on doors to vestibules, (g) means to manually actuate alarm signals in the building selectively to any zone or zones, (h) means to silence the alarm signals referred to in Clause (g) in conformance with Sentences (2) and (3), (i) means, as appropriate to the measure for fire safety provided in the building, to, (i) actuate auxiliary equipment, or (ii) communicate with a continually staffed auxiliary equipment control centre, (j) means to communicate with every elevator car, (k) means to indicate visually, individual sprinkler system waterflow signals, (l) means to indicate audibly and visually, sprinkler system supervisory signals and trouble signals, (m) a switch to silence the audible portion of a supervisory signal or a trouble signal, and (n) visual indication that the audible portion of a supervisory signal or a trouble signal has been silenced Voice Communication System (1) A voice communication system or systems conforming to Article shall be provided in a building if, (a) the floor of the top storey is more than 36 m above grade, or (b) a floor area or part of a floor area located above the third storey is designed or intended for use as a Group B, Division 2 or 3 occupancy Testing (1) The systems for control of smoke movement and mechanical venting required by Articles and shall be tested to ensure satisfactory operation in accordance with the procedures described in Supplementary Standard SB Lighting and Emergency Power Systems Minimum Lighting Requirements (1) An exit, a public corridor, a corridor providing access to exit for the public, a corridor serving patients or residents in a Group B, Division 2 or Division 3 occupancy, a corridor serving classrooms, an electrical equipment room, a transformer vault and a hoistway pit shall be equipped to provide illumination to an average level not less than 50 lx at floor or tread level and at angles and intersections at changes of level where there are stairs or ramps. Division B - Part 3 93 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

62 2006 Building Code This page intentionally left blank 94 Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

63 2006 Building Code Water Supply for 38 mm Hose Connections (1) If a standpipe and hose system is required, the water supply shall be sufficient to provide a flow, measured at each of the two hydraulically most remote 38 mm diam hose connections, (a) of not less than 380 L/min, (b) for not less than 30 min, (c) at a pressure of not less than 450 kpa, and (d) of not less than 190 L/min from each of the two outlets simultaneously Water Supply for 65 mm Hose Connections (1) If 65 mm diam hose connections are required, the water supply shall be sufficient to provide a flow, measured at each of the two hydraulically most remote 65 mm diam hose connections, (a) of not less than L/min, (b) for not less than 30 min, (c) at a pressure of not less than 450 kpa, and (d) of not less than 945 L/min from each of the two outlets simultaneously. (2) If the building is less than 84 m high, measured between grade and the ceiling level of the top storey, the water supply required in Sentence (1) is permitted to be supplied through the fire department connection. (3) If the building is 84 m or more high, measured between grade and the ceiling level of the top storey, the water supply required in Sentence (1) shall be provided by sufficient pumping capacity. (4) If the building is 84 m or more high, measured between grade and the ceiling level of the top storey, the building shall be served by no fewer than two sources of water supply from a public water system. Section 3.3. Safety within Floor Areas (See Appendix A.) All Floor Areas Separation of Suites (1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), each suite in other than business and personal services occupancies shall be separated from adjoining suites by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h. (2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection is permitted to be less than 1 h for, (a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or (b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above. (3) Occupancies that are served by public corridors conforming to Clause (4)(b) in a building that is sprinklered, are not required to be separated from one another by fire separations provided the occupancies are, (a) suites of business and personal services occupancy, (b) fast food vending operations that do not provide seating for customers, (c) suites of mercantile occupancy, or (d) any combination of these occupancies. Division B - Part Effective Date: April 1, 2010

64 Building Code Hazardous Substances, Equipment and Processes r 1 (1) Except as provided in Subsection , the storage, handling and use of the hazardous substances shall be in conformance with, (a) the Fire Code made under the Fire Protection and Prevention Act, 1997, or (b) the CCBFC, National Fire Code of Canada, in the absence of regulations referred to in Clause (a). (See Appendix A.) (2) Cooking equipment, not within a dwelling unit, used in processes producing grease-laden vapours shall be designed and installed in conformance with Part 6. (See Appendix A.) (3) A fuel-fired appliance shall not be installed in a corridor serving as an access to exit Means of Egress (1) Access to exit within floor areas shall conform to Subsections to , in addition to the requirements of this Subsection. (2) If a podium, terrace, platform or contained open space is provided, egress requirements shall conform to the appropriate requirements of Sentence (1) for rooms and suites. (3) Means of egress shall be provided from every roof that is intended for occupancy, and from every podium, terrace, platform or contained open space. (4) At least two separate means of egress shall be provided from a roof, used or intended for an occupant load more than 60, to stairs designed in conformance with the exit stair requirements of Section 3.4. (5) A rooftop enclosure shall be provided with an access to exit that leads to an exit, (a) at the roof level, or (b) on the storey immediately below the roof. (6) A rooftop enclosure that is more than 200 m 2 in area shall be provided with at least 2 means of egress. (7) Two points of egress shall be provided for a service space referred to in Sentence (9) if, (a) the area is more than 200 m 2, or (b) the travel distance measured from any point in the service space to a point of egress is more than 25 m. r 2 (8) Except as required by Sentence (9) and permitted by Sentences (6) and (7), each suite in a floor area that contains more than one suite shall have, (a) an exterior exit doorway, or (b) a doorway, (i) into a public corridor, or (ii) to an exterior passageway. (9) Except as permitted by this Section and by Sentence (2), at the point where a doorway referred to in Sentence (8) opens onto a public corridor or exterior passageway, it shall be possible to go in opposite directions to each of 2 separate exits. (10) Means of egress from a roof for personnel servicing roof top equipment or for a below ground service room that is not normally occupied, is permitted to be provided by stairways or fixed ladders. 106 Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

65 2006 Building Code (b) provided with a mechanical air supply so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire in another space, the compartments will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire area Contained Use Areas (1) A contained use area shall conform to Sentences (2) to (5). (2) A contained use area shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h. (3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), a building that includes a contained use area shall be sprinklered. (4) A contained use area, in a building for which Articles to do not require the installation of an automatic sprinkler system, is not required to be sprinklered as required by Sentence (3) provided, (a) the building is designed so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire in the contained use area, other fire compartments will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the contained use area, (b) the building is designed so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire in another part of the building, the contained use area will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the other part of the building, (c) all doors are designed to be remotely released in conformance with Sentence (6), and (d) the contained use area does not contain any rooms lined with combustible padding. (5) A corridor serving a contained use area shall have no dead-end portion unless the area served by the dead-end portion has a second and separate means of egress Handrails (1) Corridors and ramps used by residents in a nursing home shall be equipped with handrails on each side conforming to Sentences (3), (4), (6), (7) and (8) Residential Occupancy Scope (1) This Subsection applies to residential occupancies Fire Separations (1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (2), suites of residential occupancy shall be separated from each other and the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h. (2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection is permitted to be less than 1 h for, (a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or (b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above. (3) Floor assemblies within a dwelling unit need not be constructed as fire separations provided, (a) the distance between the lowest floor level and the uppermost floor level within the dwelling unit is not more than 6 m, and (b) the dwelling unit is separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than, (i) 45 min if the building is sprinklered and is not more than 3 storeys in building height, (ii) 1 h if the building is sprinklered and is more than 3 storeys in building height, (iii) 1 h if the building is not sprinklered and is not more than 6 storeys in building height, or (iv) 2 h if the building is not sprinklered and is more than 6 storeys in building height. Division B - Part Effective Date: April 1, 2010

66 Building Code (4) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation located between a dwelling unit and an attached storage garage need not conform to that required by Sentence (1) provided, (a) the storage garage contains not more than 5 vehicles, (b) the dwelling unit and the attached storage garage are sprinklered, (c) the dwelling unit is separated from the remainder of the building in conformance with Sentences (1) to (3), (d) there are no air duct systems connecting the storage garage and the dwelling unit, (e) the construction between the storage garage and the dwelling unit provides an effective barrier to gas and exhaust fumes, and (f) every door between the storage garage and the dwelling unit is, (i) tight fitting and weather-stripped to provide an effective barrier against the passage of gas and exhaust fumes, (ii) fitted with a self-closing device, and (iii) not located in a room intended for sleeping. (5) The fire separation required by Sentence (1) is not required between a dwelling unit and an attached storage garage, serving that dwelling unit only, provided, (a) the dwelling unit and its attached storage garage are separated from the remainder of the building in conformance with Sentences (1) to (3), (b) there are no air duct systems connecting the storage garage and the dwelling unit, (c) the construction between the storage garage and the dwelling unit provides an effective barrier to gas and exhaust fumes, and (d) every door between the storage garage and the dwelling unit is, (i) tight fitting and weather-stripped to provide an effective barrier against the passage of gas and exhaust fumes, (ii) fitted with a self-closing device, and (iii) not located in a room intended for sleeping Storage Rooms (1) Sprinklers shall be installed in a storage room provided for the use of tenants in a residential occupancy within a floor area but not contained within a suite. (2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), a storage room referred to in Sentence (1) shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h. (3) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (2) is permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection is permitted to be less than 1 h for, (a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or (b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above Egress from Dwelling Units r 2 r 2 (1) Except as required by Sentence (9), single storey dwelling units in an apartment building need not lead to a public corridor or exterior passageway on the same storey provided the dwelling units are served by private stairways leading directly to a public access to exit on the storey, (a) immediately above, and (b) immediately below. (See Appendix A.) (2) Except as required by Sentence (9) and as permitted by Sentences (3) to (5), a dwelling unit containing more than one storey shall have an exit door or an egress door opening directly into a public access to exit from the uppermost storey and from the lowest storey of the dwelling unit so that each storey is served by an exit or egress door located not more than mm above or below its floor level. 126 Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

67 2006 Building Code (3) A single exit is permitted from a dwelling unit provided the exit is an exterior doorway not more than mm above adjacent ground level and, (a) it is not necessary to travel up or down more than one storey to reach the exit door, or (b) the uppermost floor level opens to a balcony not more than 6 m above adjacent ground level. r 2 (4) An egress door from either the uppermost storey or the lowest storey in a dwelling unit, as required in Sentence (2), need not be provided, (a) except as required by Sentence (9) if that storey is served by a stairway that, (i) leads to a public access to exit, (ii) has no direct access to any other storey in the dwelling unit, and (iii) is separated from the other storeys in the dwelling unit by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min, (b) if the dwelling unit has not more than 2 storeys above the first storey of the building, or (c) if it is not necessary to travel either more than 18 m, or more than 1 storey up or down to reach the egress door. (5) An egress door from either the uppermost storey or the lowest storey in a dwelling unit, as required in Sentence (2), need not be provided, (a) on the uppermost storey of a dwelling unit having not more than 2 storeys above the first storey of the building, (b) on each storey from which it is not necessary to travel either more than 18 m or more than 1 storey up or down within the dwelling unit to reach an egress door, or (c) where that storey is, (i) provided with a balcony conforming to Sentence (8), (ii) not more than 2 storeys above or below the dwelling unit egress door, and (iii) in a building that is not more than 6 storeys in building height. (6) In a building of residential occupancy not more than 3 storeys in building height, a doorway from a dwelling unit is permitted to open directly into an exit stairway provided the dwelling unit has a second and separate means of egress. (7) If a dwelling unit has a second and separate means of egress, one means of egress from a dwelling unit is permitted to pass through, (a) an interior corridor served by a single exit, (b) an exterior balcony served by a single exit stairway, or (c) an exterior passageway served by a single exit stairway. (8) Where a balcony is provided to meet the requirements of Sentence (3) or (5), the balcony shall have, (a) a solid floor having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for a floor assembly between suites, and (b) an area providing not less than 1.5 m 2 per suite occupant, based on occupant load, and a minimum dimension of mm. r 2 (9) Each dwelling unit in a building conforming to Subclause (1)(a)(ii) shall be served by, (a) a direct exit that is an exterior doorway located not more than mm of adjacent ground level, or (b) a stairway that, (i) leads to an exterior doorway not more than mm above adjacent ground level, (ii) has no access to another dwelling unit, and (iii) is separated from the remainder of the building with a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h Automatic Locking Prohibition (1) Except for hotels, a door opening onto a public corridor that provides access to exit from a suite shall be designed not to lock automatically. (See Appendix A.) Sound Transmission (1) Sound transmission class ratings of building assemblies shall conform to Section 5.9. Division B - Part Effective Date: April 1, 2010

68 Building Code r Stairs, Handrails and Guards for Dwelling Units (1) Stairs, handrails and guards within a dwelling unit shall conform to the appropriate requirements in Section Stud Wall Reinforcement (1) If wood wall studs or sheet steel wall studs enclose the main bathroom in a dwelling unit, reinforcement shall be installed to permit the future installation of a grab bar on a wall adjacent to, (a) a water closet in the location required by Clause (1)(d), and (b) a shower or bathtub in the location required by Clause (1)(f) Industrial Occupancy Scope (1) This Subsection applies to industrial occupancies Fire Extinguishing Systems (1) In addition to other requirements in this Division for the installation of automatic fire extinguishing systems, an appropriate fire extinguishing system shall be installed in every industrial occupancy floor area to provide protection if required by, (a) the Fire Code made under the Fire Protection and Prevention Act, 1997, or (b) the CCBFC, National Fire Code of Canada, in the absence of provisions referred to in Clause (a) Basements (1) A basement shall not be used for the storage, manufacture or handling of volatile solids, liquids or gases that generate explosive air-vapour mixtures or for processes that involve explosive dusts. (2) Entrances and exits to a basement and to rooms containing building services shall be separate from the remainder of the building in a building in which, (a) the storage, manufacture or handling of volatile materials can generate explosive air-vapour mixtures, or (b) processes occur that produce explosive dusts. (3) Basements and rooms referred to in Sentence (2) shall be separated from the remainder of the building with a vapour-tight separation Repair and Storage Garages (1) If access is provided from a storage garage to a stair tower or elevator serving occupancies above the level of the storage garage, the access shall be through a vestibule conforming to Sentence (3). (2) Treads and landings in interior stairs that extend to the roof of a storage garage shall be designed to be free of accumulations of ice and snow. (3) A mechanical storage garage not more than 4 storeys in building height, in which no persons other than parking attendants are permitted above the street floor level, need not have a fire separation between the exits and the remainder of the building. (4) A garage shall be provided with natural or mechanical ventilation in conformance with the requirements of Subsection to prevent excessive accumulation of carbon monoxide, exhaust fumes or flammable and toxic vapours. (5) Except as required by Sentence (2), the clear height in a storage garage shall be not less than 2000 mm. 128 Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

69 2006 Building Code Transparent Doors and Panels (1) Glass and transparent panels in an exit shall conform to the appropriate requirements of Article for glass and transparent panels in an access to exit Mirrors near Exits (1) No mirror shall be placed in or adjacent to any exit in a manner that would confuse the direction of exit Combustible Glazing in Exits (1) Combustible glazing is not permitted in wall or ceiling assemblies or in closures used to construct an exit enclosure Exterior Stairway for Nursing Home (1) No open exterior stairway shall serve as a means of egress for residents above the second floor of a nursing home Number and Location of Exits from Floor Areas Minimum Number of Exits (1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4) and (6), every floor area intended for occupancy shall be served by at least 2 exits. (2) A floor area in a building not more than 2 storeys in building height, is permitted to be served by one exit provided the total occupant load served by the exit is not more than 60, and, (a) in a floor area that is not sprinklered, the floor area and the travel distance are not more than the values in Table A., or (b) in a floor area that is sprinklered, (i) the travel distance is not more than 25 m, and (ii) the floor area is not more than the value in Table B. Table A. Criteria for One Exit, Floor Area not Sprinklered Forming Part of Sentence (2) Occupancy of Floor Area Maximum Floor Area, m 2 Maximum Travel Distance, m Group A Group C Group D Group E Group F, Division Group F, Division Column (3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), if Sentence (2) permits a single exit from a floor area classified as Group B or Group C occupancy, the exit shall be an exterior doorway not more than mm above adjacent ground level. r 2 (4) The requirements of Sentences (1) and (2) are permitted to be waived for dwelling units having access to exit conforming to Sentences (1) to (4) and (9). Division B - Part Effective Date: April 1, 2010

70 Building Code (5) Exits are not required directly from rooftop enclosures that are provided with access to exits in conformance with Sentences (5) and (6). Table B. Criteria for One Exit, Floor Area Sprinklered Forming Part of Sentence (2) Occupancy of Floor Area Maximum Floor Area, m 2 Group A 200 Group B 100 Group C 150 Group D 300 Group E 200 Group F, Division Group F, Division Column 1 2 (6) Every room containing an assembly occupancy serving a hotel, and located in the building containing the hotel, shall be provided with no fewer than, (a) 3 separate egress doorways from the room where the occupant load is more than 600 persons, and (b) 4 separate egress doorways from the room where the occupant load is more than 1000 persons. (7) Each egress doorway in Sentence (6) shall be considered as contributing not more than, (a) one third of the required width where 3 egress doorways are required, and (b) one fourth of the required width where 4 egress doorways are required Mezzanine Exiting (1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), a mezzanine shall be provided with exits on the same basis as required for floor areas by this Section. (2) A mezzanine need not conform to Sentence (1) provided Article does not require it to terminate at a vertical fire separation. e 1 e 1 (3) In a floor area that is not sprinklered, a mezzanine need not conform to Sentence (1) where Article does require it to terminate at a vertical fire separation provided the total occupant load of the mezzanine is not more than 60 and, (a) the area of the mezzanine does not exceed the area limits for rooms and suites in Table A., and (b) the distance limits in Table A. are not exceeded from any point on the mezzanine to, (i) the egress doorway from the room in which the mezzanine is located if that room has a single egress doorway, or (ii) an egress facility leading from the mezzanine if the room in which the mezzanine is located has 2 egress doorways provided in conformance with Subsection (4) In a floor area that is sprinklered, a mezzanine need not conform to Sentence (1) where Article does require it to terminate at a vertical fire separation provided the total occupant load of the mezzanine is not more than 60 and, (a) the area of the mezzanine does not exceed the area limits for rooms and suites in Table B., and (b) the distance of travel is not more than 25 m when measured from any point on the mezzanine to, (i) the egress doorway from the room in which the mezzanine is located if that room has a single egress doorway, or (ii) an egress facility leading from the mezzanine if the room in which the mezzanine is located has 2 egress doorways provided in conformance with Subsection Division B - Part 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

71 2006 Building Code Part 11 Renovation General Scope Application Classification of Existing Buildings Classification Proposed Construction New and Existing Building Systems Extension of Buildings Renovation Plumbing Sewage Systems Performance Level Evaluation and Compensating Construction General Reduction in Performance Level Compensating Construction Compliance Alternatives Compliance Alternatives... 9 Division B - Part 11 1 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

72 2006 Building Code 2 Division B - Part 11 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

73 2006 Building Code Renovation Basic Renovation (See Appendix A.) (1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Article , construction may be carried out to maintain the existing performance level of all or part of an existing building, by the reuse, relocation or extension of the same or similar materials or components, to retain the existing character, structural uniqueness, heritage value, or aesthetic appearance of all or part of the building if, the construction will not adversely affect the early warning and evacuation systems, fire separations, the structural adequacy or create an unhealthy environment in the building. (2) Construction in respect of a hotel may only be carried out in accordance with Sentence (1) provided that the construction will be in conformance with Part 9 of Division B of the Fire Code made under the Fire Protection and Prevention Act, Extensive Renovation (See Appendix A.) r 2 (1) Where existing interior walls or ceilings or floor assemblies or roof assemblies are substantially removed in an existing building and new interior walls, ceilings, floor assemblies or roof assemblies are installed in the building, structural and fire-resistance elements shall be constructed in compliance with the requirements of the other Parts. (2) Except as provided in Section 11.5., the proposed construction within an existing suite shall comply with the requirements of Section 3.8. where, (a) the existing interior walls or floor assemblies within the suite are substantially removed in an existing building, (b) new interior walls or floor assemblies are installed, (c) the suite has an area greater than 300 m 2, and (d) the suite is located on, (i) a floor area where the existing difference in elevation between the adjacent ground level and the floor level is not more than 200 mm, or (ii) a normally occupied floor area which is accessible by a passenger type elevator or other platform equipped passenger elevating device from an entrance storey where the existing difference in elevation between the adjacent ground level and the entrance storey level is not more than 200 mm. r 2 r 2 (3) Except as described in Sentence (4), where existing interior walls or ceilings or floor assemblies or roof assemblies are substantially removed on any storey in an existing building and new interior walls, ceilings, floor assemblies or roof assemblies are installed, the storey shall be sprinklered if, (a) the storey will contain a Group C major occupancy, and (b) the building is over 3 storeys in building height. (4) Sentence (3) does not apply where the building, (a) conforms to Subclause (1)(a)(ii), and (b) contains dwelling units having means of egress conforming to Sentence (9) Plumbing Extension, Material Alteration or Repair (1) Notwithstanding Subsections to , when an existing building is extended or subject to material alteration or repair, Part 7 applies, (a) to the design and construction of plumbing in the extensions and those parts of the building subject to material alteration and repair, and (b) to plumbing which is adversely affected by the extension, alteration or repair. Division B - Part 11 5 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

74 Building Code Sewage Systems Existing Septic Tanks (1) Notwithstanding Subsections to , where an existing septic tank is subject to material alteration, repair or replacement, the construction of the septic tank shall comply with Part 8. Section Performance Level Evaluation and Compensating Construction General Performance Level (1) The performance level of a building after construction shall not be less than the performance level of the building prior to construction. (2) For the purposes of Sentence (1), reduction of performance level shall be determined in accordance with Subsection (3) Where the proposed construction would reduce the performance level of an existing building, compensating construction shall be required in conformance with Subsection Reduction in Performance Level Structural (1) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where after proposed construction in all or part of an existing building, (a) the major occupancy will change to a different major occupancy, (b) the occupant load will increase by more than 15%, or (c) the live load will increase due to change in use within the same major occupancy, and the existing structural floor and roof framing systems and their supporting members after the construction are not adequate to support the proposed dead loads and live loads Increase in Occupant Load (1) Except as required in Sentences (2) and (3), the performance level of an existing building is reduced where proposed construction will increase the occupant load of an existing building by more than 15%. (2) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where proposed construction will increase the occupant load by 15% or less and the new occupant load will be more than 15% above the occupant load for which a fire alarm system is required under Sentence (2). (3) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where proposed construction will increase the occupant load by 15% or less and the new occupant load will be more than 15% above the existing exit capacity as required under Article Division B - Part 11 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

75 2006 Building Code Change of Major Occupancy r 2 (1) Except as required in Sentence (4), the performance level of an existing building is reduced where proposed construction will result in, (a) except as provided in Sentence (6) the change of the major occupancy of all or part of an existing building to another major occupancy of a greater hazard index, (b) the conversion of a suite of a Group C major occupancy into more than one suite of Group C major occupancy, (c) a suite or part of a suite of a Group A, Division 2 or a Group A, Division 4 major occupancy is converted to a gaming premises, (d) the change of a farm building or part of a farm building to a major occupancy, (e) the change of a building or part of a building is to a post-disaster building, or (f) the change in use of a building or part of a building where the previous major occupancy of the building or part of the building cannot be determined. (2) For the purpose of this Article and Sentences (1) and (4), the change of use set out in Clauses (1)(b) to (e) shall also be deemed to constitute a change in major occupancy. (3) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where the early warning and evacuation systems requirements of other Parts for the proposed major occupancy exceed those of the existing building. (4) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where the proposed major occupancy in the building is not separated from the adjoining major occupancies by fire separations having fire-resistance ratings conforming to Tables and B. (5) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where the occupancy of all or part of an existing building of combustible construction is changed to a new major occupancy that would require the building, if it were a new building, to be constructed of noncombustible construction. r 2 (6) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where proposed construction will result in the change of the major occupancy of all or part of an existing building to a Group C major occupancy in a building over three storeys in building height except in a building conforming to Subclause (1)(a)(ii) and having an egress facility conforming to Sentence (5) Plumbing (1) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where the existing building is extended or subject to material alteration or repair, and plumbing in the existing building is adversely affected by the extension, alteration or repair Sewage Systems (1) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where the existing building is extended or subject to material alteration or repair and a sewage system serving the existing building is adversely affected by the extension, alteration or repair of the existing building. (2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the performance level of an existing building is reduced where proposed construction will increase the occupant load of an existing building, and the new occupant load will result in the total daily design sanitary sewage flow of the building, calculated in accordance with Article , exceeding the capacity of any component of a sewage system serving the building. Division B - Part 11 7 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

76 Building Code (3) The performance level of an existing dwelling unit is reduced where proposed construction that, (a) increases the number of bedrooms in the dwelling unit, (b) exceeds 15% of the finished area of the dwelling unit, or (c) adds new plumbing fixtures to the dwelling unit, will result in the total daily design sanitary sewage flow of the dwelling unit, calculated in accordance with Article , exceeding the capacity of any component of a sewage system serving the dwelling unit. (4) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where proposed construction will result in the change of a major occupancy of all or part of the existing building to another major occupancy and, (a) the total daily design sanitary sewage flow of the proposed major occupancy, calculated in accordance with Article , exceeds the capacity of any component of a sewage system serving the building, or (b) the type or amount of sanitary sewage which will, under the proposed major occupancy, be discharged to a sewage system serving the building, is prohibited by Article Compensating Construction General (See Appendix A.) (1) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Subsection , compensating construction shall be carried out in accordance with this Subsection. (2) Except as provided in Sentence (3) compensating construction required under this Subsection applies to the part of the building being altered and shall include, (a) fire separations, with the required fire-resistance ratings, separating the part being altered from the floor areas immediately above and below and from the immediate adjacent areas, and (b) access to exits and exits from the building, where the alteration adversely affects the exit system of the building. (3) Compensating construction required under this Subsection applies to the existing building systems that are adversely affected by the proposed construction Structural (See Appendix A.) (1) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentence (1), (a) remedial measures shall be taken to support the proposed loads, or (b) the portion of the floor affected by the proposed loads shall be restricted to the loading it will support and signs stating the restrictions shall be posted Increase in Occupant Load (See Appendix A.) (1) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentences (1), (2) or (3) the building shall be evaluated, and the early warning and evacuation systems shall be upgraded, in conformance with the applicable requirements of Table (2) Sentence (1) does not apply in a Group C occupancy where the new total occupant load is, (a) 14 persons or fewer in a boarding, lodging or rooming house, except that where the occupant load is between 10 and 15 persons, an interconnected system of smoke alarms in corridors near stairways is required, or (b) 16 persons or fewer in a building containing residential suites which are dwelling units, except that where the occupant load is between 10 and 17 persons, an interconnected system of smoke alarms in corridors near stairways is required. 8 Division B - Part 11 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

77 2006 Building Code (3) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentence (1), additional construction shall be required in order that the building or part of the building subject to the increase in occupant load conforms to the requirements of Sentence (2), Subsection and Article Change in Major Occupancy (See Appendix A.) (1) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentence (1), additional upgrading shall be required in conformance with Table A. and so that the construction index of the building is increased to at least equal the hazard index of the new major occupancy that the building is to support. (2) A building or part of the building subject to change of major occupancy shall conform to the requirements of Subsection , Sections 3.7., 3.11., 3.12., Sentences (2), (1) and (10), Articles to , Articles to , Section 9.7., Subsection , Sections and 9.32., and Subsections to as they apply to the new major occupancy that the building or part of the building is to support. (3) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentence (3), the building shall be evaluated, and the early warning and evacuation systems shall be upgraded, in conformance with the applicable requirements of Table (4) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentence (4), upgrading of those systems shall be required in conformance with the applicable requirements of Article and Table B. (5) Where the performance level is reduced under Sentence (5) the requirement for noncombustible construction is satisfied if the building is sprinklered. r 2 (6) Where the performance level is reduced under Sentence (6), the storey subject to the change shall be sprinklered Plumbing (1) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentence (1), upgrading of plumbing in the existing building which is adversely affected by the extension, alteration or repair shall be required in conformance with Part Sewage Systems (1) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Article , upgrading of a sewage system which is adversely affected by the construction, increase in occupant load, increase in the total daily design sanitary sewage flow or change in amount or type of sanitary sewage shall be required in conformance with Part 8. Section Compliance Alternatives Compliance Alternatives (See Appendix A.) Compliance Alternatives (1) A compliance alternative shown in Tables A., B., C., D/E. or F. may be substituted for a requirement contained in Part 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 where the chief building official is satisfied that compliance with the requirement is impracticable because, (a) of structural or construction difficulties, or (b) it is detrimental to the preservation of a heritage building. Division B - Part 11 9 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

78 Building Code (2) A compliance alternative shown in Tables A., B., C., D/E. or F. may be substituted for a requirement contained in Part 9 without satisfying the chief building official that compliance with the requirement is impracticable. 10 Division B - Part 11 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

79 2006 Building Code Part 4 Transition, Revocation and Commencement 4.1. Transition Rule Transition, December Transition, July Revocation Revocation Commencement Commencement... 4 Division C - Part 4 1 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

80 2006 Building Code 2 Division C - Part 4 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

81 2006 Building Code Part 4 Transition, Revocation and Commencement Section 4.1. Transition Rule Transition, December Transition Rule (1) Subject to Sentences (2) and (3), Ontario Regulation 403/97 (Building Code), as it read on December 30, 2006, is deemed to continue in force with respect to construction, (a) for which a permit has been issued before December 31, 2006, or (b) for which the working drawings, plans and specifications are substantially completed before December 31, 2006, and for which an application for a permit is made before March 31, 2007 under that Regulation, as it read on December 30, (2) Sentence (1) does not apply unless the construction is commenced within six months after the permit is issued. (3) Division C, except for Section 2.1. of that Division, applies to construction described in Sentence (1) and prevails over all provisions of Ontario Regulation 403/97 (Building Code), as it read on December 30, r Transition, July Transition Rule (1) Subject to Sentence (2), this Regulation as it read on June 30, 2007 is deemed to continue in force with respect to construction, (a) for which a permit has been issued before July 1, 2007, or (b) for which the working drawings, plans and specifications are substantially completed before July 1, 2007 and for which an application for a permit is made before October 1, 2007 under this Code as it read on June 30, (2) Sentence (1) does not apply unless the construction is commenced within six months after the permit is issued. r Transition, April Transition Rule (1) Subject to Sentence (2), this Regulation as it read on March 31, 2010 is deemed to continue in force with respect to construction for which a permit has been applied for or issued before April 1, (2) Sentence (1) does not apply unless the construction is commenced within six months after the permit is issued. Division C - Part 4 3 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

82 Building Code Section 4.2. Revocation Revocation Revocation (1) Ontario Regulation 403/97 is revoked. Section 4.3. Commencement Commencement Effective Date (1) This Regulation comes into force on December 31, Division C - Part 4 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

83 Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing Building and Development Branch 2006 Building Code Compendium 2006 Building Code Compendium Volume 2 June 18, 2008 update

84 Volume Building Code Compendium COMMENCEMENT Supplementary Standards SA-1, SB-1 to SB-11 and SC-1 come into force on the 31st day of December, See Code Amendment History page in the Preface of Volume 1 for information concerning amendments to Supplementary Standards issued through Minister s Rulings. a 1 Amendment made to Appendix A or B issued April 2nd, e 1 e 2 ERRATA Issued April 2nd, Issued June 18th, Copyright Queen's Printer for Ontario 2008 ISBN (set) ISBN (vol. 2) All rights reserved. Questions regarding copyright, including reproduction and distribution, may be directed to the Director, Building and Development Branch of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing.

85 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Div. B - A (1) Explanatory Material for Division B A (1) Climatic and Seismic Values. Climatic information for municipalities not listed in Supplementary Standard SB-1 may be obtained by writing to: Meteorological Service of Canada, Environment Canada 4905 Dufferin Street, Toronto, Ontario M3H 5T4. Seismic information for municipalities not listed in Supplementary Standard SB-1 may be obtained from: the Natural Resources Canada Web site at: the Geological Survey of Canada at: 7 Observatory Crescent, Ottawa, Ontario KIA OY3, or P.O. Box 6000, Sidney, B.C. VSL 4B2. A (2) Winter Design Temperatures. The 2½ per cent values referenced in Sentence (2) are the least restrictive temperatures that can be used. If a designer chooses to use the 1 per cent values shown in Supplementary Standard SB-1, they would be in excess of the Code minimums and would be considered acceptable. A Abbreviations of Proper Names The following table provides contact information for organizations referenced in this Code: Name Address Contact ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists ph: Kemper Meadow Drive fax: Cincinnati, Ohio 45240, USA mail@acgih.org web site: ANSI American National Standards Institute ph: West 43rd Street, 4th Fl. fax: New York, New York, 10036, USA info@ansi.org web site: APHA American Public Health Association ph: I Street, NW fax: Washington, DC 20001, USA TTY apha@pbd.com web site: ASHRAE ASME ASSE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E. Atlanta, GA 30329, USA The American Society of Mechanical Engineers P.O. Box 2300 Fairfield, NJ , USA American Society of Sanitary Engineering 901 Canterbury Suite A Westlake, OH 44145, USA ph: fax: ashrae@ashrae.org web site: ph: fax: infocentral@asme.org web site: ph: fax: info@asse-plumbing.org web site: Appendix A - Volume 2 A-11

86 A Div. B 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM e 2 Name Address Contact ASTM AWPA AWWA BNQ CCBFC CGSB CSA CWC FINA HI American Society for Testing and Materials 100 Barr Harbor Drive PO Box C700 West Conshohocken, PA, , USA American Wood-Preservers' Association P.O. Box Birmingham, AL , USA American Water Works Association 6666 W. Quincy Ave. Denver, CO 80235, USA Bureau de Normalisation du Québec 333, rue Franquet Québec, Québec G1P 4C7 Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes National Research Council Canada Building M-23A 1200 Montreal Road Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0R6 Canadian General Standards Board 11 Laurier Street Gatineau, Quebec K1A 1G6 Canadian Standards Association 5060 Spectrum Way, Suite 100 Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5N6 Canadian Wood Council 99 Bank Street, Suite 400 Ottawa, Ontario K1P 6B9 Fédération Internationale de Natation Amateur Avenue de l'avant-poste No Lausanne, Switzerland Hydronics Institute Division of GAMA 35 Russo Place P.O. Box 218 Berkeley Heights, NJ , USA The Hydronics Institute was formally merged into GAMA in ph: fax: service@astm.org web site: ph: fax: @awpa.com web site: ph: fax: custsvc@awwa.org web site: ph: fax: bnqinfo@bnq.qc.ca web site: ph: fax: codes@nrc-cnrc.gc.ca web site: ph: fax: ncr.cgsb-ongc@pwgsc.gc.ca web site: ph: fax: sales@csa.ca web site: ph: fax: info@cwc.ca web site: ph: (+4121) fax: (+4121) publications@fina.org web site: ph: fax: publications@gamanet.org web site: A-12 Appendix A - Volume 2

87 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Div. B - A e 2 Name Address Contact HRAI HVI IESNA IRC ISO HUD MAH MOE NFPA NLGA Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Institute of Canada 2800 Skymark Avenue, Building 1, Suite 201 Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5A6 Home Ventilating Institute 1000 N. Rand Rd., Suite 214 Wauconda, IL 60084, USA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America 120 Wall Street, Floor 17 New York, NY 10005, USA Institute for Research in Construction National Research Council Canada Building M-23A 1200 Montreal Road Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0R6 International Organization for Standardization Orders for ISO Standards and ISO publications should be addressed to: Standards Council of Canada 270 Albert Street, Suite 200 Ottawa, Ontario K1P 6N7 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development HUD established HUD USER as the primary source of US government technical housing publications. HUD USER P.O. Box 23268, Washington, DC , USA Ontario Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing Orders for the 2006 Building Code Compendium should be addressed to: ServiceOntario - Publications 777 Bay Street, Market Level (lower level) Toronto, Ontario M5G 2C8 Ontario Ministry of the Environment 135 St Clair Avenue West Toronto, Ontario M4V 1P5 National Fire Protection Association Orders for NFPA publications should be addressed to: 11 Tracy Drive Avon, MA 02322, USA National Lumber Grades Authority # Quayside Drive, New Westminster, BC V3M 6G2 ph: fax: hraimail@hrai.ca web site: ph: fax: hvi@hvi.org web site: ph: info@iesna.net web site: ph: fax: codes@nrc-cnrc.gc.ca web site: ph: fax: info@scc.ca web site: ph: fax: TTY: helpdesk@huduser.org web site: ph: fax: TTY: web site: ph: fax: web site: ph: fax: custserv@nfpa.org web site: ph: fax: info@nlga.org web site: Appendix A - Volume 2 A-13

88 A-3 - Div. B 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Name Address Contact NRCan NSF SMACNA TC TPIC UL ULC Natural Resources Canada Office of Energy Efficiency 580 Booth St. 18th floor Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0E4 NSF International Orders for NSF publications should be addressed to: NSF Bookstore 777 East Eisenhower Parkway Ann Arbor, MI 48108, USA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc Lafayette Center Drive Chantilly Virginia , USA Transport Canada 330 Sparks Street Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0N5 Truss Plate Institute of Canada The TPIC, "Truss Design Procedures and Specifications for Light Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses" is available on-line at: the TPIC web site at: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Orders for UL standards should be addressed to: COMM Brook Drive Downers Grove, IL Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada 7 Underwriters Road Toronto, Ontario M1R 3B4 ULC publications are available from the ULC Online Store and from Orderline (web site: A-3 Application of Part 3. ph: TTY: esinfo@nrcan.gc.ca web site: ph: fax: techstreet.service@thomson.com web site: ph: fax: info@smacna.org web site: ph: fax: TTY: web site: ph: fax: sales@comm-2000.com web site: ph: fax: publications@ca.ul.com web site: In applying the requirements of this Part, it is intended that they be applied with discretion to buildings of unusual configuration that do not clearly conform to the specific requirements, or to buildings in which processes are carried out which make compliance with particular requirements in this Part impracticable. The definition of building as it applies to this Code is general and encompasses most structures, including those which would not normally be considered as buildings in the layman s sense. This occurs more often in industrial uses, particularly those involving manufacturing facilities and equipment that require specialized design that may make it impracticable to follow the specific requirements of this Part. Steel mills, aluminum plants, refining, power generation and liquid storage facilities are examples. A water tank or an oil refinery, for example, has no floor area, so it is obvious that requirements for exits from floor areas would not apply. Requirements for structural fire protection in large steel mills and pulp and paper mills, particularly in certain portions, may not be practicable to achieve in terms of the construction normally used and the operations for which the space is to be used. In other portions of the same building, however, it may be quite reasonable to require that the provisions of this Part be applied (e.g., the office portions). Similarly, areas of industrial occupancy which may be occupied only periodically by service staff, such as equipment penthouses, normally would not need to have the same type of exit facility as floor areas occupied on a continuing basis. A-14 Appendix A - Volume 2

89 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Div. B - A-3 Fire Fighting Assumptions. The requirements of this Part are based on the assumption that fire fighting capabilities are available in the event of a fire emergency. These fire fighting capabilities may take the form of a paid or volunteer public fire department or, in some cases, a private fire brigade. If these fire fighting capabilities are not available, additional fire safety measures may be required. Fire fighting capability can vary from municipality to municipality. Generally, larger municipalities have greater fire fighting capability than smaller ones. Similarly, older, well established municipalities may have better fire fighting facilities than newly formed or rapidly growing ones. The level of municipal fire protection considered to be adequate will normally depend on both the size of the municipality (i.e., the number of buildings to be protected) and the size of buildings within that municipality. Since larger buildings tend to be located in larger municipalities, they are generally, but not always, favoured with a higher level of municipal protection. Although it is reasonable to consider that some level of municipal fire fighting capability was assumed in developing the fire safety provisions in Part 3, this was not done on a consistent or defined basis. The requirements in the Code, while developed in the light of commonly prevailing municipal fire protection levels, do not attempt to relate the size of building to the level of municipal protection. The responsibility for controlling the maximum size of building to be permitted in a municipality in relation to local fire fighting capability rests with the municipality. If a proposed building is too large, either in terms of floor area or building height, to receive reasonable protection from the municipal fire department, fire protection requirements in addition to those prescribed in this Code, may be necessary to compensate for this deficiency. Automatic sprinkler protection may be one option to be considered. The municipality may, in light of its fire fighting capability, elect to introduce zoning restrictions to ensure that the maximum building size is related to available municipal fire protection facilities. This is, by necessity, a somewhat arbitrary decision and should be made in consultation with the local fire fighting service, who should have an appreciation of their capability to fight fires. The requirements of Subsection are intended to prevent fire spread from thermal radiation assuming there is adequate fire fighting available. It has been found that periods of from 10 to 30 minutes usually elapse between the outbreak of fire in a building that is not protected with an automatic sprinkler system and the attainment of high radiation levels. During this period, the specified spatial separations should prove adequate to inhibit ignition of an exposed building face or the interior of an adjacent building by radiation. Subsequently, however, reduction of the fire intensity by fire fighting and the protective wetting of the exposed building face will often be necessary as supplementary measures to inhibit fire spread. In the case of a building that is sprinklered, the automatic sprinkler system should control the fire to an extent that radiation to neighbouring buildings should be minimal. Although there will be some radiation effect on a sprinklered building from a fire in a neighbouring building, the internal sprinkler system should control any fires that might be ignited in the building and thereby minimize the possibility of the fire spreading into the exposed building. NFPA 80A, Recommended Practice for Protection of Buildings from Exterior Fire Exposures, provides additional information on the possibility of fire spread at building exteriors. e 2 The water supply requirements for fire protection installations depend on the requirements of any automatic sprinkler installations and also on the number of fire streams that may be needed at any fire, having regard to the length of time the streams will have to be used. Both these factors are largely influenced by the conditions at the building to be equipped, and the quantity and pressure of water needed for the protection of both the interior and exterior of the building must be ascertained before the water supply is decided upon. Acceptable water supplies may be a public waterworks system that has adequate pressure and discharge capacity, automatic fire pumps, pressure tanks, manually controlled fire pumps in combination with pressure tanks, gravity tanks, and manually controlled fire pumps operated by remote control devices at each hose station. (See also A Water Supply for Fire-Fighting) Appendix A - Volume 2 A-15

90 A Div. B 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM A Use Classification. The purpose of classification is to determine which requirements apply. This Code requires classification in accordance with every major occupancy for which the building is used or intended to be used. Where necessary, an application clause has been inserted in this Part to explain how to choose between the alternative requirements that multiple occupancy classification may present. A (1) Major Occupancy Classification. The following are only examples of the major occupancy classifications described in Table To ensure the correct classification, refer to the definitions for each occupancy in Part 1 of Division A. Group A, Division 1 Motion picture theatres Opera houses Television studios admitting a viewing audience Theatres, including experimental theatres Group A, Division 2 Art galleries Auditoria Bowling alleys Child care facility Churches and similar places of worship Clubs, nonresidential Community halls Courtrooms Dance halls Exhibition halls (other than classified in Group E) Gymnasia Lecture halls Libraries Licensed beverage establishments Museums Passenger stations and depots Recreational piers Restaurants Schools and colleges, nonresidential Undertaking premises Group A, Division 3 Arenas Indoor swimming pools Rinks Group A, Division 4 Amusement park structures (not elsewhere classified) Bleachers Grandstands Reviewing stands Stadia Group B, Division 1 Jails Penitentiaries Police stations with detention quarters Prisons Psychiatric hospitals with detention quarters Reformatories with detention quarters Group B, Division 2 Facilities for developmentally handicapped residents Homes for the aged Hospitals Infirmaries Long term care Nursing homes Psychiatric hospitals without detention quarters Reformatories without detention quarters Sanatoria without detention quarters Group B, Division 3 (See also Sentence (1).) Children s custodial homes Convalescent homes Group homes for developmentally handicapped residents Residential care facilities Sanatoria without detention quarters Group C Apartments Boarding houses Camps for housing workers Clubs, residential Colleges, residential Convents Dormitories Group homes Halfway houses, drug and alcohol treatment Hostels Hotels Houses Lodging houses Monasteries A-16 Appendix A - Volume 2

91 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Div. B - A (4) A (4) Fire Department Notification. In some jurisdictions, the fire department may utilize, or have available, a municipal fire alarm system intended for receiving notification by means of a direct connection. It is also intended that a proprietary central station used by a university campuses or similar sites comply with Sentence (4). A (5)(b) Emergency Telephone Number. In many municipalities an emergency telephone number, for example 911, is used for all emergency services and it is preferable to post that number. A (2) Fire Alarm Zones. Alarm initiating devices referred to in this Sentence include fire detectors, waterflow switches and manual pull stations. If a room or space in a building extends through more than one storey of the building, as in the case of multi-level dwelling units and machinery rooms, judgment must be exercised in the zoning and annunciation of the fire detectors in that room or space. In general, the lowest storey on which access is provided into the room or space should be indicated on the annunciator to avoid unnecessary delays for the responding fire fighters. Consideration should also be given to the use of numbers or letters on the annunciator that correspond to those used in the building elevators. A (7) Indicator Devices. It is permissible to install the fire alarm control unit in close proximity to the building entrance to meet the requirement for an annunciator. All signals required for the annunciator must be present at the control unit. In systems that include both control unit and annunciator, the signals must be routed to the annunciator through the control unit and the same functionality must be available at the control unit for operation and maintenance functions. A (2)(f) Supervision for Fire Pumps. Specific electrical supervision for fire pumps is stated in NFPA 20, Standard for the Installation of Centrifugal Fire Pumps, which is referenced in NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. A (1) Smoke Detector Location. In the design and installation of the smoke detection system, consideration must be given to all features which could have a bearing on the location and sensitivity of the detectors, including ceiling height, sloped ceilings, diffusion from air conditioning and ventilating currents, obstructions, baffles, and other pertinent physical configurations that might interfere with the proper operation of the system. A (3) Visible Signals. If staff located in each zone or compartment can see each sleeping room door, visible signals may be located above each door. If staff cannot see every door, it is intended that the visible signals be provided at the location where the staff are normally in attendance. The audible signal is intended to alert staff of the need to check the visible signals. A (1) Manual Pull Station. Only one manual pull station need be provided near a group of doors serving as a principal entrance or as a single exit facility. A Acoustic Measurement and Terminology. The following notes on acoustic measurement and terminology are intended to assist in the application of the requirements for audibility of fire alarm system sounding devices. The background or ambient measurement should be a spatial averaged A-weighted equivalent sound level measured for 60 s. This can be obtained using an integrating sound level meter with the integration time set to 60 s. During the measurement period the meter should be slowly moved about so as to sample the space uniformly but coming no closer than 0.5 m from any solid wall, floor or ceiling. Alternatively, measurements can be made at 3 or more positions throughout the space and an energy average calculated. Appendix A - Volume 2 A-25

92 A (1) - Div. B 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM The measurement of the alarm level depends on the type of alarm signal. If the signal is a continuous signal from a bell or siren, the spatial averaged A-weighted equivalent sound level should be obtained. The integration time should be long enough to obtain a reasonable spatial average of the space, but not less than 10 s. If the alarm has a temporal pattern, then the A-weighted sound level should be measured using the fast time constant during the on part of the cycle. In this situation it is not appropriate to use an integrating sound level meter. Since the duty cycle of the alarm is only 37.5% at best, that type of meter would give a reading that is 4 or more decibels lower than the level while the alarm is on. A number of measurements should be made about the space in question and the average value used to obtain a good spatial representation. Strictly speaking, the energy average of the measurements should be used; however, the frequency spectrum associated with most alarms is of a type that should give little variation about the space. If the measured levels don t vary by more than 2 to 3 db, then an arithmetic average rather than an energy average can be used. Glossary of Acoustical Terms Audible: A signal is usually considered to be clearly audible if the A-weighted sound level exceeds the level of ambient noise by 15 db or more. Awakening threshold: The level of sound that will awaken a sleeping subject 50% of the time. A-weighted: A frequency weighting network which emphasizes the middle frequency components similar to the response of the human ear. The A-weighted sound level correlates well with subjective assessment of the disturbing effects of sounds. The quantity is expressed in dba. Masked threshold: The level of sound at which a signal is just audible in ambient noise. Sound level: A sound pressure level obtained using a signal to which a standard frequency-weighting has been applied. Sound pressure: A fluctuating pressure superimposed on the static pressure by the presence of sound. The unqualified term means the root-mean-square sound pressure. In air, the static pressure is barometric pressure. e 2 Sound pressure level: Ten times the common logarithm of the ratio of the square of the sound pressure under consideration to the square of the standard reference pressure of 20 mpa. The quantity obtained is expressed in decibels. A (1) Alert and Alarm Signals. Alert signals are part of a 2 stage fire alarm system. The intent of the first, alert, stage is to notify persons in authority of a potential threat to building occupants. If a continuously staffed location is available, the alert signal can be restricted to that location. A (2) Alarm Signal Temporal Pattern. The temporal pattern of an alarm signal relates to the time during which the signal is produced and the intervals between the individual signal pulses. The international standard ISO 8201, Acoustics - Audible emergency evacuation signal, includes a pattern that is becoming widely used in different countries and it is appropriate for this pattern to be adopted in Canada. The temporal pattern can be produced on most signalling devices. Most existing alarm systems can be modified, and this pattern could be phased in when the systems require modification. The characteristic of the pattern is a 3-pulse phase followed by an off phase. The 3 pulses each consist of an on phase lasting for 0.5 ± 0.05 s followed by an off phase lasting for 0.5 ± 0.05 s sounded for 3 successive on periods and then followed by an off phase lasting for 1.5 ± 0.15 s. Figure A (2). A. indicates the pattern that is intended. Although the diagram shows a square wave form, the wave can have other shapes that produce a similar effect. If single stroke bells are to be used, the temporal pattern can be produced by having the bell struck three times at a rate of one stroke per second followed by an interval of 2 s of silence. Figure A (2).B. shows the pattern that results. A-26 Appendix A - Volume 2

93 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Div. B - A (1)(b)(iii) A (1)(b)(iii) Water Closet Stalls. Doors to water closet stalls for persons with disabilities should swing outward and preferably against a side wall. Figure A (1) Water Closet Stalls A (1)(b)(iv) Door Pulls. The door pull should consist of a D-shaped handle mounted either horizontally or vertically. The centrelines are the lines drawn through the long axis and the short axis of the handle. If the handle is installed in the horizontal position, the short or transverse axis is the centerline which must be located at between 200 and 300 mm from the hinged side of the door, and the long or longitudinal axis is the one which is located between 900 and mm from the floor. If the handle is installed in the vertical position, the distance is measured from the longitudinal axis to the hinged side of the door, while the distance from the floor is measured to the transverse axis. Figure A (1)(b)(iv).A Door Pull Location Figure A (1)(b)(iv).B Door Pull Details A (1)(d)(I) Additional Grab Bars. It is the designer's prerogative to exceed the minimum requirements found in the Building Code and specify the installation of additional grab bars in other locations. These additional grab bars may be of different configurations and can be installed in other orientations. Appendix A - Volume 2 A-49

94 A (1) - Div. B 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM A (1) Water Closets. Wall-mounted water closets or floor models with receding bases are preferable because they provide the least amount of obstruction. A (1)(c) Clearances Beneath a Lavatory. Figure A Clearances Beneath a Lavatory A (1)(d) Pipe Protection. The pipes referred to in Clause (1)(d) include both supply and waste pipes. The hazard can be prevented by insulating the pipes, by locating the pipes in enclosures, or avoided by limiting the temperature of the hot water to a maximum of 45 C. e 2 A Universal Toilet Rooms. Unobstructed areas in front of the lavatory, in front of the water closet and on one side of the water closet are necessary for manoeuverability of a wheelchair. Figure A A Universal Toilet Room with Inward Swinging Door Figure A B Universal Toilet Room with Outward Swinging Door A-50 Appendix A - Volume 2

95 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Div. B - A-Table A-Table Loads Due to Concentrations. Special study is required to determine concentrated loads for the design of floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding kg gross weight, and of driveways and sidewalks over areaways and basements. Where appropriate, the designer should refer to CAN/CSA-S6, "Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code". A Crane-Supporting Structures. Guidance on crane-supporting structures can be found in CAN/CSA-S16, "Limit States Design of Steel Structures". A and (1) Design of Guards. In the design of guards, due consideration should be given to the durability of the members and their connections. A Loads on Firewalls. Information on loads on firewalls can be found in the Commentary entitled Structural Integrity of Firewalls in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A Coefficients for Snow Loads on Roofs. Information on coefficients for snow loads on roofs can be found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A (4)(b) Unit Weight of Snow. Information on the unit weight of snow can be found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). e 2 A (2) Full and Partial Loading under Snow Loads. Information on full and partial snow loading on roofs can be found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A (1) Rain Loads. Information on rain loads can be found in the Commentary entitled Rain Loads in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A (3) Flow Control Drains. Part 7 contains requirements regarding the use of flow control roof drains. The designer must ensure that the building complies with both Part 4 and Part 7. A (1) to (3) Pressure Coefficients for Wind Loads. Information on pressure coefficients can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B) (5)(a) to (c) Simple Procedure for Calculating C e. Information on the simple procedure for calculating C e can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A (5)(d) Dynamic Approach for Wind Loads. Information on a dynamic approach can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). Appendix A - Volume 2 A-57

96 A (6)(a) - Div. B 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM A (6)(a) Gust Effect Factor for the Building as a Whole and Main Structural Members. Information on the gust effect factor for the building as a whole and for the main structural members can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A (6)(c) Gust Factors for Calculation of Internal Pressures. Information on gust factors for the calculation of internal pressures can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A (6)(d) and (1)(b) Dynamic Approach to the Action of Wind Gusts. Information on a dynamic approach to the action of wind gusts can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A (1) Full and Partial Loading under Wind Loads. Information on full and partial loading under wind loads can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A (1) Notation. Definition of ex Information on the calculation of torsional moments can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2003, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). Definition of W Information on the definition of dead load, W, can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A (4) General Design of the SFRS. Information on the general design requirements for the SFRS can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A (6) General Design of Stiff Elements. Information on the general design requirements for stiff elements can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A (7)(b) and (c) Stiffness Imparted to the Structure from Elements Not Part of the SFRS. Information on stiffness imparted to the structure from elements not part of the SFRS can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A (8) Structural Modelling. Information on structural modelling can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A (3) and Table A. Site Class. Information on Site Class can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). A-58 Appendix A - Volume 2

97 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Div. B - A-Table A-Table Conversion of Fixture Units. The following table expands Table : Maximum Probable Drainage Rate, gal/min Fixture Units in Service Fixture Units Col. 1 Fixture Units Col. 1 x 10 Fixture Units Col. 1 x Column Fixture Units in Service Fixture Units Col. 1 Fixture Units Col. 1 x 10 Fixture Units Col. 1 x Column Fixture Units in Service Fixture Units Col. 1 Fixture Units Col. 1 x 10 Fixture Units Col. 1 x Column A (1) Rainfall Intensities. Climate information on rainfall intensities for various localities is found in Supplementary Standard SB-1. A Vent Pipe Connections. Except for wet venting, fittings used to connect vent pipes to nominally horizontal soil-or-waste pipes are specified in Subsection Appendix A - Volume 2 A-81

98 A (1) - Div. B 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM a 1 e 2 A (1) Design of Potable Water Systems. The design procedures contained in the following documents are considered good engineering practice in the field of potable water systems: (a) 2003 ASHRAE Handbook of HVAC Applications, Chapter 45, Control of Gaseous Indoor Air Contaminants, (b) 1999 ASPE Data Book - Volume 2, Chapter, 5, Cold Water Systems, and (c) 1999 ASPE Data Book - Volume 2, Chapter, 6, Domestic Water Heating Systems Fundamentals, Alternative procedures shown below are also acceptable. Table A Pipe Size Based on the Number of Fixtures Units Served (1) Water Service, inches Water Distribution System, inches Maximum Allowable Length, metres Pressure Range Number of Fixture Units Served 200 to 310 kpa (30 to 45 psi) ¾ ½ ¾ ¾ ¾ 1" " 1" " 1¼ ½" 1¼ ½" 1½" " 1½" ½" 2" " 2" " 2½ to 413 kpa (46 to 60 psi) ¾ ½ ¾ ¾ ¾ 1" " 1" " 1¼ ½" 1¼ ½" 1½" " 1½" ½" 2" " 2" " 2½ Column A-82 Appendix A - Volume 2

99 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Div. B - Table A e 2 Table A (Cont d) Pipe Size Based on the Number of Fixtures Units Served (1) Water Service, inches Water Distribution System, inches Maximum Allowable Length, metres Pressure Range Number of Fixture Units Served Over 413 kpa (60 psi) ¾ ½ ¾ ¾ ¾ 1" " 1" " 1¼ ½" 1¼ ½" 1½" " 1½" ½" 2" " 2" " 2½ Column Notes to Table A : (1) Branch pipes up to 7 m developed length (from main to outlet or fixture) may supply a maximum of 4 fixture units if they are half-inch nominal size and a maximum of 16 fixture units if they are three-quarter-inch nominal size. a 1 A (6) Identification of Underground Non-metallic Pipe. Metallic piping may be used to extend underground non-metallic water supply piping above the floor. In these cases, the metallic pipe extension should not be used for electrical grounding purposes. Therefore, it is advisable to post a permanent sign indicating plastic piping underground - do not use for electrical grounding purposes in a conspicuous location. A (1) Residential Suites. Where multiple risers convey the water supply to dwelling units, each dwelling unit s water distribution system shall be provided with a shut-off valve located immediately where the water piping enters the suite so as to isolate the fixtures as well as the water distribution piping serving the dwelling unit s fixtures. Fixture stopcocks or shut-off valves located immediately adjacent to a fixture may not be adequate to protect the water distribution piping. Where a residential suite is served by a single shut-off valve on the water supply, additional shut-off valves may be required to achieve compliance with Sentences (1) and (1). A Check Valves. When a check valve is required by Sentence (1), or a backflow preventer by Article , or a pressure reducing valve by Article , protection against thermal expansion may be required. A (6) Relief Valves. A relief valve shall not be routed through or discharge to an area where freezing temperatures may occur. If the discharge piping is longer than 2 m or more than two 90 0 elbows are used, the valve manufacturer s installation instructions should be followed to ensure that the piping does not affect the relief valve s discharge capacity. Appendix A - Volume 2 A-82a

100 A (1) - Div. B 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM A (1) Water Hammer Prevention. Water hammer is a build-up of pressure in a length of horizontal or vertical pipe which occurs when a valve or faucet is closed suddenly. The longer the pipe and the greater the water velocity the greater is the pressure exerted on the pipe, which can be many times the normal static water pressure and be sufficient to burst the pipe. Ordinary kitchen and bathroom faucets can be closed quickly enough to cause water hammer even with relatively low water pressure in the pipe. Means of preventing water hammer should be installed wherever there are valves or faucets, particularly where they are at the end of long lengths of pipes. This may be done by installing either water hammer arresters which are manufactured for the purpose or air chambers installed vertically that are fabricated from pieces of piping with a closed upper end and connected to the end of the horizontal or vertical run of pipe. The air chamber should be 300 to 450 mm long if made from the same size pipe as the water pipe it serves. If the chamber is made from a pipe with larger diameter than the water pipe, its length can be reduced accordingly Air chambers should be accessible if they are the manufactured type with top air valve and a stop-and-waste valve or are of the diaphragm type. A (1) Thermal Expansion. To accommodate the increase in pressure caused by thermal expansion within a closed water system, one of the following should be installed: (a) a suitably sized diaphragm expansion tank designed for use within a potable water system, (b) an auxiliary thermal expansion relief valve (T.E.R. valve) conforming to CAN/CSA-B125, Plumbing Fittings, set to a pressure of 550 kpa or less and designed for repeated use, or (c) other means acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. A-82b Appendix A - Volume 2

101 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Div. B - A (1) The opening does not necessarily have to be in the form of a doorway; it may be an opening at eye level. However, if the dependent area is a bedroom, provision must be made for the escape window required by Article to fulfill its safety function. This is why a direct passage is required between the bedroom and the other area; the equivalent of at least a doorway is therefore required for direct passage between the two areas. a 1 A (1) Stud Wall Reinforcement. This provision for future attachment of grab bars in the main bathroom of a residential occupancy including houses requires the installation of suitable blocking in the stud wall. Sentence (1) specifies the required load resistance. A-Table Glass in Doors. Maximum areas in Table for other than fully tempered glazing are cut off at 1.50 m 2, as this would be the practical limit after which safety glass would be required by Sentence (3). A (1) Mirrored Glass Doors. Standard CAN/CGSB-82.6 covers mirrored glass doors for use on reach-in closets. It specifies that such doors are not to be used for walk-in closets. A Forced Entry Via Glazing in Doors and Sidelights. There is no mandatory requirement that special glass be used in doors or sidelights, primarily because of cost. It is, however, a common method of forced entry to break glass in doors and sidelights to gain access to door hardware and unlock the door from the inside. Although insulated glass provides increased resistance over single glazing, the highest resistance is provided by laminated glass. Tempered glass, while stronger against static loads, is prone to shattering under high, concentrated impact loads. Laminated glass is more expensive than annealed glass and must be used in greater thicknesses. Figure A shows an insulated sidelight made of one pane of laminated glass and one pane of annealed glass. This method reduces the cost premium that would result if both panes were laminated. Consideration should be given to using laminated glazing in doors and accompanying sidelights regulated by Article , in windows located within 900 mm of locks in such doors, and in basement windows. Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada have produced a document ULC Subject C , "Guide for the Investigation of Burglary Resisting Glazing Material", which provides a test procedure to evaluate the resistance of glazing to attacks by thieves. While it is principally intended for plate glass show windows, it may be of value for residential purposes. Figure A Combined laminated/annealed glazing A (1) Door Fasteners. The purpose of the requirement for 30 mm screw penetration into solid wood is to prevent the door from being dislodged from the jamb due to impact forces. It is not the intent to prohibit other types of hinges or strikeplates that are specially designed to provide equal or greater protection. Appendix A - Volume 2 A-93

102 A (1) - Div. B 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM A (1) Hinged Doors. Methods of satisfying this Sentence include either using non-removable pin hinges or modifying standard hinges by screw fastening a metal pin in a screw hole in one half of the top and bottom hinges. When the door is closed, the projecting portion of the pin engages in the corresponding screw hole in the other half of the hinge and then, even if the hinge pin is taken out, the door cannot be removed. A (1) Resistance of Doors to Forced Entry. This Sentence designates standard ASTM F 476, "Test Methods for Security of Swinging Door Assemblies" as an alternate to compliance with the prescriptive requirements for doors and hardware. The annex to the standard provides four security classifications, with acceptance criteria, depending on the type of building and the crime rate of the area in which it is located. The Building Code has only specified Grade 10, the minimum level. The annex suggests the following guidelines be followed when selecting security levels for door assemblies: Grade 10: Grade 20: Grade 30: Grade 40: This is the minimum security level and is quite adequate for single-family residential buildings located in stable, low-crime areas. This is the low-medium security level and is designed to provide security for residential buildings located in average crime-rate areas and for apartments in both low and average crime-rate areas. This is the medium-high security level and is designed to provide security for residential buildings located in higher than average crime-rate areas or for small commercial buildings in average or low crime-rate areas. This is the high security level and is designed for small commercial buildings located in high crime-rate areas. This level could also be used for residential buildings having an exceptionally high incidence of semi-skilled burglary attacks. All these grades satisfy the Code and can be considered for use where a higher level of security is desired or warranted. e 2 A (1) Bedroom Window Opening Areas and Dimensions. Although the minimum opening dimensions required for height and width are 380 mm, a window opening that is 380 mm by 380 mm would not comply with the minimum area requirements. (See Figure A A.) Figure A A. Window Opening Areas and Dimensions A-94 Appendix A - Volume 2

103 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Div. B - A (2) e 2 A (2) Bedroom Window Height. Sentence (1) requires every floor level which contains a bedroom to have at least one window or door to the exterior that is large enough and easy enough to open that it can be used as an exit in case of a fire. However, Article does not set a maximum sill height for such a window in a basement area. It is recommended that the sills of windows intended for use as emergency exits from basement bedroom areas be not higher than 1.5 m above the floor. Sometimes it is difficult to avoid having the sill higher than this; e.g., skylights, windows in basement bedrooms. In these cases, it is recommended that access to the window be improved by some means such as built-in furniture installed below the window. (See Figure A B.) Figure A B. Built-in Furniture to Improve Access to a Window A Height of Window Sills above Floors or Ground. The primary intent of the requirement is to minimize the likelihood of small children falling significant heights from open windows. Reflecting reported cases, the requirement applies only to dwelling units and generally those located on the second floor or higher of residential or mixed use buildings where the windows are essentially free-swinging or free-sliding. Free-swinging or free-sliding means that a window that has been cracked open can be opened further by simply pushing on the openable part of the window. Care must be taken in selecting windows, as some with special operating hardware can still be opened further by simply pushing on the window. Casement windows with crank operators would be considered to conform to Clause (1)(b). To provide additional safety, where slightly older children are involved, occupants can easily remove the crank handles from these windows. Awning windows with scissor hardware, however, may not keep the window from swinging open once it is unlatched. Hopper windows would be affected only if an opening is created at the bottom as well as at the top of the window. The requirement will impact primarily on the use of sliding windows which do not incorporate devices in their construction that can be used to limit the openable area of the window. The 100 mm opening limit is consistent with widths of openings that small children can fall through. It is only invoked, however, where the other dimension of the opening is more than 380 mm. Again, care must be taken in selecting a window. At some position, scissor hardware on an awning window may break up the open area such that there is no unobstructed opening with dimensions greater than 380 mm and 100 mm. At another position, however, though the window is not open much more, the hardware may not adequately break up the opening. The 480 mm height off the floor recognizes that furniture is often placed under windows and small children are often good climbers. A (1) Window Standard. CSA Standard CAN/CSA-A440-M, "Windows", includes a window classification system that rates the assembly according to airtightness, watertightness and wind load resistance. The ratings achieved by each window are marked on the window and indicate the level of performance that can be expected. Sentence (1) references this standard and its companion document entitled CAN/CSA-A440.1, "User Selection Guide to CSA Standard CAN/CSA-A440-00, Windows", to assist specifiers, manufacturers and general users in identifying the window ratings appropriate for a particular building, based on its geographic location and height. Appendix A - Volume 2 A-95

104 A (1) - Div. B 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM A (1) Maximum Glass Area. Tables A A., A B. and A C. may be used to select glass thickness for windows subject to the following restrictions: The building has essentially uniform distribution of openings, i.e., no large opening, such as a loading door. The building height is 12 m (39 ft 4 in) or less from grade to the uppermost roof. The building is not in an exposed location such as a hilltop or the shore of a large body of water. These tables are based on Standard CAN/CGSB M. In many cases, glass design based on these tables will be conservative due to conservative assumptions on which the tables are based. More exact design using the Standard directly could result in reduced glass thickness. Table A A. Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-10 Wind Pressure (Q 10 ) is less than 0.40 kpa (1) Maximum Glass Area, m 2 Type of Glass Glass Thickness, mm Annealed Factory-sealed IG units Heat strengthened or tempered Wired Notes to Table A A.: (1) The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in ten of being exceeded in any one year. Table A B. Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-10 Wind Pressure (Q 10 ) is less than 0.60 kpa (1) Maximum Glass Area, m 2 Type of Glass Glass Thickness, mm Annealed Factory-sealed IG units Heat strengthened Tempered Wired Notes to Table A B.: (1) The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in ten of being exceeded in any one year. A-96 Appendix A - Volume 2

105 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Div. B - A Design Standards: C CSA S , "Masonry Design for Buildings (Limit States Design)" C CSA S , 'Limit States Design of Steel Structures" 6. Design Assumptions: C Mid-span deflection limited to span/600 as per Clause of CSA S304.1 for brick weight plus live load. The self-weight of structure is typically on the beam prior to the application of the brick so the deflection check need only include live and brick loads. C For siding walls the mid-span deflection is limited to span/360 on live load. A-Table Spans for Steel Beams. The spans are based on the following assumptions: Simply supported beam spans Laterally supported top flange Yield strength 350 MPa Deflection limit L/360 Live load = 1.9 kpa/1st floor, 1.4 kpa/2nd floor Dead load 1.5 kpa. A Concrete Topping. Vibration- controlled spans given in Table A-2 for concrete topping are based on a partial composite action between the concrete, subflooring and joists. Normal weight concrete having a compressive strength of not less than 20 MPa, placed directly on the subflooring, provides extra stiffness and results in increased capacity. The use of a bond breaker between the topping and the subflooring, or the use of lightwight concrete topping limits the composite effects. Where either a bond breaker or lightweight topping is used, Table A-1 may be used but the additional dead load imposed by the concrete must be considered. The addition of 51 mm of concrete topping can impose an added load of 0.8 to 1.2 kpa, depending on the density of the concrete. Example: Assumptions: - basic dead load = 0.5 kpa - topping dead load = 0.8 kpa - total dead load = 1.3 kpa - live load = 1.9 kpa - vibration limit: per A (2) - deflection limit = 1/360 - ceiling attached directly to joists, no bridging The spacing of joists in the span tables can be conservatively adjusted to allow for the increased load by using the spans in Table A-1 for 600 mm spacing, but spacing the joists 400 mm apart. Similarly, floor beam span tables can be adjusted by using 4.8 m supported length spans for cases where the supported length equals 3.6 m. Appendix A - Volume 2 A-119

106 A Div. B 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM A Joint Location in Built-Up Beams. Figure A Joint Location in Built-up Beams a 1 e 2 A (2) Tall Stud Walls. Design Assumptions for Tables A-30 to A Roof dead load is 0.5 kpa (asphalt shingle roof) as per rafter and lintel tables in the Building Code. 2. Specified roof snow load is the factored load incorporating rain load as per the rafter, header and lintel spans in the Building Code. 3. Wind loads are based on wind loads in the 2006 Building Code and the 2005 edition of the NBC as adopted in the Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction published by the Canadian Wood Council a. Basic wind pressure is the 1 in 50 year pressure found in Table 1.2 of Supplementary Standard SB-1 b. Ce = 0.7 as per Sentence (5)(b) in the Building Code c. CpCg =!2.1 for ultimate limit state for wind acting alone d. CpCg =!1.75 for the serviceability limit state e. CpCg = 1.5 for wind acting in combination with gravity loads f. Cpi varied from 0.45 to 0.3 as per User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B). Where external wind was a pressure (wind acting in combination with axial loads) the internal wind suction coefficient of 0.45 was used. Where external wind was suction (wind acting alone) the internal wind pressure coefficient of 0.3 was used. g. Cgi = 2.0 as per Sentence (6)(c) in the Building Code. h. The importance factors used to calculate wind loads were 1.0 at the ultimate limit state and 0.75 at the serviceability limit state as per Table in the Building Code. 4. Ultimate Limit State loads cases were in accordance with Table in the Building Code. a. 1.4 axial dead load b axial dead load axial snow load c axial dead load axial snow load lateral wind load d axial dead load axial snow load lateral wind load e. 1.4 lateral wind load 5. Serviceability Limits States, based on the Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction, were calculated using specified lateral wind loads, and included: a. Deflection limit of stud length/180 for walls with siding, and b. Deflection limit of stud length/360 for walls with brick cladding. A-120 Appendix A - Volume 2

107 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM Div. B - A Stud resistance was calculated as per CSA O86 and adopted for the Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction a. The system factors used were Case 2 load-sharing for bending moment resistance and Case 1 for compression resistance parallel to grain. b. A load duration factor of 1.25 was used where lateral wind acted alone or in combination with axial loads. 7. Fastening requirements are based on the short-term nail resistance values given in CSA O A Bracing. Traditionally, diagonal bracing has been provided at the corners of wood framed walls to provide resistance against wind racking forces. Laboratory tests have indicated, however, that the bracing that had been traditionally used contributed relatively little to the overall strength of the wall. Most of the racking resistance was in effect provided by the interior finish. Because of this, the requirements for bracing were deleted in the late 1950's. (See "Shear Resistance of Wood Frame Walls", by A.T. Hansen, Building Practice Note 61, Institute for Research in Construction, National Research Council, Ottawa.) Where the interior is not finished, however, bracing is necessary if the siding itself or the sheathing does not provide the required racking strength. If panel type siding is used, or if the sheathing consists of plywood, OSB, waferboard, gypsum board, diagonal lumber, or fibreboard sheathing, additional bracing is not considered necessary because of the wind bracing provided by these materials. Where bracing is provided, it must be installed at roughly a 45 angle on each wall and in each storey, extending the full height of the storey. This type of bracing provides considerably greater resistance to wind forces than the traditional bracing, which was found to be relatively ineffective. The permission to omit bracing assumes typical house designs. Some buildings may have reduced resistance to racking forces as a result of their configuration. These include tall narrow buildings in exposed locations with large door or window openings located in the short sides. In such cases, racking resistance can be improved by ensuring that paneled sections are placed adjacent to the openings. The Code does not address the issue of bracing of the structure during construction. It is often necessary to provide temporary bracing until the interior finish or sheathing is installed; however, this is not a Code requirement. A (1) Fingerjoined Lumber. The NLGA "Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber", referenced in refers to two special product standards, SPS-1,"Fingerjoined Structural Lumber," and SPS-3, " Fingerjoined Stud Lumber - Vertical Use Only", produced by NLGA. Material identified as conforming to these standards is considered to meet the requirements in this Sentence for joining with a structural adhesive. Lumber fingerjoined in accordance with SPS-3 should be used as a vertical end-loaded member in compression only, where sustained bending or tension-loading conditions are not present, and where the moisture content of the wood will not exceed 19%. Fingerjoined lumber may not be visually regraded or remanufactured into a higher stress grade even if the quality of the lumber containing fingerjoints would otherwise warrant such regrading. A (2) Single Studs at Sides of Openings. Figure A A. Single Studs at Openings in Non-loadbearing Interior Walls Figure A B. Single Studs at Openings in All Other Walls Appendix A - Volume 2 A-120a

108 A (2) - Div. B 2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM a 1 A (2) Stud Posts Supporting Girder Trusses and Beams Design Assumptions 1. Roof Load = 0.62 kpa (Asphalt shingle roof) 2. Design Standards: CSA , "Engineering Design in Wood 3. Design Assumptions: C The studs are braced from buckling about their weak axis by the attachment of the wall sheathing. C The post is designed for axial loading applied at the centre of the stud cross-section (concentric loading). C Stud grade material has been assumed. C The stud resistance is based on the compressive resistance parallel to grain (P r ) and the bearing resistance of the wall plate (Q r ). C In the calculation of P r, a system factor (K H ) of 1.0 was used. C In the calculation of Q r, a size factor (K zcp ) of 1.15 was used since the wall plate width is greater than two times the thickness. A length of bearing factor (K B ) of 1.0 was used since the stud post can occur at a splice in the wall plate. C The post size has been limited to 5 plies. C The post size is maintained through all storeys directly below the girder truss or beam until the load is transferred to the foundation wall. A (2) Wood Roof Truss Connections. Sentence (2) requires that the connections used in wood roof trusses be designed in conformance with Subsection The designer of wood trusses should be skilled in the work concerned, since wood roof trusses are complex structures which depend on a number of components (chord members, web members, cross-bracing, connectors) working together to function safely. This complexity precludes the standardization of truss design into tables comprehensive enough to satisfy the variety of roof designs required by the housing industry. A (4) Water Absorption Test. A method for determining water absorption is described in ASTM D 1037, "Evaluating the Properties of Wood-Base Fiber and Particle Panel Materials". The treatment to reduce water absorption may be considered to be acceptable if a 300 mm x 300 mm sample when treated on all sides and edges does not increase in weight by more than 6% when tested in the horizontal position. A (2) OSB. CSA , "OSB and Waferboard", requires that Type O (aligned or oriented) panels be marked to show the grade and the direction of face alignment. A-120b Appendix A - Volume 2

109 Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing Building and Development Branch 2006 Building Code - Supplementary Standards Supplementary Standard SA-1 Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions June 18, 2008 update Important Notice These revised pages to Supplementary Standard SA-1 are effective April 1, Pages with shaded bars at the bottom are to replace the existing corresponding pages on April 1, Effective Date: April 1, 2010

110 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 m 3 COMMENCEMENT Supplementary Standard SA-1 comes into force on the 31st day of December, Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister s Ruling) MR-08-S-04 takes effect on the 1st day of April, ERRATA e 1 Issued April 2nd, Copyright Copyright Queen's Printer for Ontario 2008 All rights reserved. Questions regarding copyright, including reproduction and distribution, may be directed to the Director, Building and Development Branch of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing. Effective Date: April 1, 2010

111 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 m 3 m 3 m 3 Acceptable Solutions Objectives and Functional Statements Group B, Division 2 or Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered (1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building is sprinklered, [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building is sprinklered, Group C, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered (1) (2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:...the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:...the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, [F02,F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text:...a)...the building shall be sprinklered... [F02,F04-OS1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text:...a)...the building shall be sprinklered... (b), (d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] (b), (d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] (c), (d) [F04-OP1.3] (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3] (3) Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) [F02,F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text:...a)...the building shall be sprinklered... [F02,F04-OS1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text:...a)...the building shall be sprinklered... (2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:...the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:...the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, (a), (c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] (a), (c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] (b), (c) [F04-OP1.3] (b,) (c) [F04-OS1.3] (3) Group C, up to 4 Storeys, Noncombustible Construction (1) (2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:...the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:...the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and to Clause (d). [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and to Clause (d). (b), (d) [F04-OP1.3] (b), (d) [F04-OS1.3] (c), (d) [F04-OP1.3] (c), (d) [F04-OS1.3] (3) (4) Group C, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building is sprinklered, [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building is sprinklered, (2) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and to Clause (c). [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and to Clause (c). (b), (c) [F04-OP1.3] Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SA-1 Page 19

112 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 Acceptable Solutions Objectives and Functional Statements (b), (c) [F04-OS1.3] (3) (4) Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area (1) (2) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and to Clause (d). [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and to Clause (d). (b), (c), (d) [F04-OP1.3] (b), (c), (d) [F04-OS1.3] (3) (4) Group C, up to 3 Storeys (1) (2) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and to Clause (c). [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and to Clause (c). (b), (c) [F04-OP1.3] (b), (c) [F04-OS1.3] (3) (4) Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building is sprinklered, [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building is sprinklered, (2) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and to Clause (c). [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and to Clause (c). (b), (c) [F04-OP1.3] (b), (c) [F04 OS1.3] (3) (4) Group D, Any Height, Any Area (1) (2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building shall be sprinklered... [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building shall be sprinklered... (b), (d) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] (b), (d) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] (c) [F04-OP1.3] (c) [F04-OS1.3] Group D, up to 6 Storeys (1) (2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and to Clause (d). SA-1 Page 20 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

113 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 e 1 Acceptable Solutions Objectives and Functional Statements [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and to Clause (d). (a), (d) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] (a), (d) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] (b) [F04-OP1.3] (b) [F04-OS1.3] Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)...the building is sprinklered, [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building is sprinklered, (2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, (a), (c) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] (a), (c) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] (b) [F04-OP1.3] (b) [F04-OS1.3] Group D, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)...the building is sprinklered, [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)...the building is sprinklered, (2) (a), (c) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] (a), (c) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] (b) [F04-OP1.3] (b) [F04-OS1.3] Group D, up to 3 Storeys (1) (2) [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,... and to Clause (d). [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,... and to Clause (d). (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations. (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations. (a), (d) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] (a), (d) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] (b) [F04-OP1.3] (b) [F04-OS1.3] Group D, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)...the building is sprinklered, [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)...the building is sprinklered, (2) (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations. (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations. (a), (c) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] (a), (c) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] (b) [F04-OP1.3] (b) [F04-OS1.3] Group D, up to 2 Storeys (1) (2) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SA-1 Page 21

114 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 Acceptable Solutions Objectives and Functional Statements (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations. (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations Group D, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)...the building is sprinklered, [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)...the building is sprinklered, (2) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations. (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations Group E, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered (1) (2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building shall be sprinklered, [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building shall be sprinklered, (b), (d) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] (b), (d) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] (c) [F04-OP1.3] (c) [F04-OS1.3] Group E, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building shall be sprinklered, [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building shall be sprinklered, (2) (a), (c) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] (a), (c) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] (b) [F04-OP1.3] (b) [F04-OS1.3] Group E, up to 3 Storeys (1) (2) (a), (e) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] (a), (e) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] (b), (c), (d) [F04-OP1.3] (b), (c), (d) [F04-OS1.3] Group E, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building is sprinklered, [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building is sprinklered, (2) (a), (d) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] (a), (d) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] (b), (c) [F04-OP1.3] (b), (c) [F04-OS1.3] Group E, up to 2 Storeys (1) (2) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] (a), (b) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] Group E, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building is sprinklered, [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: a)... the building is sprinklered, (2) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] (a), (b) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] Group F, Division 1, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered (1) SA-1 Page 22 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

115 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 m 3 Acceptable Solutions Objectives and Functional Statements Description of Fire Alarm Systems (1) [F11-OS1.5] (2) (a), (d) [F11-OS1.4] [F13-OS1.5] (b), (c) [F11-OS1.5] (3) [F13-OS1.5] (4) [F13-OS1.5] Installation and Verification of Fire Alarm Systems (1) [F12, F13, F81-OS1.2] [F11, F12, F13, F81-OS1.5] [F11, F12-OS3.7] Applies to voice communication systems. (2) [F82-OS1.5] Silencing of Alarm Signals (1) [F11-OS1.5] (2) [F34, F81-OS1.5] (3) Signals to Fire Department (1) [F13-OP1.2] [F13-OS1.2, OS1.5] (2) [F13-OP1.2] [F13-OS1.2, OS1.5] (3) [F13-OP1.2] [F13-OS1.2, OS1.5] (4) [F13, F81-OP1.2] [F13, F81-OS1.2, OS1.5] (5) [F13-OP1.2] [F13-OS1.2, OS1.5] Annunciator and Zone Indication (1) [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (2) [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (3) (4) [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (5) (6) (7) [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (8) [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (9) [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] Electrical Supervision (1) [F82-OS1.2, OS1.5] (2) (a), (d), (e), (f), (g) [F82-OP1.2] (a), (d), (e), (f), (g) [F82-OS1.2] (b), (c) [F82-OS1.5] (3) [F82-OP1.2] [F82-OS1.2] Fire Detectors (1) [F11-OS1.5] (2) [F11-OS1.5] Smoke and Heat Detectors (1) [F11-OS1.5] (2) [F11-OS1.5] (3) [F12-OS1.5] Prevention of Smoke Circulation (1) [F03-OS1.2] Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SA-1 Page 29

116 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 Acceptable Solutions Vacuum Cleaning System Shutdown (1) [F03-OS1.2] Elevator Emergency Return (1) [F10-OS1.5] (2) [F11-OS1.5] (3) [F02-OS1.2] Sprinklers in Lieu of Fire Detectors (1) [F02-OS1.2] [F11-OS1.5] System Monitoring (1) [F12-OS1.2] [F11, F12-OS1.5] [F12-OP1.2] (2) [F13-OS1.2] [F11, F13-OS1.5] [F13-OP1.2] Manual Pull Stations (1) [F11-OS1.5] (2) [F02, F12-OS1.2] [F10, F12-OS1.5] (3) [F02, F12-OS1.2] [F10, F12-OS1.5] (4) [F11-OS1.5] (5) [F11-OS1.5] (6) [F81-OS1.2] [F11, F81-OS1.5] (7) [F11-OS1.5] (8) Alert and Alarm Signals (1) (2) [F11-OS1.5] (3) [F11-OS1.5] (4) [F11-OS1.5] (5) (6) Audibility of Alarm Systems (1) [F11-OS1.5] (2) [F11-OS1.5] (3) [F11-OS1.5] (4) [F33-OS3.5] (5) [F11-OS1.5] (6) [F11-OS1.5] (7) [F11-OS1.5] (8) (9) [F11, F81-OS1.5] (10) [F11, F81-OS1.5] (11) [F11, F81-OS1.5] (12) [F11-OS1.5] (13) (14) [F11-OS1.5] Visual Signals (1) [F11-OS1.5] (2) [F11-OS1.5] Smoke Alarms (1) [F11, F81-OS1.5] (2) [F11-OS1.5] (3) [F11-OS1.5] (4) [F11-OS1.5] (5) [F11, F81-OS1.5] Objectives and Functional Statements SA-1 Page 30 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

117 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 m 3 m 3 m 3 m 3 Acceptable Solutions Fire Pumps (1) [F02, F81-OP1.2] [F02, F81-OS1.2] Application (1) Limits to Smoke Movement (1) [F02-OP1.2] [F02-OS1.2, OS1.5] (2) [F06-OP1.2] [F06-OS1.2] [F05, F06-OS1.5] (3) [F06-OP1.2] [F06-OS1.2] [F05, F06-OS1.5] (4) [F03-OP1.2] [F03-OS1.2, OS1.5] (5) [F03-OP1.2] [F03-OS1.2, OS1.5] (6) [F02-OP1.2] [F02-OS1.2, OS1.5] Connected Buildings (1) [F03-OP1.2] [F03-OP3.1] [F03-OS1.2,OS1.5] Emergency Operation of Elevators (1) [F12-OP1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (2) [F12-OP1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (3) [F12-OP1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (4) [F12-OP1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (5) [F12-OP1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (6) [F12-OP1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (7) [F11-OS1.5] Elevator for Use by Fire Fighters (1) [F12,F06-OP1.2] [F12,F06-OS1.2, OS1.5] (2) [F12-OP1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (3) [F06-OP1.2] [F06-OS1.2, OS1.5] (4) [F12-OP1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (5) [F12-OP1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (6) [F06-OP1.2] [F06-OS1.2, OS1.5] Objectives and Functional Statements Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SA-1 Page 33

118 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 m 3 m 3 m 3 m 3 Acceptable Solutions Venting to Aid Fire Fighting (1) [F06-OP1.2] [F06-OS1.2, OS1.5] (2) [F30-OS3.1] (3) [F12-OP1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (4) [F03-OS1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (5) Central Alarm and Control Facility (1) [F12-OP1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (2) [F12-OP1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] [F11-OS1.5] Voice Communication System (1) [F12,F11-OS3.7] Testing (1) [F82-OP1.2] [F82-OS1.2, OS1.5] Minimum Lighting Requirements (1) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] (2) (3) (4) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] (5) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] (6) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] [F40-OH2.4] (7) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] [F40-OH2.4] Recessed Lighting Fixtures (1) [F01-OP1.1, OP1.2] [F01-OS1.1, OS1.2] Emergency Lighting (1) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] (2) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] (3) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] (4) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] Objectives and Functional Statements SA-1 Page 34 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

119 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 m 3 Acceptable Solutions Objectives and Functional Statements (2) [F03-OP1.2] [F03-OS1.2] (3) Egress from Dwelling Units (1) (2) [F05, F10-OS3.7] (3) [F10-OS3.7] (4) [F05-OS1.2, OS1.5] (5) [F05-OS1.5] (6) [F05, F10-OS3.7] (7) [F05, F10-OS3.7] (8) [F05-OS1.2] [F10-OS3.7] (9) [F05, F10-OS3.7] Automatic Locking Prohibition (1) [F10-OS3.7] Sound Transmission (1) Stairs, Handrails and Guards for Dwelling Units (1) Scope (1) Fire Extinguishing Systems (1) [F03-OP1.2] [F03-OS1.2] Basements (1) [F12-OP1.2] [F01-OS1.1] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (2) [F06-OS1.2] [F05, F06-OS1.5,] Applies to the separation of exits from the remainder of the building. [F06-OS1.2, OS1.5] Applies to the separation of entrances to basements and to rooms containing building. services from the remainder of the building. [F06-OP1.2] Applies to the separation of exits from the remainder of the building. [F06-OP1.2] Applies to the separation of entrances from the remainder of the building. (3) [F44-OS1.1] Repair and Storage Garages (1) (2) [F30-OS3.1] [F10, F12-OS3.7] (3) (4) (5) [F30-OS3.1] (6) [F30-OS3.1] (7) [F02-OP1.2] [F02-OS1.2] Repair Garage Separation (1) [F03-OP1.2] [F03-OS1.2] Storage Garage Separation (1) [F03-OP1.2] [F03-OS1.2] Vestibules (1) (2) Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SA-1 Page 45

120 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 Acceptable Solutions (3) [F44-OS1.1] [F44-OS3.4] Toe-Boards Required (1) [F30-OS3.1] Scope (1) Separation of Exits (1) [F05, F06, F10, F12-OS3.7] [F06, F12-OP1.2] [F06, F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] (2) [F10-OS3.7] Access to Exits (1) Types of Exit (1) Exterior Exit Passageways (1) [F10-OS3.7] (2) Restricted Use of Horizontal Exits (1) [F10-OS3.7] (2) [F05, F10-OS3.7] (3) Slide Escapes (1) [F10-OS3.7] Transparent Doors and Panels (1) Mirrors near Exits (1) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] Combustible Glazing in Exits (1) [F03, F06-OP1.2] [F05, F06-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5] Exterior Stairway for Nursing Home (1) [F10-OS3.1, OS3.7] Minimum Number of Exits (1) [F05, F06, F10, F12-OS3.7] [F06, F12-OP1.2] [F06, F12-OS1.2] (2) (3) [F10-OS3.7] (4) (5) (6) [F10-OS3.7] (7) Mezzanine Exiting (1) [F05-OS1.5] (2) (3) (4) Distance between Exits (1) [F05, F10-OS1.5] (2) Objectives and Functional Statements SA-1 Page 46 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

121 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 Table 11 Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 11 of Division B m 3 m 3 Acceptable Solution Objectives and Functional Statements Scope (1) Definitions (1) Extension, Material Alteration or Repair (1) Construction Index and Hazard Index (1) (2) (3) Multiple Occupancies (1) Prohibition of Occupancy Combinations (1) [F41-OH2.1] [F02, F03-OS1.2] [F10-OS1.5] Material Alteration or Repair of a Building System (1) [F140-OC] New Building Systems and Extension of Existing Building Systems (1) Portion of Extended Buildings (1) Basic Renovation (1) (2) (1) (2) (3) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] (4) [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Extension, Material Alteration or Repair (1) Existing Septic Tanks (1) Performance Level (1) [F140-OC] (2) (3) Structural (1) Increase in Occupant Load (1) (2) (3) Change of Major Occupancy (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SA-1 Page 295

122 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 Acceptable Solution Objectives and Functional Statements Plumbing (1) Sewage Systems (1) (2) (3) (4) General (1) (2) (3) Structural (1) [F110-OE] Applies to manure storage tanks. [F21, F22, F61, F80, F81-OH4] [F04-OP1.2] [F20-OP2.1, OP2.2, OP2.3, OP2.4, OP2.6] [F21-OP2.1, OP2.2, OP2.4, OP2.5, OP2.6] [F22-OP2.1, OP2.3, OP2.4, OP2.5] [F81-OP2.1, OP2.4] [F82-OP2.3] [F61-OP2.3, OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3, OP2.4, OP2.6] [F04-OP3.1] [F21-OP4.1, OP4.4] [F20-OP4.3] [F04-OS1.2] [F20-OS2.1, OS2.2, OS2.3, OS2.4] [F21-OS2.1, OS2.2, OS2.3, OS2.5, OS2.6] [F61-OS2.3] [F80-OS2.3] [F81-OS2.3] [F82-OS2.3] [F30-OS3.1] [F43-OS3.4] Applies to manure storage tanks Increase in Occupant Load (1) As applied to fire alarm systems in Subsection : [F12, F13, F81, F82-OP1.2] [F02, F03, F11, F12, F13, F81, F82-OS1.2] [F11, F13-OS1.4] [F10, F11, F12, F13, F81, F82-OS1.5] [F11, F12-OS3.7] Applies to voice communication systems. As applied to smoke control measures, and at least one elevator to permit transport of fire fighters to all floors in hotels whose floor level is more than 18 m high measured between grade and floor level of the top storey in Subsection : [F02, F03, F06, F12, F13, F82-OP1.2] [F03-OP3.1] [F02, F03, F06, F12, F13, F82-OS1.2] [F02, F03, F05, F06, F10, F12-OS1.5] [F30-OS3.1] As applied to lighting of exits, lighting of access to exits and emergency lighting in Subsection : [F40-OH2.4] [F12-OH5] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building. [F01-OP1.1] [F01, F02, F03, F06, F12, F81-OP1.2] [F02-OP3.1] [F12-OS1.1] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building. [F02, F03, F06, F10, F11, F12, F81-OS1.2] [F02, F03, F06, F10, F11, F12, F81-OS1.5] [F02, F06, F30, F81-OS3.1] [F36-OS3.6] [F10, F11, F12, F81-OS3.7] As applied to access to exit widths based on occupant load in Article : SA-1 Page 296 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

123 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 Acceptable Solution Objectives and Functional Statements [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] As applied to windows and skylights in Part 9 buildings in Section 9.7.: [F55, F61, F62, F63, F80, F81, F82-OH1.1] [F51, F53, F54, F55, F61, F62, F63, F80, F82-OH1.2] [F61, F62, F63-OH1.3] [F102-OH7] [F42-OP2.3] [F03, F20-OS1.2] [F10-OS1.5] [F20-OS2.1] [F20, F21, F42, F61, F63-OS2.3] [F30-OS3.1] [F10, F30-OS3.7] [F34-OS4.1] [F131-OR2] As applied to flame spread limits in Part 9 buildings Subsection : [F01, F02-OS1.2] [F01, F02, F05-OS1.5] As applied to plumbing facilities serving Part 9 dwelling units in section 9.31.: [F44, F62-OH1.1] [F40, F41, F62-OH1.2, OH1.3] [F70, F71, F72, F80-OH2.1] [F41-OH2.2] [F70, F71, F72, F80, F81-OH2.3] [F01-OS1.1] [F31, F80-OS2.3] [F20-OS3.1] As applied to ventilation in Part 9 residential occupancies in Section 9.32.: [F40, F42, F50, F52, F53, F61, F80, F81, F82-OH1.1] [F42, F51, F52, F80, F81-OH1.2] [F42, F80-OH2.5] [F82-OP1.1] [F131-OR2] [F02, F03, F80, F82-OS1.1] [F42, F53, F61, F63-OS2.3] [F40, F43, F44, F50, F53, F81-OS3.4] As applied to Subsection : [F01-OS1.1] [F10-OS3.1] [F32, F81-OS3.3] Applies to electrical facilities in Part 9 buildings. As applied to Subsection : [F30-OS3.1] Applies to lighting outlets for Part 9 buildings. [F34-OS4.2] Applies to lighting outlets for Part 9 buildings. As applied to Subsection : [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] Applies to emergency lighting for Part 9 buildings. (3) As applied to fire alarm systems in Subsection : [F12, F13, F81, F82-OP1.2] [F02, F03, F11, F12, F13, F81, F82-OS1.2] [F11, F13-OS1.4] [F10, F11, F12, F13, F81, F82-OS1.5] [F11, F12-OS3.7] Applies to voice communication systems. As applied to smoke control measures, and at least one elevator to permit transport of fire fighters to all floors in hotels whose floor level is more than 18 m high, measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey in Subsection : [F02, F03, F06, F12, F13, F82-OP1.2] [F03-OP3.1] [F02, F03, F06, F12, F13, F82-OS1.2] [F02, F03, F05, F06, F10, F12-OS1.5] [F30-OS3.1] As applied to lighting of exits, lighting of access to exits and emergency lighting in Subsection : [F40-OH2.4] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building. [F01-OP1.1] [F01, F02, F03, F06, F12, F81-OP1.2] [F02-OP3.1] [F12-OS1.1] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building. [F02, F03, F06, F10, F11, F12, F81-OS1.2] [F02, F03, F06, F10, F11, F12, F81-OS1.5] [F02, F06, F30, F81-OS3.1] [F36-OS3.6] [F10, F11, F12, F81-OS3.7] As applied to access to exit widths based on occupant load in Article : [F10-OS3.7] As applied to door release hardware in Article : Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SA-1 Page 299

124 2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1 m 3 Acceptable Solution Objectives and Functional Statements [F73-OA1] [F30-OS3.1] [F10, F12-OS3.7] As applied to travel distance in Article : [F10-OS3.7] As applied to number of exits in Articles and : [F05, F10-OS1.5] [F10-OS3.7] As applied to exit widths based on occupant load in Article : [F12-OP1.2] [F12-OS1.2] [F30-OS3.1] [F10, F12-OS3.7] As applied to exit signs in Articles and : [F10, F81-OS3.7] As applied to door release hardware in Article : [F73-OA1] [F02-OS1.2] [F10, F81-OS1.5] [F10, F81-OS3.7] As applied to access to exit widths based on occupant load in Subsection : [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] As applied to exit widths based on occupant load in Subsection : [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] As applied to travel distance in Article : [F10-OS3.7] As applied to number of exits in Articles and : [F10-OS3.7] As applied to exit signs in subsection : [F10-OS1.5] [F10-OS3.7] [F73-OA1] As applied to lighting of exits, lighting of access to exits and emergency lighting in Article : [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] As applied to fire alarm systems in Subsection : [F02-OS1.2] Applies to a sprinklered building. [F03, F11-OS1.2] [F11-OS1.5] As applied to smoke alarms in Subsection : [F11, F81-OS1.4] [F11, F81, F82-OS1.5] (4) As applied to fire separations in Article : [F03-OP1.2] [F03-OS1.2] As applied to Table B.: [F140-OC] (5) (6) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Plumbing (1) [F140-OC] [F20-OE] [F20-OE] Applies to drainage piping. [F20-OE] Applies to underground drainage piping. [F20, F81, F113-OE] [F40-OE] [F44-OE] [F44-OE] Applies to oil interceptors. [F44, F81, F112-OE] [F81-OE] Applies to underground drainage piping. SA-1 Page 300 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

125 Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing Building and Development Branch 2006 Building Code - Supplementary Standards Supplementary Standard SB-1 Climatic and Seismic Information for Building Design in Ontario June 18, 2008 update

126 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-1 m 4 COMMENCEMENT Supplementary Standard SB-1 comes into force on the 31st day of December, Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister s Ruling) MR-08-S-05 takes effect on the 18th day of June, Copyright Copyright Queen's Printer for Ontario 2008 All rights reserved. Questions regarding copyright, including reproduction and distribution, may be directed to the Director, Building and Development Branch of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing.

127 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-1 Table 1.2 (Cont d) Design Data for Selected Locations in Ontario Location Design Temperature January July 2.5% 2.5%, EC 1%, EC Dry, EC Wet, EC Degree Days Below 18EC 15 Min Rainfall, mm One Day Rainfall, 1/50, mm Annual Rainfall, mm Annual Total Precipitation, mm Driving Rain Wind Pressures, Pa, 1/5 Snow Load, kpa, 1/50 S s S r Hourly Wind Pressures, kpa Seismic Data 1/10 1/50 S a (0.2) S a (0.5) S a (1.0) S a (2.0) PGA Cambridge Campbellford Cannington Carleton Place Cavan Centralia Chapleau Chatham Chesley Clinton Coboconk Cobourg Cochrane Colborne Collingwood Cornwall Corunna Deep River Deseronto Dorchester Dorion Dresden Dryden Dunnville Durham Column SB-1 Page 11

128 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-1 m 4 Table 1.2 (Cont d) Design Data for Selected Locations in Ontario Location Design Temperature January July 2.5% 2.5%, EC 1%, EC Dry, EC Wet, EC Degree Days Below 18EC 15 Min Rainfall, mm One Day Rainfall, 1/50, mm Annual Rainfall, mm Annual Total Precipitation, mm Driving Rain Wind Pressures, Pa, 1/5 Snow Load, kpa, 1/50 S s S r Hourly Wind Pressures, kpa Seismic Data 1/10 1/50 S a (0.2) S a (0.5) S a (1.0) S a (2.0) PGA Dutton Earlton Edison Elliot Lake Elmvale Embro Englehart Espanola Exeter Fenelon Falls Fergus Forest Fort Erie Fort Erie (Ridgeway) Fort Frances Gananoque Geraldton Glencoe Goderich Gore Bay Graham Gravenhurst (Muskoka Airport) Grimsby Guelph Guthrie Haileybury Column SB-1 Page 12

129 Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing Building and Development Branch 2006 Building Code - Supplementary Standards Supplementary Standard SB-2 Fire Performance Ratings June 18, 2008 update

130 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-2 m 4 COMMENCEMENT Supplementary Standard SB-2 comes into force on the 31st day of December, Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister s Ruling) MR-08-S-05 takes effect on the 18th day of June, ERRATA e 2 Issued June 18th, Copyright Copyright Queen's Printer for Ontario 2008 All rights reserved. Questions regarding copyright, including reproduction and distribution, may be directed to the Director, Building and Development Branch of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing.

131 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-2 (4) Masonry cavity walls that are loaded to a compressive stress exceeding 380 kpa are not considered to be within the scope of this Supplementary Standard. (5) A masonry wall consisting of 2 types of masonry units, either bonded together or in the form of a cavity wall, shall be considered to have a fire-resistance rating equal to that which would apply if the whole of the wall were of the material that gives the lesser rating. (6) A non-loadbearing cavity wall made up of 2 precast concrete panels with an air space or insulation in the cavity between them shall be considered to have a fire-resistance rating as great as that of a solid wall of a thickness equal to the sum of the thicknesses of the 2 panels. e Framed Beams and Joists (1) Beams and joists that are framed into a masonry or concrete fire separation shall not reduce the thickness of the fire separation to less than the equivalent thickness required for the fire separation Credit for Plaster Thickness (1) On monolithic walls and walls of unit masonry, the full plaster finish on one or both faces multiplied by the factor shown in Table shall be included in the wall thickness shown in Table , under the conditions and using the methods described in Section 1.7. Table Minimum Equivalent Thicknesses (1) of Unit Masonry and Monolithic Concrete Walls Loadbearing and Non-Loadbearing, mm Type of Wall Fire-Resistance Rating 30 min 45 min 1 h 1.5 h 2 h 3 h 4 h Solid brick units (80% solid and over), actual overall thickness Cored brick units and hollow tile units (less than 80% solid), equivalent thickness Solid and hollow concrete masonry units, equivalent thickness Type S or N concrete (2) Type L 1 20S concrete Type L 1 concrete Type L 2 20S concrete Type L 2 concrete Monolithic concrete and concrete panels, equivalent thickness Type S concrete Type N concrete Type L40S or Type L concrete Notes to Table : (1) See definition of equivalent thickness in Section 1.6. (2) Hollow concrete masonry units made with Type S or N concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 15 MPa based on net area, as defined in CSA A165.1, "Concrete Block Masonry Units". SB-2 Page 11

132 2006 Supplementary Standard SB Walls Exposed to Fire on Both Sides (1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), portions of loadbearing reinforced concrete walls, which do not form a complete fire separation and thus may be exposed to fire on both sides simultaneously, shall have minimum dimensions and minimum cover to steel reinforcement in conformance with Subsections to (2) A concrete wall exposed to fire from both sides as described in Sentence (1) has a fire-resistance rating of 2 h if the following conditions are met: (a) its equivalent thickness is not less than 200 mm, (b) its aspect ratio (width/thickness) is not less than 4.0, (c) the minimum thickness of concrete cover over the steel reinforcement specified in Clause (d) is not less than 50 mm, (d) each face of the wall is reinforced with both vertical and horizontal steel reinforcement in conformance with either Clause 10 or Clause 14 of CSA A23.3, "Design of Concrete Structures", (e) the structural design of the wall is governed by the minimum eccentricity requirements of Clause of CSA A23.3, "Design of Concrete Structures", and (f) the effective length of the wall, kl u, is not more than 3.7 m. where k = l u = effective length factor obtained from CSA A23.3, "Design of Concrete Structures", unsupported length of the wall in metres Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Floor and Roof Slabs Assignment of Rating (1) Floors and roofs in a fire test are assigned a fire-resistance rating which relates to the time that an average temperature rise of 140 C or a maximum temperature rise of 180 C at any location is recorded on the unexposed side, or the time required for collapse to occur, whichever is the lesser. The thickness of concrete shown in Table A. shall be required to resist the transfer of heat during the fire resistance period shown. m 4 Table A. Minimum Thickness of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Floor or Roof Slabs, mm Type of Concrete Fire-Resistance Rating 30 min 45 min 1 h 1.5 h 2 h 3 h 4 h Type S concrete Type N concrete Type L40S or Type L concrete (2) The concrete cover over the reinforcement and steel tendons shown in Table B. shall be required to maintain the integrity of the structure and prevent collapse during the same period. SB-2 Page 12

133 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-2 (3) The first layer of wallboard shall be attached to steel studs with screws spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. and other layers of wallboard shall be attached to steel studs and steel corner beads with screws spaced at a maximum of 300 mm o.c. Where a single layer of wallboard is used, attachment screws shall be spaced not more than 300 mm o.c. (4) Steel tie wires spaced at a maximum of 600 mm o.c. shall be used to secure the second last layer of wallboard in 3- and 4-layer systems. (5) Studs shall be fabricated of galvanized steel not less than 0.53 mm thick and not less than 41.3 mm wide, with legs not less than 33.3 mm long and shall be 12.7 mm less than the assembly height. (6) Corner beads shall (a) be fabricated of galvanized steel that is not less than 0.41 mm thick, (b) have legs not less than 31 mm long, (c) be attached to the wallboard or stud with 25.4 mm screws spaced not more than 300 mm o.c., and (d) have the attaching fasteners penetrate either another corner bead in multiple layer assemblies or the steel stud member. (7) In a 4-layer system, metal angles shall be fabricated of galvanized steel and shall be not less than 0.46 mm thick with legs not less than 51 mm long Concrete Filled Hollow Steel Columns (1) A fire-resistance rating, R, is permitted to be assigned to concentrically loaded hollow steel columns that are filled with plain concrete, steel-fibre reinforced concrete or bar-reinforced concrete, that are fabricated and erected within the tolerances stipulated in CAN/CSA-S16, "Limit States Design of Steel Structures", and that comply with Sentences (2) and (3), provided: C # C max where C = axial compressive force due to dead and live loads without load factors, kn, C max = a (fn c + 20) D R (KL! 1000) but shall not exceed 1.0 CN r for plain concrete filling (PC), 1.1 CN r for steel-fibre reinforced concrete filling (FC), and 1.7 CN r for bar-reinforced concrete filling (RC), where CN r = factored compressive resistance of the concrete core in accordance with CAN/CSA-S16, "Limit States Design of Steel Structures", where a = constant obtained from Table A., fn c = specified compressive strength of concrete in accordance with CSA A23.3, "Design of Concrete Structures", MPa, D = outside diameter of a round column or outside width of a square column, mm, R = specified fire-resistance rating, min, and KL = effective length of column as defined in CAN/CSA-S16, "Limit States Design of Steel Structures", mm, subject to the validity limits stated in Table B. SB-2 Page 29

134 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-2 (2) A pair of steam vent holes shall be provided at each end of the hollow steel column and at each intermediate floor level, and the holes shall be (a) not less than 13 mm in diameter, (b) located on opposite faces, 150 mm above or below a base plate, cap plate or concrete slab, (c) orientated so that adjacent pairs are perpendicular, and (d) not obstructed by other building elements. (3) Load application and reaction shall be through end bearing in accordance with CAN/CSA-S16, "Limit States Design of Steel Structures". Table A. Values of Constant "a" Filling Type Concrete Type (1) Steel Reinforcement Circular Columns Square Columns PC S n/a FC S. 2% RC S 1.5%-3% RC S 3%-5% PC N n/a FC N. 2% RC N 1.5%-3% RC N 3%-5% Notes to Table A.: (1) See Subsection 1.4., Types of Concrete. e 2 Table B. Validity Limits Type of Concrete Filling Parameter PC FC RC f c (MPa) 20 to to to 55 D (round) (mm) 140 to to to 410 D (square) (mm) 140 to to to 305 Reinforcement (%) n/a. 2% of the concrete mix by mass 1.5% to 5% of cross-sectional area (1) Concrete Cover (mm) n/a n/a $ 25 R (min) # 120 # 180 # 180 KL (mm) to to to Class (2) 1, 2 or 3 1, 2 or 3 1, 2 or 3 Notes to Table B.: (1) Limits on size, number and spacing of bars and ties in accordance with CSA A23.3, "Design of Concrete Structures". (2) Classification of sections in accordance with CAN/CSA-S16, "Limit States Design of Steel Structures". SB-2 Page 30

135 Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing Building and Development Branch 2006 Building Code - Supplementary Standards Supplementary Standard SB-3 Fire and Sound Resistance of Building Assemblies June 18, 2008 update

136 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 COMMENCEMENT Supplementary Standard SB-3 comes into force on the 31st day of December, ERRATA e 2 Issued June 18th, Copyright Copyright Queen's Printer for Ontario 2008 All rights reserved. Questions regarding copyright, including reproduction and distribution, may be directed to the Director, Building and Development Branch of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing.

137 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Type of Wall Hollow Concrete Block (Normal Weight Aggregate) Wall Number B10a B10b B10c Table 1 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Walls Description Fire-Resistance Rating (1) Loadbearing Non- Loadbearing Typical Sound Transmission Class (1)(2)(3) (STC) B10 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (5) 3 h 3 h 56 B10 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (5) 2.5 h 2.5 h 55 B10 with (5)(7) 2 h 2 h 54 Column e 2 Notes to Table 1: (1) Fire-resistance and STC ratings of wood frame construction were evaluated only for 38 mm x 89 mm constructions. The fire-resistance ratings and STC ratings provided for 38 mm x 89 mm wood frame construction, however, may be applied to 38 mm x 140 mm wood frame construction; in some cases the ratings may be conservative. Where 38 mm x 140 mm framing is used and absorptive material is called for, the absorptive material must be 140 mm thick. (2) Sound ratings listed are based on the most reliable laboratory test data available for specimens conforming to installation details required by CSA-A82.31, Gypsum Board Application. Results of specific tests may differ slightly because of measurement precision and minor variations in construction details. These results should only be used where the actual construction details, including spacing or fasteners and supporting framing, correspond exactly to the details of the test specimens on which the ratings are based. Assemblies with sound transmission class ratings of 50 or more require acoustical sealant applied around electrical boxes and other openings, and at the junction of intersecting walls and floors, except intersection of walls constructed of concrete or solid brick. (3) Sound ratings are only valid where there are no discernible cracks or voids in the visible surfaces. For concrete blocks, surfaces must be sealed by at least 2 coats of paint or other surface finish described in Section of Division B to prevent sound leakage. (4) Sound absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or cellulose fibre. It must fill at least 90% of the cavity thickness for the wall to provide the listed STC value. The absorptive material should not overfill the cavity to the point of producing significant outward pressure on the finishes; such an assembly will not achieve the STC rating. Where the absorptive material used with steel stud assemblies is in batt form, steel stud batts, which are wide enough to fill the cavity from the web of one stud to the web of the adjacent studs, must be used. (5) The complete descriptions of indicated finishes are as follows: C 12.7 mm regular gypsum board S 12.7 mm regular gypsum board conforming to Article of Division B. C 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board S 12.7 mm special fire-resistant Type X gypsum board conforming to Article of Division B. C 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board S 15.9 mm special fire-resistant Type X gypsum board conforming to Article of Division B. C Except for exterior walls (see Note 9), the outer layer of finish on both sides of the wall must have its joints taped and finished. C Fastener types and spacing must conform to CSA-A82.31-M, Gypsum Board Application. (6) Absorptive material required for the higher fire-resistance rating is mineral fibre processed from rock or slag with a mass of at least 4.8 kg/m² for 150 mm thickness, 2.8 kg/m² for 89 mm thickness and 2.0 kg/m² for 65 mm thickness and completely filling the wall cavity. For assemblies with double wood studs on separate plates, absorptive material is required in the stud cavities on both sides. (7) Regular gypsum board used in single layer assemblies must be installed so all edges are supported. (8) Where bracing material, such as diagonal lumber or plywood, OSB, gypsum board or fibreboard sheathing is installed on the inner face of one row of studs in double stud assemblies, the STC rating will be reduced by 3 for any assemblies containing absorptive material in both rows of studs or in the row of studs opposite to that which the bracing material is attached. Attaching such layers on both inner faces of the studs may drastically reduce the STC value but enough data to permit assignment of STC ratings for this situation is not available. The fire-resistance rating is not affected by the inclusion of such bracing. (9) For exterior walls, the finish joints must be taped and finished for the outer layer of the interior side only. The gypsum board on the exterior side may be replaced with gypsum sheathing of the same thickness and type (regular or Type X). SB-3 Page 23

138 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Section 2 Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Table 2 Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Assembly Number Description Floors and Ceilings Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) F1 concrete floors Concrete Slabs F1a F1b F1c F1d F1e 90 mm reinforced concrete with 20 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel 130 mm reinforced concrete with 25 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel pre-stressed hollow core slab 200 mm deep with 25 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with 152 x 152 x MW3.8 x MW3.8 wire mesh 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with 152 x 152 x MW3.8 x MW3.8 wire mesh resilient metal channels 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 2 layers of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board 1 h h h h F2 open web steel joists with concrete floor Open Web Steel Joists F2a 50 mm thick concrete deck on open web steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c. furring channels spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. wired to underside of joists 1 layer of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board on ceiling side 45 min Column SB-3 Page 24

139 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Joists Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep Assembly Number F8e F8f F8g F8h F8i F8j F8k F8l Description Floors and Ceilings F8 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F8 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F8 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F8 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F8 with F8 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F8 with F8 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 30 min min min [45 min] (11) 48 (9) min [45 min] (11) 49 (9) 42 < 30 min < 30 min < 30 min < 30 min F9 subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side Column SB-3 Page 31

140 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Joists Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep Assembly Number F9a F9b F9c F9d F9e F9f F9g F9h F9i F9j Description Floors and Ceilings F9 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F9 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F9 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F9 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F9 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F9 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F9 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F9 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F9 with F9 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 1 h h 48 (9) 40 1 h h h h 48 (9) 40 1 h h & & Column SB-3 Page 32

141 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Joists Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep Assembly Number F9k F9l F10 F10a F10b F10c F10d F10e F10f Description Floors and Ceilings F9 with F9 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F10 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F10 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F10 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F10 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F10 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F10 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & min [45 min] (11)(12) & & & Column SB-3 Page 33

142 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Joists Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep Assembly Number F10g F10h F10i F10j F10k F10l F11 F11a F11b Description Floors and Ceilings F10 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F10 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F10 with F10 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F10 with F10 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F11 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F11 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & 48 (9) 40 & 49 (9) 41 1 h h Column SB-3 Page 34

143 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Joists Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep Assembly Number F11c F11d F11e F11f F11g F11h F11i F11j F11k F11l Description Floors and Ceilings F11 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F11 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F11 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F11 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F11 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F11 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F11 with resilient 12.7 mm regular gypsum board F11 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F11 with F11 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 1 h h h h h h & & & & Column SB-3 Page 35

144 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Assembly Number Description Floors and Ceilings Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) F12 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F12a F12 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board & Wood Floor Joists Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep F12b F12c F12d F12e F12f F12 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F12 with F12 with F12 with F12 with & & & & & F13 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F13a F13 with & mm Type X gypsum board Column SB-3 Page 36

145 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Joists Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep Assembly Number F13b F13c F13d F13e F13f F14 F14a F14b F14c F14d Description Floors and Ceilings F13 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F13 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F13 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F13 with F13 with 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F14 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F14 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F14 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F14 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & & & min [45 min] (11)(12) & Column SB-3 Page 37

146 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Joists Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep Assembly Number F14e F14f F14g F14h F14i F14j F14k F14l Description Floors and Ceilings F14 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F14 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F14 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F14 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F14 with F14 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F14 with F14 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. resilient 12.7 mm regular gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & 49 (9) 19 & & & Column SB-3 Page 38

147 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Assembly Number Description Floors and Ceilings Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) F15 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side Wood Floor Joists Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep F15a F15b F15c F15d F15e F15f F15g F15h F15 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F15 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F15 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F15 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F15 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F15 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F15 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F15 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board 1 h (12) & & & h (12) & & & Column SB-3 Page 39

148 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Joists Assembly Number F15i F15j F15k F15l Description Floors and Ceilings F15 with F15 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F15 with F15 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep F16 F16a F16b F16c F16d 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity 1 layer of board on ceiling side F 16 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F16 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F16 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F16 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board & & 48 (9) 28 & & 48 (9) 28 F16e F16 with & Column SB-3 Page 40

149 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Assembly Number F18k F18l Description Floors and Ceilings F18 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. F18 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & 49 (9) 29 & Wood Floor Joists F19 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep F19a F19b F19c F19d F19e F19f F19 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum F19 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F19 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F19 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F19 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F19 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board 1 h & & & h & Column SB-3 Page 43

150 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Joists Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep Assembly Number F19g F19h F19i F19j F19k F19l F20 Description Floors and Ceilings F19 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F19 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F19 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. F19 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F19 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. F19 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & & F20a F20b F20 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F20 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board [45 min] (12) & Column SB-3 Page 44

151 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Joists Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep Assembly Number F20c F20d F20e F20f F20g F20h F20i F20j F20k F20l Description Floors and Ceilings F20 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F20 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F20 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F20 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F20 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F20 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F20 with F20 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F20 with F20 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 30 min [45 min] (11)(12) & & & & & & & & & Column SB-3 Page 45

152 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Assembly Number Description Floors and Ceilings Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) F21 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side Wood Floor Joists Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm Wood I-Joists min 38 mm x 38 mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep F21a F21b F21c F21d F21e F21f F21g F21h F21 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F21 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F21 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F21 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F21 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F21 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F21 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F21 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board 1 h & & & h & & & Column SB-3 Page 46

153 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F21i F21j F21k F21l F22 F22a F22b F22c F22d F22e Description Floors and Ceilings F21 with F21 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F21 with F21 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity 1 layer gypsum board on ceiling side F22 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F22 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F22 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F22 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F22 with Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & & & & & F22f F22 with & Column SB-3 Page 47

154 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F23 F23a F23b F23c F23d F23e F23f F24 F24a F24b Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Description Floors and Ceilings subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F23 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F23 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F23 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F23 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F23 with F23 with subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F24 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum F24 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & & & & Column SB-3 Page 48

155 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F25i F25j F25k F25l F26 F26a F26b Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Description Floors and Ceilings F25 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. F25 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F25 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. F25 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to trusses on ceiling side resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. attached to trusses through the gypsum board 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient channel F26 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board resilient metal channels 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F26 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board resilient metal channels 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & & Column SB-3 Page 51

156 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F26c F26d F26e F26f F27 F27a F27b F27c Description Floors and Ceilings F26 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board resilient metal channels 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F26 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board resilient metal channels 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F26 with resilient metal channels F26 with resilient metal channels subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F27 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F27 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F27 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & & min [45 min] (13) 48 (9) 39 Column SB-3 Page 52

157 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F27d F27e F27f F27g F27h F27i F27j F27k F27l Description Floors and Ceilings F27 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F27 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F27 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F27 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F27 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F27 with F27 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F27 with F27 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & 49 (9) 42 & & & 48 (9) 39 & 49 (9) 42 & & & & Column SB-3 Page 53

158 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F28 F28a F28b F28c F28d F28e F28f F28g F28h Description Floors and Ceilings subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F28 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F28 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F28 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F28 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F28 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F28 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F28 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F28 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & 48 (9) 40 & & & & 48 (9) 40 & & Column SB-3 Page 54

159 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F28i F28j F28k F28l F29 F29a F29b F29c Description Floors and Ceilings F28 with F28 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F28 with F28 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F29 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F29 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F29 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & & min [45 min] (13) Column SB-3 Page 55

160 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F29d F29e F29f F29g F29h F29i F29j F29k F29l Description Floors and Ceilings F29 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F29 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F29 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F29 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F29 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F29 with F29 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F29 with F29 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & & & & 48 (9) 40 & 49 (9) 41 Column SB-3 Page 56

161 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F30 F30a F30b F30c F30d F30e F30f F30g Description Floors and Ceilings one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F30 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F30 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F30 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F30 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F30 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F30 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F30 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & 49 (9) 40 & & & & & & Column SB-3 Page 57

162 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F30h F30i F30j F30k F30l F31 F31a F31b F31c Description Floors and Ceilings F30 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F30 with F30 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F30 with F30 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F31 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F31 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F31 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & & & & F31d F31 with & mm Type X gypsum board Column SB-3 Page 58

163 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Assembly Number F31e F31f Description Floors and Ceilings F31 with F31 with Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & F32 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) F32a F32b F32c F32d F32e F32f F32 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F32 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F32 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F32 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F32 with F32 with & & & & & & mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than F mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side Column SB-3 Page 59

164 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F33a F33b F33c F33d F33e F33f F33g F33h F33i F33j Description Floors and Ceilings F33 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F33 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F33 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F33 with resilient absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F33 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F33 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F33 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F33 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F33 with F33 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & min [45 min] (13) & & & & & & 49 (9) 19 & Column SB-3 Page 60

165 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F33k F33l F34 F34a F34b F34c F34d F34e F34f Description Floors and Ceilings F33 with F33 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F34 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F34 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F34 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F34 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F34 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F34 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & h & & & min & Column SB-3 Page 61

166 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F34g F34h F34i F34j F34k F34l F35 F35a F35b Description Floors and Ceilings F34 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F34 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F34 with F34 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F34 with F34 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F35 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F35 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & & & & 48 (9) 28 F35c F35 with & mm Type X gypsum board Column SB-3 Page 62

167 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F35d F35e F35f F36 F36a F36b F36c F36d F36e Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Description Floors and Ceilings F35 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F35 with F35 with 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F36 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F36 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F36 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F36 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F36 with Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & 48 (9) 28 & & & & 49 (9) 32 & & 49 (9) 32 & F36f F36 with & Column SB-3 Page 63

168 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F37 F37a F37b F37c F37d F37e F37f F37g F37h Description Floors and Ceilings 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F37 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F37 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F37 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F37 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F37 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F37 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F37 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F37 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 45 min & min [45 min] (13) & & & & & Column SB-3 Page 64

169 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F37i F37j F37k F37l F38 F38a F38b F38c F38d Description Floors and Ceilings F37 with F37 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F37 with F37 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F38 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F38 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F38 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F38 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & h & & & Column SB-3 Page 65

170 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length - minimum 235 mm depth) Assembly Number F38e F38f F38g F38h F38i F38j F38k F38l Description Floors and Ceilings F38 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F38 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F38 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F38 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F38 with F38 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F38 with F38 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 45 min & & & & & & & Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) F39 subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side Column SB-3 Page 66

171 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F41i F41j F41k F41l F42 F42a F42b F42c F42d Description Floors and Ceilings F41 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. F41 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F41 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. F41 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F42 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum F42 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F42 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F42 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) < 30 min < 30 min < 30 min < 30 min h h h h Column SB-3 Page 69

172 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F42e F42f F42g F42h F42i F42j F42k F42l Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Description Floors and Ceilings F42 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F42 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F42 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F42 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F42 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. F42 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F42 with metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c. F42 with metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 1 h h h h & & & & subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity F43 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to joists on ceiling side resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. attached to joists through the gypsum board 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient channels Column SB-3 Page 70

173 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F43a F43b F43c F43d F43e F43f F44 F44a Description Floors and Ceilings F43 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board resilient metal channels 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F43 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board resilient metal channels 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F43 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board resilient metal channels 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F43 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board resilient metal channels 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F43 with resilient metal channels F43 with resilient metal channels subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F44 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 1 h h h h & & & Column SB-3 Page 71

174 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F44b F44c F44d F44e F44f F44g F44h F44i F44j F44k Description Floors and Ceilings F44 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F44 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F44 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F44 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F44 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F44 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F44 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F44 with F44 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F44 with Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & min [45 min] (13) 48 (9) min [45 min] (13) 49 (9) 42 & & min [45 min] (13) 48 (9) min [45 min] (13) 49 (9) 42 < 30 min < 30 min < 30 min Column SB-3 Page 72

175 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F44l F45 F45a F45b F45c F45d F45e F45f F45g Description Floors and Ceilings F44 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F45 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F45 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F45 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F45 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F45 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F45 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F45 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) < 30 min h h 48 (9) 40 1 h h h h 48 (9) 40 1 h Column SB-3 Page 73

176 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F45h F45i F45j F45k F45l F46 F46a F46b Description Floors and Ceilings F45 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F45 with F45 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F45 with F45 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F46 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F46 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 1 h & & & & & & Column SB-3 Page 74

177 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F46c F46d F46e F46f F46g F46h F46i F46j F46k F46l Description Floors and Ceilings F46 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F46 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F46 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F46 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F46 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F46 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F46 with F46 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F46 with F46 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & & & & & 48 (9) 40 & 49 (9) 41 Column SB-3 Page 75

178 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F47 F47a F47b F47c F47d F47e F47f F47g Description Floors and Ceilings one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F47 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F47 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F47 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F47 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F47 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F47 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F47 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 1 h h h h h h h Column SB-3 Page 76

179 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F47h F47i F47j F47k F47l F48 Description Floors and Ceilings F47 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F47 with F47 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F47 with F47 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 1 h & & & & F48a F48b F48c F48 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F48 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F48 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board & & & F48d F48 with & mm Type X gypsum board Column SB-3 Page 77

180 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Assembly Number F48e F48f Description Floors and Ceilings F48 with F48 with Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & F49 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) F49a F49b F49c F49d F49e F49 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F49 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F49 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F49 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F49 with & & & & & F49f F49 with & Column SB-3 Page 78

181 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F50 F50a F50b F50c F50d F50e F50f F50g F50h Description Floors and Ceilings 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F50 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F50 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F50 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F50 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F50 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F50 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F50 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F50 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & & & & Column SB-3 Page 79

182 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F50i F50j F50k F50l F51 F51a F51b F51c F51d Description Floors and Ceilings F50 with F50 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F50 with F50 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F51 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F51 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F51 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F51 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & 49 (9) 19 & & & h h h min [45 min] (13) Column SB-3 Page 80

183 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F51e F51f F51g F51h F51i F51j F51k F51l Description Floors and Ceilings F51 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F51 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F51 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F51 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F51 with F51 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F51 with F51 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 1 h h h min [1 h] (13) & & & & F52 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F52a F52 with & mm Type X gypsum board Column SB-3 Page 81

184 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Assembly Number F52b F52c F52d F52e F52f Description Floors and Ceilings F52 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F52 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F52 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F52 with F52 with Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & 48 (9) 28 & & 48 (9) 28 & & Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) F53 F53a F53b F53c F53d F53e 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F53 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F53 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F53 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F53 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F53 with & & & & & F53f F53 with & Column SB-3 Page 82

185 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F54 F54a F54b F54c F54d F54e F54f F54g F54h Description Floors and Ceilings 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F54 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F54 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F54 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F54 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F54 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F54 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F54 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F54 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & & & & Column SB-3 Page 83

186 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F54i F54j F54k F54l F55 F55a F55b F55c F55d Description Floors and Ceilings F54 with F54 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F54 with F54 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2 ) subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F55 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F55 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F55 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F55 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & h h h min [1 h] (13) Column SB-3 Page 84

187 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F55e F55f F55g F55h F55i F55j F55k F55l Description Floors and Ceilings F55 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F55 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F55 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F55 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F55 with F55 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F55 with F55 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 1 h h h min [1 h] (13) & & & & F56 50 mm concrete 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side F56a F56 with & mm Type X gypsum board Column SB-3 Page 85

188 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Assembly Number F56b F56c F56d F56e F56f Description Floors and Ceilings F56 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F56 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F56 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F56 with F56 with Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & & Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) F57 F57a F57b F57c F57d F57e 50 mm concrete 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F57 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F57 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F57 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F57 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F57 with & & 49 (9) 32 & & 49 (9) 32 & F57f F57 with & Column SB-3 Page 86

189 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Assembly Number Description Floors and Ceilings Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) F58 50 mm concrete 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) F58a F58b F58c F58d F58e F58f F58g F58h F58 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F58 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F58 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F58 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F58 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F58 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F58 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F58 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board & & & & & & & & Column SB-3 Page 87

190 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F58i F58j F58k F58l F59 F59a F59b F59c Description Floors and Ceilings F58 with F58 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F58 with F58 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. 50 mm concrete 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material in cavity resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side F59 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum F59 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board F59 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) & & & & h h h Column SB-3 Page 88

191 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 e 2 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Type of Assembly Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) Assembly Number F59d F59e F59f F59g F59h F59i F59j F59k F59l Description Floors and Ceilings F59 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F59 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F59 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F59 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board F59 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c mm Type X gypsum board F59 with F59 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. F59 with F59 with resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) 45 min [1 h] (13) h h h min [1 h] (13) & & & & Column SB-3 Page 89

192 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-3 Type of Assembly Wood Roof Trusses Assembly Number R1 M1 Table 2 (Cont d) Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs Description Roofs Fire- Resistance Rating (4)(5)(6)(7) Typical Sound Transmission Class (4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) Typical Impact Insulation Class (4)(8)(10) (IIC) wood roof trusses (4) spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. 45 min & & 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (3) Roofs - Rating Provided by Membrane Only supporting members spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board 30 min & & M2 supporting members spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. 1 h & & 2 layers 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board Column Notes to Table 2: (1) For systems with a ceiling of a single layer of gypsum board on resilient channels, the resilient channel arrangement at the gypsum board butt end joints is to be as shown in Figure 1. (2) For systems with a ceiling of 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient channels, the fastener and resilient channel arrangement at the gypsum board butt end joints are to be as shown in Figure 2. (3) STC values given are for the minimum thickness of subfloor as shown. Minimum subfloor thickness required is determined by joist or truss spacing - see Table A. of Division B. Thicker subflooring is also acceptable. (4) Sound absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock, slag, or glass, or cellulose fibre either loose-fill or spray-applied. To obtain the listed STC rating, the nominal insulation thickness is 150 mm for rock, slag, or glass fibres or loose-fill cellulose fibre, and 90 mm for spray-applied cellulose fibre. Absorptive material will affect the STC by approximately adding or subtracting 1 per 50 mm change of thickness. (5) The fire and sound ratings are based on the spacing of ceiling supports as noted. A narrower spacing will be detrimental to the sound rating but not to the fire rating. (6) Type and spacing of fasteners shall be in accordance with Subsection of Division B or CSA A82.31-M: (i) fastener distance to board edges and butt ends shall be no less than 38 mm, except for fasteners on the butt ends of the base layer in ceilings with two layers (see Figure 2); and (ii) fasteners shall not be spaced more than 300 mm o.c. (7) See Sentence (2) in Supplementary Standard SB-2 for the significance of fire-resistance ratings. (8) STC values given are for depth of framing member noted. For shallower members, subtract 1 from the STC for each 50 mm reduction in framing depth. For framing members deeper than noted, add 1 to the STC for each 50 mm increase in framing depth. (9) STC values given reflect results for joist spacing of at least 400 mm o.c. unless otherwise specified. For joist spacing of at least 600 mm o.c., add 2 to the STC values given in the Table. (10) IIC values given are for floors tested with no finished flooring. (11) The fire rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes: (i) (ii) fibre processed from rock or slag with a thickness of 90 mm and 2.8 kg/m 2 ; or cellulose fibre spray-applied with a minimum depth of 90 mm on the underside of the deck and 90 mm on the sides of the floor joists, and a minimum density of 50 kg/m 3. (12) The fire-resistance rating values given only apply to systems with solid wood joists spaced not more than 400 mm o.c. No information is available on wood I-joists for these cases. (13) The fire rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock or slag with a thickness of 90 mm and 2.8 kg/m 2. SB-3 Page 90

193 Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing Building and Development Branch 2006 Building Code - Supplementary Standards Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measures for Fire Safety in High Buildings June 18, 2008 update Important Notice Revised Supplementary Standard SB-4 is effective April 1, Pages with shaded bars at the bottom are to replace the existing corresponding pages on April 1, Effective Date: April 1, 2010

194 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 m 3 COMMENCEMENT Supplementary Standard SB-4 comes into force on the 31st day of December, Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister s Ruling) MR-08-S-04 takes effect on the 1st day of April, Copyright Copyright Queen's Printer for Ontario 2008 All rights reserved. Questions regarding copyright, including reproduction and distribution, may be directed to the Director, Building and Development Branch of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing. Effective Date: April 1, 2010

195 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 CONTENTS Page Introduction... 1 Section 1: Building Code Provisions... 2 Section 2: Scope of Measures for Fire Safety in Existing High Buildings Section 3: Measures for Life Safety in Existing High Buildings Appendix A to SB-4: Graphs for Applying Smoke Control Measures Appendix B to SB-4: Assumptions Used in Developing Fire Safety Measures Appendix C to SB-4: Check of a Smoke Control System References Effective Date: April 1, 2010

196 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

197 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 m 3 SB-4 Measures for Fire Safety in High Buildings (This Supplementary Standard is based in large measure on the Supplement to the National Building Code of Canada 1990 and Appendix B of the National Building Code of Canada 2005) Introduction Experience with high buildings has demonstrated that the time required for the complete evacuation in these buildings can exceed that which is considered necessary for the safe egress of all occupants. Studies of the "chimney effect" and observations of smoke movement in fire conditions have shown that measures for containing a fire on a lower storey will not always prevent the movement of smoke through the elevator, stair or other vertical shafts to the upper storeys of a high building. Occupants of high buildings, and particularly those on upper storeys, may be faced with severe smoke conditions from fires occurring in storeys below them before their own evacuation is possible. The provisions in Section of Division B in the 2006 Building Code are intended to mitigate the risk to occupants of high buildings by restricting the generation and movement of smoke, ensuring adequate fire safety and by providing efficient access for firefighters. Application of SB-4: Design of New Buildings and Renovations to Existing Buildings This Standard is intended to assist in complying with the provisions in Subsection of Division B in the Code. These code provisions are elaborated upon in Section 1 of this Supplementary Standard which contains requirements applicable to both the design of new buildings and to the renovation of existing buildings. The explanatory material in Section 1 corresponding to Sentence (1) of Division B describes requirements applicable to the renovation of existing sprinklered buildings. The material in Section 1 related to Sentence (6) of Division B contains specific requirements which are intended to be applied to the renovation of existing buildings that are not sprinklered. Section 2 of this Supplementary Standard summarizes smoke control measures applicable to certain common building designs. Adoption of one of these measures is considered to be an acceptable means of complying with the requirements of the code for smoke control in existing buildings. Section 3, provides further details which are referenced in Section 2 and which can be utilized to achieve the strategies described in Section 2. Smoke Control in High Buildings The designer should understand the principles that govern smoke movement, and realize that the information contained in this Supplementary Standard is intended to be applied to buildings with conventional configurations. If the building under consideration has unconventional characteristics, the designer must determine the extent to which the contents of this standard are applicable and adjust the design accordingly. This is particularly true of strategies employing air-handling systems where, for example, a realistic assessment of the leakage characteristics of the enclosures of spaces into which air is introduced may be critical. In this context, special attention is drawn to the building pressurization approach used in conjunction with a smoke shaft. The recommendations contained in this Supplementary Standard for this approach were developed assuming a building with fairly uniform leakage characteristics. Where a building or building element departs substantially from this model, the design must be adjusted to compensate. An example of the latter condition would be a building which contains at the lower levels a large shopping complex of much greater floor area than at the higher levels. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 1

198 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Buildings regulated by Subsection of Division B will likely be in an area served by a fire department capable of an early response and that the response will be directed by the officer in charge of the fire department responding to the emergency. It is important that fire fighters be provided with a smoke free access to fire floors below grade. Provisions are included to separate exit stairways serving storeys above grade from those serving storeys below grade, and to limit entry of smoke into these shafts. Similarly, elevator hoistways and service shafts are required to be provided with a separation near grade, or be designed to limit their acting as paths of smoke movement into upper floor areas from storeys below grade. During a fire emergency, it is assumed that the occupants of the floor on which the fire occurs will leave by exit stairs immediately following the sounding of a fire alarm, and that occupants of the floor immediately above the floor on which the fire occurs will be advised to leave by the first fire department officer on the scene or other person assigned this responsibility. Occupants of all other floors may remain on their floors unless otherwise directed. It is also assumed that the owner of the building has prepared and filed a comprehensive fire safety plan to safeguard the building occupants and that the building supervisory staff are familiar with the provisions of Subsection of Division B and with their responsibilities under the fire safety plan. It is further assumed that the cumulative population of storeys below grade divided by 1.8 times the width in metres of all exit stairs at the storey under consideration will not exceed the 300 limit referred to in Article of Division B, and that occupants of storeys below grade will evacuate the building by the stairshafts immediately after the discovery of a fire in a storey below grade. The Building Code requires that a check be made of the smoke control system when requested by the authority having jurisdiction in accordance with the procedures described in Appendix C of this Supplementary Standard. This check will indicate deficiencies caused by inexact estimates of the leakage characteristics or of air supply requirements and, in all but the most extreme cases, will provide an opportunity for appropriate adjustments before the system is put into service. Section 1: Building Code Provisions [ (1)] Limits to Smoke Movement in Existing Buildings that are Sprinklered (1) An existing building that is sprinklered and is governed by the provisions of Subsection of Division B shall be designed in accordance with Sentences (2) to (9) to limit the danger to occupants and fire fighters from exposure to smoke in a building fire. Smoke Protection for Floor Areas (2) Except as provided in Sentences (5) to (9), a building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so that, during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire, all floor areas that are above the lowest exit storey will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire floor, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis determined in conformance with Supplementary Standard SB-1. Smoke Protection for Exit Stairs (3) Except as provided in Sentences (6), (8) and (9), a building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire, the limit described in Sentence (2) on the movement of contaminated air into other floor areas is not exceeded in, (a) each exit stair serving storeys above the lowest exit level, and (b) each exit stair serving storeys below the lowest exit level. SB-4 Page 2 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

199 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Smoke Protection for Fire Fighters Elevators (4) Except as provided in Sentences (6) and (8), a building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire, the limit described in Sentence (2) on the movement of contaminated air into other floor areas is not exceeded in a shaft that contains an elevator for use by fire fighters required by Article of Division B. Areas of Refuge (5) In a building of Group C major occupancy classification, the requirements of Sentence (2) are waived where occupants above the first storey can enter and be safely accommodated in floor areas or parts of floor areas that shall (a) be designated and identified in the building as areas of refuge, (b) be located on every storey except if the building is not more that 75 m, measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, on every fifth storey, (c) provide not less than 0.5 m 2 of floor space per ambulatory occupant and 1.5 m 2 of floor space per non-ambulatory occupant, (d) have access corridors and doors leading to each designated part of a floor area on the same storey sufficient to provide 3.67 mm of width for every person who may have to use these passages to reach the designated part of a floor area, (e) have access stairs from intervening storeys leading to each designated part of a floor area sufficient to provide 5.5 mm of width for every person who may have to use these stairs to reach the designated part of a floor area, and (f) not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire floor during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis determined in conformance with Supplementary Standard SB-1. Sprinklered Buildings (6) The requirements of Sentences (2) and (4), and Clause (3)(a) are waived when a building is sprinklered, and, (a) the sprinkler system is equipped with a water flow and supervisory signal system that will, (i) transmit automatically a waterflow signal directly to the fire department, or through an independent central station, (ii) transmit automatically other supervisory signals to a proprietary control centre or to an independent central station, and (iii) actuate a signal at the central alarm and control facility described in Article of Division B, (b) each stairway that serves storeys above the lowest exit level is vented to the outdoors at or near the bottom of the stair shaft, (c) measures are taken to limit movement of smoke from a fire in a floor area below the lowest exit storey into upper storeys (refer to measure A), and (d) except for exhaust fans in kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, and except for fans used for smoke venting in Article of Division B, air moving fans in a system that serves more than 2 storeys shall be designed and installed so that in the event of a fire these fans can be stopped by means of a manually operated switch at the central alarm and control facility. Lower Buildings (7) The requirements of Sentence (2) are waived in a building of Group C major occupancy classification where, (a) the building is not more than 75 m high measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, and (b) the number of occupants of storeys above grade is not more than 3.6 times the area in square metres of treads and landings in the exit stairs serving these storeys. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 3

200 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Residential Buildings (8) The requirements of Sentences (2) and (4) and Clause (3)(a) are waived in a building of Group C major occupancy classification, (a) where each suite above grade has direct access to an exterior balcony that conforms to the requirements of Sentence (7) of Division B, (b) where each stairway that serves storeys above the lowest exit level is vented to the outdoors at or near the bottom of the stair shaft, (c) where measures are taken to limit movement of smoke from a fire in a floor area below the lowest exit storey into upper storeys, and (d) where, except for exhaust fans in kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are designed and installed so that in the event of a fire such fans can be stopped by means of a manually operated switch at the central alarm and control facility where the system serves more than 2 storeys. (9) The requirements of Sentences (2) and (3) are waived in a Group C major occupancy apartment building. [ (2)] Stairway Protection Below Lowest Exit Level These provisions are intended to apply to common building designs. Where a stair from below grade is open to the exterior above or where a stair serves only one storey below grade other strategies may be considered. A stairway serving floors below the lowest exit level is considered to comply with the intent of Sentence (2) of Division B if the following conditions are satisfied. (1) The stairway has a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the top of the stairshaft that has an openable area of not less than 0.1 m 2 for each storey served by the stairway, less 0.01 m 2 for each weatherstripped door and 0.02 m 2 for each door that is not weatherstripped opening into the stairway. (2) The stairway is enclosed in a shaft that (a) does not pass through the floor above the lowest exit level and is separate from a shaft that contains a stairway serving upper storeys, or (b) contains a stairway serving upper storeys, but is separated from that stairway at the lowest exit level by a fire separation having a fire resistance rating not less than that required for the shaft enclosure. (3) The stairway is provided with equipment capable of maintaining a flow of air introduced at or near the bottom of the stair shaft, at a rate equal to 0.47 m 3 /s for each storey served by the stairway. [ (3)] Requirements for Stair Shafts Serving Storeys Above Lowest Exit Level Open doors and vents at the bottom of a stair shaft that serve storeys above the lowest exit level, will create a positive pressure in the shaft relative to adjacent floor areas and thus prevent smoke infiltration into the shaft. This pressure differential, created as a result of the stack effect will be the greatest during the winter, when the difference in temperature between the interior and the exterior of the building is most pronounced. If a stair shaft does not have a direct opening to the exterior, alternative means must be provided to achieve the pressure differential and consequent smoke control. In the instance where a corridor or vestibule is used as a link between the exit level of an interior stair shaft and the outdoors, it will be necessary to assess the reliability and performance of the overall system in creating the necessary stair way pressurization. The probability of all doors or closures being opened at the same time as well as the size of the vestibule and its impact on the overall smoke control system are factors that need to be considered. SB-4 Page 4 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

201 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 If mechanical methods are used to develop a positive pressure in a stair shaft, a minimum pressure differential of 12 Pa is recommended to prevent smoke migration from floor areas in a sprinklered building where fire temperatures are controlled and smoke movement may be dominated by stack effect in a stair shaft. During a fire emergency, persons will be entering and exiting a stair shaft as they move to a place of safety and under these conditions the number of doors open to the stair shaft cannot be predetermined. The number will vary depending on the occupancy of the building, population density and the evacuation plan for the building. It should be assumed that two doors are open. This is based in part as a practical level for most buildings and considers the positive fire experience in sprinklered buildings. The maximum pressure differential created by a mechanical system should not prevent doors to the stair shafts from being opened. A specific maximum value cannot be given, as this value will depend on the door opening force and size of the door. These values should be calculated for each specific case. A maximum value of 130 N is suggested by research as the force that can be opened by the majority of people in most occupancies, however this value is above the maximum value of 90 N generally specified in this Code (Section 3.4. of Division B). The use of values below 130 N can create a practical problem in achieving effective smoke control as it is difficult to design for the acceptable minimum and maximum pressure differential range. Special consideration may need to be given to doors located in a barrier free path of travel. Care should be taken by designers and by building and fire officials in implementation of these requirements. Assumptions involved in the design of a smoke control system may be different from final construction conditions. For this reason each system should be tested after installation to ensure that the design intent is met. The minimum pressure differential is not intended to apply to locations in stair shafts when nearby doors are open to adjacent floor areas. [ (4)] Limiting Smoke Movement into Storeys Above Lowest Exit Level. Measures to prevent the migration of smoke from floor areas below the lowest exit storey into upper storeys include the following. (1) An elevator hoistway that passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey should not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey, unless there is a vestibule between the shaft and each floor area below the lowest exit storey that (a) has a fire separation, with a fire resistance rating not less than 45 min, between the vestibule and any public corridor, (b) has a fire separation, with a fire resistance rating not less than that required for an exit by Article of Division B, between the vestibule and any stair or elevator enclosure or any part of a floor area, other than a public corridor, and (c) except for elevator hoistway entrances, has a self closing device on any door through the fire separation required by Clauses (a) and (b), with the door opening in the direction of travel from the floor area to the exit stairway. (2) A vertical service space, other than an elevator hoistway, that passes through the floor assembly above the lowest exit storey, should be provided with a tight fitting noncombustible seal or fire stop at the floor assembly of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey, unless (a) the vertical service space is vented to the outdoors at the top and the vent has an openable area that is not less than (i) that obtained from Graph 1 in Appendix A to SB-4 if the vertical service space is in a building in which other shafts are not mechanically pressurized, or (ii) that obtained from Graph 2 in Appendix A to SB-4 if the vertical service space is in a building in which other shafts are mechanically pressurized, (b) for a shaft that serves floor areas above the lowest exit storey, a vent is located (i) at or near the top of the shaft if the shaft is above the mid height of the building, or (ii) at or near the foot of the shaft at or near the exit level if the top of the shaft is below the mid height of the building, or (c) for a shaft that serves floor areas below the lowest exit storey, a vent is located at or near the top of the shaft. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 5

202 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 (3) Any closure provided for a vent opening referred to in Sentence (2) must be openable: (a) manually, (b) on a signal from a smoke detector located at or near the top of the shaft, and (c) by a control device located at the central alarm and control facility. [ (6)] Limits to Smoke Movement in Existing Buildings that are Not Sprinklered (1) An existing building that is not sprinklered and that is governed by the provisions of Subsection of Division B shall be designed in accordance with Sentences (2) to (8) to limit the danger to occupants and fire fighters from exposure to smoke in a building fire. Smoke Protection for Floor Areas (2) Except as provided in Sentences (5) to (8), a building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so that, during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire, all floor areas that are above the lowest exit storey will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire floor, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis determined in conformance with Supplementary Standard SB-1. Smoke Protection for Exit Stairs (3) Except as provided in Sentences (7) and (8), a building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire, the limit described in Sentence (2) on the movement of contaminated air into other floor areas is not exceeded in, (a) each exit stair serving storeys above the lowest exit level, and (b) each exit stair serving storeys below the lowest exit level. Smoke Protection for Fire Fighters Elevators (4) Except as provided in Sentence (7), a building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire, the limit described in Sentence (2) on the movement of contaminated air into other floor areas is not exceeded in a shaft that contains an elevator for use by fire fighters required by Article of Division B. Areas of Refuge (5) In a building of Group C major occupancy classification, the requirements of Sentence (2) are waived where occupants above the first storey can enter and be safely accommodated in floor areas or parts of floor areas that shall (a) be designated and identified in the building as areas of refuge, (b) be located on every storey except if the building is not more that 75 m, measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, on every fifth storey, (c) provide not less than 0.5 m 2 of floor space per ambulatory occupant and 1.5 m 2 of floor space per non-ambulatory occupant, (d) have access corridors and doors leading to each designated part of a floor area on the same storey sufficient to provide 3.67 mm of width for every person who may have to use these passages to reach the designated part of a floor area, (e) have access stairs from intervening storeys leading to each designated part of a floor area sufficient to provide 5.5 mm of width for every person who may have to use these stairs to reach the designated part of a floor area, and (f) not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire floor during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis determined in conformance with Supplementary Standard SB-1. SB-4 Page 6 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

203 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Lower Buildings (6) The requirements of Sentence (2) are waived in a building of Group C major occupancy classification where, (a) the building is not more than 75 m high measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, and (b) the number of occupants of storeys above grade is not more than 3.6 times the area in square metres of treads and landings in the exit stairs serving these storeys. Residential Buildings (7) The requirements of Sentences (2) and (4) and Clause (3)(a) are waived in a building of Group C major occupancy classification, where (a) each suite above grade has direct access to an exterior balcony that conforms to the requirements of Sentence (7) of Division B, (b) each stairway that serves storeys above the lowest exit level is vented to the outdoors at or near the bottom of the stair shaft, (c) measures are taken to limit movement of smoke from a fire in a floor area below the lowest exit storey into upper storeys, and (d) where, except for exhaust fans in kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are designed and installed so that in the event of a fire such fans can be stopped by means of a manually operated switch at the central alarm and control facility where the system serves more than 2 storeys. (8) The requirements of Sentences (2) and (3) are waived in a Group C major occupancy apartment building. [ (1)] Connected Buildings The measures described here are intended to prevent movement of smoke from one building to another where at least one building is a high building. They are of particular significance for two buildings of unequal height that are joined together. The measures suggested include the provision of a large opening to the outdoors in a connecting vestibule enabling smoke entering through leakage areas around doors to be vented to the outdoors, or pressurization to maintain a higher pressure in the vestibule than in adjacent spaces, as illustrated in Figures 17 and 18 in Section 2. The provisions for protection of openings are described in terms applicable doorways, as this is expected to be the most commonly occurring opening. Openings other than doorways should be avoided if possible. Openings should be protected by an airlock that gives the at least the same level of protection as the vestibule described below. The requirement of Article of Division B limiting the movement of smoke from one building to another may be met by incorporating in the link between the buildings the provisions of Sentences (1) and (2) described below. (1) A firewall conforming to Subsection of Division B is constructed between one building and the other with any opening in the firewall protected against the passage of smoke by a vestibule that has (a) a fire separation between the vestibule and a public corridor with a fire resistance rating not less than 45 min, (b) a fire separation between the vestibule and the remainder of the floor area, other than a public corridor, with a fire resistance rating not less than that required by Article of Division B for an exit, (c) a fire separation between the vestibule and a stair enclosure or elevator hoistway with a fire resistance rating not less than that required by Article of Division B for an exit, and (d) any door in the fire separation required by Clauses (a), (b) or (c), except for an elevator entrance, provided with a self closing device as required by Article of Division B and opening in the direction of travel from the floor area to the exit stairway. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 7

204 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 (2) The vestibule referred to in Sentence (1) should have (a) a vent to the outdoors that has a net area of 10(0.023d a) m 2, where 'd' is the number of doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m that open into the vestibule, or if the perimeter of doors exceeds 6 m, the value 'd' is increased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter, and 'a' is the area in square metres of enclosing walls, floors and ceilings whose outer face is in contact with the outside air, except that where the outer face of a wall is in contact with the ground or fill, it is assumed that there is no leakage through that portion, and the value of 'a' is assumed to be zero, or (b) equipment capable of maintaining a supply of air into the vestibule sufficient to ensure that the air pressure in the vestibule when the doors are closed is higher by at least 12 Pa than that in adjacent floor areas when the outdoor temperature is equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis. [ (6)(b)] Electrical Cable Protection Electrical cables that provide continuous operation for 1 hour when subjected to the fire exposure/temperature curve of CAN/ULC-S101M, Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials, do not need additional protection against exposure to fire. [ (1)] Venting to Aid Firefighting (1) The requirements of Sentence (1) of Division B and of Measures H or I are met by incorporating in a floor area windows or wall panels as described in Sentence (2), by smoke shafts as described in Sentences (3) to (7) or by the use of building exhaust systems as described in Sentence (8). (2) Where windows or wall panels are used for venting as required in Sentence (1), they must (a) be uniformly distributed along the exterior wall of each storey, (b) have a total area of not less than one per cent of the exterior wall area of each storey, (c) be readily openable from the interior without the use of wrenches or keys, (d) be readily identified from the interior, and from the exterior where they are accessible to fire fighters, and (e) be designed so that when opened they will not endanger persons outside the building during a fire. (3) Where one or more smoke shafts or vertical service spaces are used for venting to meet the requirements of Sentence (1), they must (a) have an opening or openings into each storey with an aggregate area not less than that obtained from Table 1 for the height of the shaft, the area of the largest floor area served by the smoke shaft and the leakage characteristics of the shaft wall and dampers obtained from Tables 2 and 3, (b) have an aggregate unobstructed cross-sectional area equal to that provided in Clause (a), and (c) be designed to comply with the requirements of Sentence (4). (4) Each smoke shaft or vertical service space described in Sentence (3) must (a) be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating at least equal to that required for the floor assembly through which it passes, or be designed as a chimney conforming to Part 6 of Division B, except that flue liners need not be provided, (b) have an opening to the outdoors at the top that has an area not less than the cross-sectional area of the shaft which may be protected from the weather, (c) terminate not less than 900 mm above the roof surface where it penetrates the roof, and (d) contain no combustible material, fuel lines or services that are required for use in an emergency. SB-4 Page 8 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

205 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 (5) Each opening required by Clause (3)(a) must be located so that the top of the opening is not more than 250 mm below the ceiling, except that the opening may be above the ceiling if the ceiling freely allows passage of air and the opening into the smokeshaft is provided with a closure that (a) has a fire-protection rating conforming to Sentence (2) of Division B, except that the temperature on the unexposed face of the closure is not more than 250 C after 30 min during the fire test and there is no combustible material within the distances described in Table 4, and except that paint or tightly-adhering paper covering not more than 1 mm thick shall be exempted from these requirements when applied to a noncombustible backing, (b) can be opened from a remote location such as a stairshaft, the storey immediately below or the central alarm and control facility, and (c) must not open automatically on any floor, other than the fire floor, when smoke or hot gases pass through the shaft. (6) Closures for openings described in Clause 4(b) are to be openable from the outside and will open automatically on a signal from a smoke detector in the shaft, by operation of the fire alarm system and when a closure required in Sentence (5) opens. (7) A smoke shaft opening referred to in Sentence (2) or (3) that is less than mm above the floor must be protected by guards in conformance with Article of Division B. (8) In a sprinklered building the air handling system may be used for smoke venting provided (a) the system can maintain an exhaust to the outdoors at the rate of six air changes per hour from any floor area, and (b) emergency power to the fans required by (a) is provided as described in Article of Division B. (9) Where a damper is required by Sentence (5), the leakage area between damper components and between damper and frame must be not more than 3 per cent of the openable area of the damper. Table 1 2 (1),( 3) Minimum Size of Vent Openings into Smoke Shafts from Each Floor Area, m Floor Area, m 2 Leakage Area, Building Height, m % (2) Column Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 9

206 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Table 1 (Cont d) 2 (1),( 3) Minimum Size of Vent Openings into Smoke Shafts from Each Floor Area, m Floor Area, m 2 Leakage Area, Building Height, m % (2) Column Notes to Table 1: (1) The minimum size of a vent opening into a smoke shaft is obtained from Table 1 and is dependant on the floor area and total leakage area of the smoke shaft walls and dampers. This total leakage area may be estimated by adding the leakage areas for the shaft wall obtained from Table 2 and for the dampered openings obtained from Table 3 provided the cross-sectional area of the smoke shaft, the opening into the shaft and the opening to the outdoors at the top of the shaft are equal. (2) Leakage area is the total of the leakage area of smoke shaft wall obtained from Table 2 and the leakage area of dampered opening in smoke shafts obtained from Table 3. (3) The size of the vent opening refers to the free or unobstructed area of the opening. SB-4 Page 10 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

207 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Table 2 Leakage Area of Smoke Shaft Wall Wall Construction Leakage Area as a Per Cent of Wall Area Monolithic concrete 0.5 Masonry wall unplastered 1.5 Masonry wall plastered 0.5 Gypsum board on steel studs 1.0 Column 1 2 Table 3 Leakage Area of Dampered Openings in Smoke Shaft Type of Damper (1) (2), (3) Leakage Area as a Per Cent of Damper Area Curtain fire damper 2.5 Single-blade fire damper 3.5 Multi-blade fire damper 4.5 Column 1 2 Notes to Table 3: (1) For descriptions of dampers refer to Article of Division B. (2) Values include allowance for 0.5 per cent leakage between frame and wall construction. (3) These leakage data contemplate clearances applicable to fire dampers which have been tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S112-M90, "Fire Test of Fire-Damper Assemblies." Area of Damper, (1) m 2 Table 4 Minimum Distance from Damper to Combustible Material Minimum Distance in Front of or Above Damper, m Minimum Distance to the Sides or Below Damper, m (2) Column Notes to Table 4: (1) For damper areas between those given in Table 4, interpolation may be used to determine the appropriate distances. (2) For damper areas greater than 2.5 m 2, the minimum distance in front of or above the damper shall be one half of the square root of the damper area, and the minimum distance to the sides or below the damper shall be one quarter of the square root of the damper area. [ (1)] Protection of Central Control Room The design of a room provided for a central alarm and control facility should be adequately protected from fire and smoke and take into account the nature and sensitivity of the electronic components of the equipment it contains. The room should also be ventilated with a supply of fresh air in order to maintain a clean environment. Adequate lighting is also required. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 11

208 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 [ (2)] Central Control Room Air Control Depending on the method of mechanical venting and air control that is selected for the building, additional controls may be required at the central alarm and control facility. These additional controls include those with a capability of opening closures to vents in shafts, stopping air handling systems, and initiating mechanical air supply to stair shafts. [ (1)] Testing for Smoke Control The efficiency of a smoke control system maybe checked by measuring pressure differences and the directions of airflow around doors and through separating walls of compartments. A pressure meter can be used to measure pressure differences on either side of a door or partition. Where this is impracticable, a punk stick held near a crack will indicate the direction of airflow. Measurements of airflow may be taken on the intake side of supply fans or in supply ducts to determine whether the specified airflow is being provided. In general, airflow should be from the spaces which may be occupied for various lengths of time during a fire emergency (e.g., vestibules, stair shafts, and elevator hoistways) toward the space in which the fire is assumed to have occurred. Measurements may be taken at certain critical locations to check the overall efficiency of the smoke control system. In buildings where protection is obtained by venting corridors or vestibules to the outdoors, inspection of the building to determine whether the requirements have been met should be sufficient. Where service shafts are vented to the outdoors at the top, a check may be made of the wall between the shaft and the uppermost occupied floor areas, to ensure that the direction of flow is from each floor area into the shaft, when the vent to the outside is open and the outdoor air temperature is significantly less than that indoors. Where mechanically pressurized vestibules are used, a check may be made to ensure that the pressure in each vestibule or area of refuge is greater than that in the adjacent floor areas at each floor level. Doors to stair shafts, elevator hoistways and vestibules in locations subject to pressure differences that may interfere with normal opening should be checked when the outdoor temperature is near the January design temperature, with the air injection system operating and a number of windows open to the outdoors on each floor in turn. Section 2 Scope of Measures for Fire Safety in Existing High Buildings This Supplementary Standard includes a number of detailed measures that may be incorporated in a building in order to comply with the requirements relating to control of smoke for existing buildings. It is not the intention to exclude other means of attaining the same objectives. Where smoke control methods other than those described in this Supplementary Standard are developed, they may be based on the information in Appendix B of this Supplementary Standard. Smoke control measures appropriate to existing buildings vary depending on the height and occupancy of a building. In a sprinklered building, the requirements for control of smoke movement are minimal (see Measure A, Section 3). In very tall buildings, limits are placed on the penetration of smoke into exit stairs, elevators for fire fighters and all floor areas other than the one on which fire occurs. Such limits are achieved by Measures B, D, F, H and I in Section 3. In certain buildings of lesser height and limited population, exit stairs and elevators for fire fighters are protected and smoke may be expected to enter upper floor areas. This situation applies where Measures C, E, G and J, described in Section 3, are employed. In other buildings, the spread of smoke into shafts and floor areas is accepted, but areas of refuge are provided that are maintained smoke free, that can be reached by all people in the building within a few minutes and that are linked to outdoors by safe means of egress. They are described in Measures K and L in Section 3. SB-4 Page 12 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

209 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Where Measures A, B, D, F, H and I in Section 3 are applied, it is assumed that in the event of fire occupants of the floor on which the fire occurs will leave by exit stairs immediately following the sounding of a fire alarm, and that occupants of the floor immediately above the floor on which the fire occurs will be advised to leave by the first fire department officer on the scene or other person assigned this responsibility. Occupants of all other floors may remain on their floors unless otherwise directed. Where Measures C, E, G and J in Section 3 are applied, it is assumed that occupants of all floors will move immediately into the stairshafts and will then proceed slowly to the outdoors following the sounding of a general fire alarm. Where Measure K in Section 3 is applied (i.e. the building is divided vertically into two zones), it is assumed that occupants of the floor on which the fire originates will leave by exit stairs, and that the occupants of all other floors in the zone in which the fire is discovered will move through vestibules or bridges to floor areas on the same level in the fire-free smoke control region immediately following the sounding of a fire alarm. Occupants may remain in these areas of refuge until further directed by the fire department officer. Where Measure L in Section 3 is applied, it is assumed that occupants of the floor on which the fire originates will leave by the exit stairs, and that occupants of all other floors will move by corridors or stairs to areas of refuge that are distributed throughout the building immediately following the sounding of the fire alarm. Occupants may remain in these areas of refuge until otherwise directed. In a residential building where reliance is placed on balconies as places of refuge from smoke, as described in Measure M in Section 3, occupants may remain in their suites when a general fire alarm is given, but should be prepared to move on to their balconies if conditions in the suite should become untenable. It is assumed that the cumulative population of storeys below grade divided by 1.8 times the width in metres of all exit stairs at the storey under consideration will not exceed the 300 limit referred to in Article of Division B, and that occupants of storeys below grade will evacuate the building by the stairshafts immediately after the discovery of a fire in a storey below grade. It is also important that fire fighters are provided with a smoke-free access to fire floors below grade. Measures A, B, C, D, E, F, G, L and M include provisions designed to separate the exit stairs serving storeys above grade from those serving storeys below grade, and to limit entry of smoke into these shafts. Elevator shafts and service shafts are required to be provided with a separation near grade, or be designed to limit their functioning as paths of smoke movement into upper floor areas. In Measures H, I and J, no special precautions are necessary to protect shafts in storeys below grade, because the system of pressurization plus venting of the fire floor protects all shafts, whether or not these penetrate storeys below grade. In Measure K, the separation into two zones is maintained in storeys below grade. Smoke-free access will thus be available to any floor on which the fire occurs. Synopsis of Measures for Fire Safety in High Buildings Each of the measures is illustrated by a sketch with notes describing the applicable conditions (Figures 1 to 18). These sketches are intended as a guide to the detailed requirements and as an aid to finding the relative clauses, but they are not intended to limit in any way the scope of the detailed provisions which in general provide a wider range of choice than can be shown in the sketches and notes. A summary of requirements applicable to all buildings, regardless of the measure being used, is given in the following paragraph. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 13

210 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Requirements Common to all Measures for Fire Safety in High Buildings (1) Elevators controlled by keyed switch (Article of Division B). (2) Elevator for fire fighters required (Article of Division B). (3) Means of venting each floor area to outdoors by smokeshaft, windows or building exhaust system (Article of Division B). (4) Certain floor areas in the building to be sprinklered (Articles and of Division B). (5) Limits on flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification for interior finish materials in certain locations (Article of Division B). (6) Central alarm and control facility required (Article of Division B). (7) Voice communication system required if building is more than 36 m high (Article of Division B). (8) Fire protection required for electrical feeders to emergency equipment (Article of Division B). (9) Power to operate emergency lighting, fire alarm and voice communication systems (Articles and of Division B). (10) Emergency power to operate elevators required if building is more than 36 m high (Article of Division B). SB-4 Page 14 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

211 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure A Fully Sprinklered Building Figure 1 Typical floor plan, Measure A Measure A satisfies (1) provision (6) as described in Section 1 for existing sprinklered buildings of any major occupancy classification. No limit on height. All floor areas sprinklered ( (1) provision (6) as described in Section 1). Limits on flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications described in Sentence (1) of Division B are relaxed (Sentence (2) of Division B). 1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3A(2))* Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that storey (3A(3)). Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3A(3)). 2. Elevator shaft terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in every storey below the lowest exit storey (3A(5)). 3. Vertical service spaces, other than elevator shafts, provided with firestops at the first floor below the lowest exit storey or vented to outdoors at top during a fire emergency (3A(6)). Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys ( (1) provision (6)(d) as described in Section 1). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 15

212 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure B Open Corridor Access to Stairs and Elevators (including restrictions on movement of smoke from floor to floor) Figure 2 Typical floor plan, Measure B Measure B satisfies (6) provisions (2) to (4) as described in Section 1 for any major occupancy classification. No limit on height. 1. Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that storey (3B(3)).* Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3B(3)). 2. Elevator shaft terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in every storey below the lowest exit storey (3B(4)). 3. Vertical service spaces, other than elevator shafts, provided with firestops at the first floor below the lowest exit storey and at intervals of not more than five storeys or vented to outdoors at top during a fire emergency (3B(5)). 4. Open corridor or balcony providing access to stairs and elevator for fire fighters (3B(2)). Elevator shaft and stairshaft heating restrictions. Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3B(6)). Certain dampers close in air handling ducts during a fire emergency (3B(8)). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. SB-4 Page 16 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

213 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure C Open Corridor Access to Stairs and Elevators (no additional restrictions on movement of smoke from floor to floor) Figure 3 Typical floor plan, Measure C Measure C satisfies (6) provision (6) as described in Section 1 for Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancy classification. Limit on population ( (6) provision (6) as described in Section 1). Limited to buildings not more than 75 m high ( (6) provision (6) as described in Section 1). 1. Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that storey (3C(3)).* Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3C(3)). 2. Elevator shaft terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in every storey below the lowest exit storey (3C(4)). 3. Open corridor or balcony providing access to stairs and elevator for fire fighters (3C(2)). Elevator shaft and stairshaft heating restrictions. Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3C(5)). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 17

214 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure D Protected Vestibule Access to Stairs and Elevators (including restrictions on movement of smoke from floor to floor) Figure 4 Typical floor plan, Measure D Measure D satisfies (6) provisions (2) to (4) as described in Section 1 in existing buildings of any major occupancy classification. No limit on height. 1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3D(7)).* Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that level (3D(8)). Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3D(8)). 2. Elevator shaft terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in every storey below the lowest exit storey (3D(13)). 3. Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters is provided with vent to outdoors at bottom during a fire emergency if the vestibule protection is by pressurization (3D(9)). 4. Vertical service spaces, other than elevator shafts, provided with firestops at the first floor below the lowest exit storey and at intervals of not more than five storeys or vented to outdoors at top during a fire emergency (3D(11)). 5. Vestibule vented to outdoors during a fire emergency or pressurized (3D(5)). Vents to vestibules openable from central control facility if building is more than 36 m high (3D(6)). Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3D(14)). Certain dampers close in air handling ducts during a fire emergency (3D(15)). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. SB-4 Page 18 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

215 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure E Protected Vestibule Access to Stairs and Elevators (no additional restrictions on movement of smoke from floor to floor) Figure 5 Typical floor plan, Measure E Measure E satisfies (6) provision (6) as described in Section 1 for Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancy classification. Limit on population ( (6) provision (6) as described in Section 1). Limited to buildings not more than 75 m high ( (6) provision (6) as described in Section 1). 1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3E(6)).* Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that level (3E(7)). Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3E(7)). 2. Elevator shaft terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in every storey below the lowest exit storey (3E(10)). No special protection against smoke for elevator shafts or vertical service spaces other than a shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters. 3. Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters is provided with vent to outdoors at bottom during a fire emergency (3E(8)). 4. Vestibule vented to outdoors during a fire emergency or pressurized (3E(4)). Vents to vestibules openable from central control facility if building is more than 36 m high (3E(5)). Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3E(11)). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 19

216 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure F Pressurized Stairshafts and Elevator Shafts (including restrictions on movement of smoke from floor to floor) Figure 6 Typical floor plan, Measure F Measure F satisfies (6) provisions (2) to (4) as described in Section 1 in existing buildings of any major occupancy classification. No limit on height. 1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3F(2)).* Stairshaft pressurized during a fire emergency (3F(2)). Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that level (3F(3)). Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3F(3)). 2. Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters is pressurized during a fire emergency (3F(4)). 3. Vertical service spaces, other than elevator shafts, provided with firestops at the first floor below the lowest exit storey and at intervals of not more than five storeys or vented to outdoors at top during a fire emergency (3F(7)). Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3F(11)). Certain dampers in air-handling ducts close during a fire emergency (3F(12)). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. SB-4 Page 20 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

217 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure G Pressurized Stairshafts and Elevator Shafts (no additional restrictions on movement of smoke from floor to floor) Figure 7 Typical floor plan, Measure G Measure G satisfies (6) provision (6) as described in section 1 for Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancy classification. Limit on population ( (6) provision (6) as described in section 1). Limited to buildings not more than 75 m high ( (6) provision (6) as described in section 1). 1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3G(2)).* Stairshaft pressurized during a fire emergency (3G(2)). Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that level (3G(3)). Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3G(3)). 2. Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters is pressurized during a fire emergency (3G(4)). 3. No special protection against smoke for elevator shafts or vertical service spaces other than a shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters. Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3G(7)). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 21

218 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure H Building Fully Pressurized Figure 8 Typical floor plan, Measure H Measure H satisfies (6) provisions (2) to (4) as described in Section 1 in existing buildings of any major occupancy classification. No limit on height 1. All floor areas pressurized during a fire emergency (3H(2)).* Provision for modulating air supply for building pressurization during warm weather (3H(4)). 2. Fire floor provided with means of venting to outdoors by smokeshaft or windows (3H(7)). 3. A proportion of air for building pressurization directed into stairshafts (3H(2)). Doors to outdoors in stairshafts not held open during a fire emergency (3H(5)). 4. Except as required for venting, all openings in perimeter walls and roof are kept closed during a fire emergency (3H(5)). Except as required for pressurization, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3H(4)). Certain dampers in air handling ducts are closed during a fire emergency (3H(6)). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. SB-4 Page 22 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

219 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure I Partially Pressurized Building (including restrictions on movement of smoke from floor to floor outside core) Figure 9 Typical floor plan, Measure I Measure I satisfies (6) provisions (2) to (4) as described in Section 1 in existing buildings of any major occupancy classification. No limit on height. 1. Enclosing wall of core is a fire separation with self closing doors. Central core is pressurized during a fire emergency (3I(2)).* All openings in perimeter walls and roof of core kept closed during a fire emergency (3I(3)). 2. Fire compartment is vented to outdoors during a fire emergency by smokeshaft or windows (3I(4)). 3. Vertical service spaces, other than elevator shafts, outside core provided with firestops at the level of the first floor below the lowest exit storey and at intervals of not more than five storeys or vented to outdoors at the top during a fire emergency (3I(6)). 4. Doors to outdoors in stairshafts not held open during a fire emergency except as required for pressurizing the core (3I(3)). Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3I(7)). Certain dampers in air handling ducts are closed during a fire emergency (3I(8)). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 23

220 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure J Partially Pressurized Building (no additional restrictions on movement of smoke from floor to floor outside core) Figure 10 Typical floor plan, Measure J Measure J satisfies (6) provision (6) as described in Section 1 for Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancy classification. Limit on population ( (6) provision (6) as described in Section 1). Limited to buildings not more than 75 m high ( (6) provision (6) as described in Section 1). 1. Enclosing wall of core is a fire separation with self closing doors. Central core is pressurized during a fire emergency (3J(2)).* All openings in perimeter walls and roof of core are kept closed during a fire emergency (3J(3)). 2. Doors to outdoors in stairshafts not held open during a fire emergency (3J(3)). Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3J(4)) * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. SB-4 Page 24 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

221 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure K Vertically Divided Building (with spatial separation) Figure 11 Typical floor plan, Measure K Measure K satisfies (6) provision (5) as described in Section 1 for buildings of Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancy classification. No limit on height. 1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3K(13)).* 2. One elevator for fire fighters and one stairshaft in each smoke control region (3K(4)). 3. If bridges do not occur at each storey, two stairshafts are required in each smoke control region (Sentence of Division B). 4. Building designed as two smoke control regions with spatial separation between (3K(2)). 5. Bridges at intervals of not more than five storeys, except that in buildings of Group C major occupancy more than 75 m high, the bridge is at each storey (3K(3)). Bridges vented to outdoors or pressurized during a fire emergency (3K(11)). 6. Fire separation in storeys below grade to maintain separation between smoke control regions (3K(15)). Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3K(14)). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 25

222 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure K Vertically Divided Buildings (with fire separation) Figure 12 Typical floor plan, Measure K Measure K satisfies (6) provision (5) as described in Section 1 for buildings of Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancy classification. No limit on height. 1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3K(13))*. 2. One elevator for fire fighters and one stairshaft in each smoke control region (3K(4)). If vestibules do not occur at each storey, two stairshafts are required in each smoke control region (Sentence of Division B). 3. Building designed as two smoke control regions with fire separation between (3K(2)). Fire separation in storeys below grade to maintain separation between smoke control regions (3K(15)). 4. Vestibule at intervals of not more than five storeys, except that in the case of buildings of Group C major occupancy more than 75 m high, the vestibule is at each storey (3K(3)). Vestibules vented to outdoors or pressurized during a fire emergency (3K(11)). 5. Vent to outdoors in each smoke control region on floors below mid height of building (3K(12)). Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3K(14)). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. SB-4 Page 26 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

223 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure L Areas of Refuge (duplicate groups of areas of refuge at every fifth storey except as required in item 5) Figure 13 Typical floor plan, Measure L Measure L satisfies (6) provision (5) as described in Section 1 for buildings of Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancy classification. No limit on height. 1. Stairshaft and shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters protected by area of refuge or vestibule (3L(11)).* Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3L(14)).* Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that storey (3L(15)). Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3L(15)). 2. Stairshaft and shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters is protected at intermediate floors by pressurized vestibules (3L(11)). 3. Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in every storey below the lowest exit storey (3L(13)). Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters provided with vent to outdoors at bottom during a fire emergency (3L(16)). 4. No special protection against smoke for elevator shafts or vertical service spaces other than a shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters. 5. Two areas of refuge on each fifth floor pressurized during a fire emergency (3L(10)), or areas of refuge staggered on intermediate storeys (see Figure 15), except that in buildings of Group C major occupancy more than 75 m high the areas of refuge shall be located on each storey. Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3L(18)). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 27

224 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure L Areas of Refuge (areas of refuge located in pairs) Figure 14 Typical floor plan, Measure L Figure 15 Typical cross section showing areas of refuge on intermediate floors Measure L satisfies (6) provision (5) as described in Section 1 for buildings of Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancy classification. No limit on height. 1. Stairshaft and shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters protected by area of refuge or vestibule (3L(11)).* Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3L(14)). Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that storey (3L(15)). Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3L(15)). 2. Two areas of refuge are pressurized during a fire emergency (see Figure 14 for area of refuge every fifth storey), except that in buildings of Group C major occupancy more than 75 m high, the areas of refuge are located on each storey (3L(10)). 3. No special protection against smoke for elevator shafts or vertical service spaces other than a shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters. 4. Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in every storey below the lowest exit storey (3L(13)). Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters is provided with vent to outdoors at bottom during a fire emergency (3L(16)) Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3L(18)). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. SB-4 Page 28 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

225 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure M Building with Balconies Figure 16 Typical floor plan, Measure M Measure M satisfies (6) provision (7) as described in Section 1 for existing buildings of Group C major occupancy classification. 1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3M(2)).* Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that level (3M(3)). Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3M(3)). 2. Each suite is provided with a balcony ( (6) provision (7) as described in Section 1). 3. Elevator shaft terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in every storey below the lowest exit storey (3M(4)). Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3M(5)). * First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in that Measure. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 29

226 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure N Connected Buildings Figure 17 Section through building linked by underground tunnel Figure 18 Section through buildings joined at firewall Measure N satisfies Article of Division B for existing connected buildings. Section 3 Measure A Measures for Life Safety in Existing High Buildings Fully Sprinklered Buildings General The steps described in this Measure amount to an adequate smoke control measure, satisfying the requirements for existing sprinklered buildings. Reliance is placed on the full sprinkler installation to limit fire spread and consequently, the generation of smoke. Some additional protection of exit stairs is afforded by the provision of an opening to the outdoors at the foot of the stairshaft. In cold weather, when stack action is likely to be most significant, this measure may give a general increase in air pressure in the stairshaft, thus restricting entry of smoke. SB-4 Page 30 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

227 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 In this Measure is included the requirement that elevator shafts and service shafts should not be continuous from above to below grade, except when vestibules are provided at elevator doors in below grade storeys. Where Measure A is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intended that a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that the occupants of the fire floor will walk downstairs to the street floor or to a safe intermediate floor area. Occupants of other floors may remain where they are until advised to evacuate by the person operating the central alarm and control facility. Measure A (1) The requirements for existing sprinklered buildings may be met by incorporating the requirements in Sentences (2) to (8). (2) A stairway serving storeys above the lowest exit level has a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the bottom of the stairshaft, as described in Sentence (4). (3) A stairway serving floors below the lowest exit level (a) has a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the top of the stairshaft that has an openable area of not less than 0.1 m 2 for each storey served by the stairway, less 0.01 m 2 for each weatherstripped door and 0.02 m 2 for each non-weatherstripped door opening into the stairshaft, (b) is enclosed in a shaft that does not pass through the floor above the lowest exit level and is separate from a shaft that contains a stairway serving upper storeys, or is enclosed in a shaft that contains a stairway serving upper storeys, but is separated from that stairway at the lowest exit level by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the shaft enclosure, and (c) is provided with equipment capable of maintaining a flow of air introduced at or near the bottom of the stairshaft, at a rate equal to 0.47 m 3 /s for each storey served by the stairway. (4) A stairshaft required to be vented to the outdoors by Sentence (2) or by other provisions in this Supplementary Standard is provided with a vent or door that (a) has an openable area of 0.05 m 2 for every door between the stairshaft and a floor area, but not less than 1.8 m 2, (b) opens directly to the outdoors or into a vestibule or exit corridor that has a similar opening to the outdoors, and (c) has a door or closure that is openable manually and can remain in this open position during a fire emergency. (5) Any elevator shaft that passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey does not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey, except where there is a vestibule between the shaft and each floor area below grade as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D. (6) A vertical service space, other than an elevator shaft, that passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey, is provided with a tight-fitting noncombustible seal or fire stop at the floor level of the storey immediately below that storey, except where the vertical service space is vented to the outdoors at the top as described in Sentence (10) of Measure F. (7) A supply of air required by Sentence (3) is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (13) of Measure F. (8) The central control facility required by Article of Division B is provided with additional controls capable of (a) opening closures to vents in shafts that may be required by Sentence (6), (b) stopping air handling systems as required by provisions for existing sprinklered buildings, and (c) initiating the mechanical air supply to stairshafts as may be required in Sentence (3). Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 31

228 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measures B and C Open Corridor Access to Stairs and Elevators General Measures B and C can be applied to a building where habitable floor areas are approached along access ways open to the outdoors. Each corridor that provides access to stairs or elevators is permanently open to the outside as shown in Figures 2 and 19. The situation is illustrated by the pressure characteristic diagram shown in Figure 20. Air flow through openings that may exist in floors is likely to be more pronounced than with other smoke control methods because of the reduction in the influence of vertical shafts, so it is desirable that openings through the floor-ceiling assembly be minimized. This should not, however, present an immediate smoke problem except on the floor directly above the floor where a fire occurs. Measure C is the same as Measure B, except that no steps are taken to limit smoke movement into upper storeys through vertical service spaces or shafts in Measure C. Where shafts enclosing plumbing and electrical services penetrate floor spaces and a decision has been made to use Measure B for control of smoke movement, these shafts should be sealed at least at every fifth storey at a horizontal fire separation and at the floor immediately below the lowest exit storey or have vents to the outside at the top. In the latter case there is still some possibility that smoke may pass into the uppermost floor because the air pressures in these floor areas are in the same range as the outside pressures. It is therefore important that any leakage areas in the enclosing walls between floor areas and shaft be kept to a minimum. In order to avoid creation of pressures that may interfere with the opening of doors to stairshafts and elevator shafts, it is recommended that the building heating system be so designed that temperatures in heated stairshafts and elevator shafts be not more than 12 C above outside air temperature. Where Measure B is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intended that a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that the occupants of the fire floor will walk down stairs to a safe floor area. In buildings more than 36 m high, occupants of other floors may remain until advised to evacuate by the person operating the central alarm and control facility. Where Measure C is adopted, and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intended that a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that occupants of all floors will walk down stairs to the street floor or to a safe intermediate floor area. Figure 19 Illustration of Measures B and C designs SB-4 Page 32 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

229 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Figure 20 Pressure characteristics in a Measure B design Measure B (including restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor) (1) The requirements of measures to limit smoke movement in existing buildings may be met by incorporating the requirements in Sentences (2) to (9). (2) All public corridors leading to the required exit stairs and elevators for fire fighters from every floor area on a floor above the lowest exit storey are provided with permanent openings to the outdoors that (a) are distributed along the length of the corridor, (b) have the top of the opening not more than 250 mm below the ceiling of the corridor, and (c) have an aggregate open area that is not less than 10 per cent of the floor area of the corridor or 1 m 2, whichever is greater. (3) A stairway serving storeys below the lowest exit level is protected as described in Sentence (3) of Measure A. (4) Any elevator shaft that passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey does not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey except where there is a vestibule between the elevator door or doors and each floor area below grade as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D. (5) A vertical service space, other than an elevator shaft, within a heated floor area is provided with (a) tight-fitting noncombustible fire stops located at the level of the floor immediately below the lowest exit storey and at the level of certain other floors that are fire separations provided the space between fire stops is not more than five storeys, or (b) a vent to the outdoors as described in Sentence (10) of Measure F. (6) Except for exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys. (7) Supply, return and exhaust ducts more than m 2 in cross-sectional area at the point of entry to a vertical service space in an air handling system that is required to shut down by the provisions of Sentence (6) are provided with dampers that will close when the air moving fans are stopped. (8) Where a supply of air is required by the provisions of Sentence (3), it is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (13) of Measure F. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 33

230 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 (9) The central alarm and control facility required by Article of Division B is provided with additional controls that are capable of (a) stopping the air handling systems and closing dampers as required by Sentences (6) and (7), (b) opening closures to vents in vertical service spaces where required by Sentence (5), and (c) initiating the air supply to stairshafts as may be required by Sentence (3). Measure C (no restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor) (1) The requirements of measures to limit smoke movement in existing buildings may be met by incorporating the requirements of Sentences (2) to (7). (2) The public corridors leading to the required exit stairs and elevators for fire fighters from every floor area on a floor above the storey on which egress directly to the outdoors occurs are provided with permanent openings to the outdoors that (a) are distributed along the length of the corridor, (b) (c) have the top of the opening not more than 250 mm below the ceiling of the corridor, and have an aggregate open area that is not less than 10 per cent of the floor area of the corridor or 1 m 2, whichever is greater. (3) A stairway serving storeys below the lowest exit level is protected as described in Sentence (3) of Measure A. (4) Any elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters and passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey does not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey except where there is a vestibule between the elevator door or doors and each floor area below grade as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D. (5) Except for exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys. (6) Where a supply of air is required by Sentence (3), it is carried in ducts described in Sentence (13) of Measure F. (7) The central alarm and control facility required by Article of Division B is provided with additional controls that are capable of (a) stopping the air handling systems as required by Sentence (5), and (b) initiating the air supply to stairshafts as may be required by Sentence (3). Measures D and E Protected Vestibule Access to Stairshafts and Elevator Shafts General In Measures D and E, movement of smoke through stairshafts and elevator shafts is limited by the provision of vestibules that are either open to the outdoors during a fire emergency or have outdoor air injected into them. Stairshafts are further protected by opening a door to the outdoors at the bottom of the shaft. Where vestibules are protected by the injection of outdoor air, the elevator shaft is provided with a large opening to the outdoors at the bottom. Where provisions to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings requires the movement of smoke into floor areas to be limited, service shafts are either sealed at intervals or provided with an opening to the outdoors at the top of the shaft as described in Measure B. A typical plan of a building in which this method of smoke control is appropriate is shown in Figure 4. Measure E is the same as Measure D, except that no measures are taken to limit movement of smoke into upper storeys in Measure E. SB-4 Page 34 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

231 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Where a vestibule has a vent or opening to the outdoors that is much larger than the leakage area around doors between the vestibule and other parts of the building, the air pressure in the vestibule will be approximately equal to the outdoor pressure at the same level. This is illustrated in Figure 7. In cold weather in storeys below the neutral pressure plane, air pressure in the vestibule will be substantially higher than that in the floor area. Air will tend to flow from the vestibule into the floor area. In upper storeys the air pressure in the vestibules will be less than that in the floor area, and air will flow from the floor area to the vestibule. The vent or opening at the foot of the stairshaft referred to above has the effect of increasing pressure in the shaft, so that it approaches outdoor air pressure at ground level (see Figure 21). On upper storeys the pressure in the stairshaft will be higher than that in the vestibules, and smoke that may enter the vestibules will not pass into the stairshaft. In warm weather when outdoor air may be as warm or warmer than that inside a building, the stack effect is likely to be minimal. In these circumstances, the major problem is expansion of the hot gases on the fire floor. This will tend to force air around doors into the vestibule. The large vent opening, however, will create a situation where the greater proportion of the air entering the vestibule will pass to the outdoors and a much smaller quantity may enter the shafts. The effect of wind is variable and difficult to predict. In warm weather the effect may be to protect vestibules on one side of the building and to allow smoke to enter those on the other side. Figure 21 Pressure characteristics in a Measure D building with vented shafts Where air is injected into vestibules, the pressure characteristics in cold weather are likely to be as shown in Figure 22. The rates of air injection should be sufficient to keep the pressures in the vestibules a little higher than the pressure in the shaft. This limits the possibility of movement of smoke into the vestibules from the floor areas. In cold weather vents at the bottom of the stairshafts and elevator shafts provide additional protection. Service shafts that will not be used in a fire emergency are provided with vents at the top to the outdoors where Measure D (but not Measure E) requires that movement of smoke into upper floors be limited. However, some smoke may pass from top vented service shafts into the top floor or floors, because air pressures at the top of the shafts and in the floor area of the top storey are approximately equal. Stack action and the operation of smoke control measures may provide pressures that will interfere with the normal operation of certain doors. Where a vestibule is vented to the outdoors, this may apply to any door between a vestibule and an elevator shaft that is farther above or below the mid-height of a building than the height given by Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard and to any door between a vestibule and a stairshaft that is farther above grade than the height given by Graph 8. Where a vestibule is pressurized, this may apply to any door between a vestibule and a floor space that is farther above grade than the height shown in Graph 8. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 35

232 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Figure 22 Pressure characteristics in a Measure D building having air injected into vestibules As an alternative to the provision of a mechanical air supply for a vestibule to an elevator shaft, as described in Sentence (5) of Measure D, the mechanical air supply can be introduced directly into the shaft as described in Sentence (4) of Measure F provided there are no open vents to the elevator shaft as described in Sentence (9) of Measure D. Where a mechanical air supply is required by Sentence (5) of Measure D and Sentence (4) of Measure E, it may be desirable to heat the air supply and to provide two air intakes in separate locations on the building face as discussed in the general provisions to Measures F and G. Where Measure D is adopted, and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intended that a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that the occupants of the fire floor will walk down stairs to the street floor or to a safe intermediate floor area. Occupants of other floors may remain until advised to evacuate by the person operating the central alarm and control facility. Where Measure E is adopted, and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intended that a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that occupants of all floors will walk down stairs to the street floor or to a safe intermediate floor area. Measure D (including restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor) (1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings may be met by incorporating the requirements of Sentences (2) to (17). (2) Between each floor area and each stair shaft or elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters, a vestibule is provided as described in Sentence (3). (3) Where a vestibule is required by Sentence (2) or by other provisions of this document (a) a fire separation is provided between a public corridor and the vestibule that has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min, (b) a fire separation is provided between a floor area, other than the corridor described in Clause (a), and the vestibule that has a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for an exit in Article of Division B, (c) a fire separation is provided between a stair or elevator enclosure and the vestibule that has a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for an exit in Article of Division B, and (d) a door in the fire separation described in Clauses (a), (b) or (c) (except for an elevator door) is provided with a self-closing device as required by Subsection of Division B, and opens in the direction of travel from the floor area to the exit stairway. SB-4 Page 36 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

233 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 (4) On each floor any vestibule that has a door to an exit stair may also have a door to an elevator for fire fighters, but two exit stairs may not open onto the same vestibule. (5) Each vestibule described in Sentence (2) that provides access to a stairshaft or an elevator shaft (a) has a vent opening to the outdoors that has an opening area not less than 0.1 m 2 for each door that opens onto the vestibule, but not less than 0.4 m 2, or (b) has equipment capable of providing for a vestibule to a stairshaft or an elevator shaft a mechanical air supply not less than that obtained from Graph 3 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard. (6) The vent to each vestibule referred to in Clause (5)(a) may be provided with a closure that is openable manually, and in a building that is more than 36 m high, it can be opened from the central control facility as provided in Sentence (17). (7) A stairway serving storeys above the lowest exit level is vented to the outdoors at the bottom of the stairshaft as described in Sentence (4) of Measure A. (8) A stairway serving storeys below the lowest exit level is protected as described in Sentence (3) of Measure A. (9) Each elevator shaft protected by a vestibule having a mechanical air supply as described in Clause (5)(b) has a vent at or near the bottom of the shaft, opening directly to the outdoors or into a vestibule or corridor that has a similar opening to the outdoors, having an openable area not less than 0.02 m 2 for every door into the shaft, other than doors at street floor level. (10) The vent at the bottom of an elevator shaft referred to in Sentence (9) may be provided with a closure which is openable manually and is designed to remain open during a fire emergency. (11) A vertical service space other than an elevator shaft is provided with (a) a tight-fitting noncombustible fire stop at the level of the floor immediately below the lowest exit storey, and at the level of certain other floors that are fire separations, provided the space between fire stops is not more than five storeys, or (b) a vent to the outdoors as described in Sentence (10) of Measure F. (12) Except as provided in Sentence (13), an elevator shaft other than a shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters is protected against entry of smoke by a vestibule as described in Sentence (5). (13) The provisions in Sentence (12) are waived for an elevator shaft that serves floor areas below the lowest exit storey and does not penetrate the floor immediately above that storey. (14) Except for air moving fans supplying vestibules as provided in Clause (5)(b), and except for exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys. (15) In an air handling system that is required to shut down by the provisions of Sentence (14), supply, return and exhaust ducts more than 130 cm 2 in cross-sectional area at the point of entry to a vertical service space are provided at that point with dampers that will close when air moving fans are stopped. (16) Where a supply of air is required by the provisions of Sentences (5) and (8), it is carried in ducts described in Sentence (13) of Measure F. (17) The central alarm and control facility required by Article of Division B is provided with additional controls that are capable of (a) opening closures to vents to the outdoors in vestibules on all floors as required by Sentence (6), and in elevator shafts as required by Sentence (9), (b) stopping air handling systems and closing dampers in ducts as required by Sentences (14) and (15), Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 37

234 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 (c) initiating the mechanical air supply to vestibules required by Clause (5)(b), and (d) opening closures to vents in vertical service spaces where required by Sentence (11). Measure E (no restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor) (1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings may be met by incorporating the requirements in Sentences (2) to (13). (2) Between each floor area and each stairshaft or each elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters, a vestibule is provided as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D. (3) On each floor any vestibule that has a door to an exit stairshaft may also have a door to an elevator for fire fighters, but two exit stairs may not open onto the same vestibule. (4) Each vestibule described in Sentence (2) that provides access to a stairshaft or an elevator shaft (a) has a vent opening to the outdoors that has an openable area of not less than 0.1 m 2 for each door that opens onto the vestibule but not less than 0.4 m 2, or (b) has equipment capable of providing for a vestibule to a stairshaft or an elevator shaft a mechanical air supply not less than that obtained from Graph 3 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard. (5) The vent to each vestibule referred to in Clause (4)(a) is provided with a closure that is openable manually, and in a building that is more than 36 m high can be opened from the central control facility as provided in Sentence (13). (6) A stairway serving storeys above the lowest exit level is vented to the outdoors at the bottom of the stairshaft as described in Sentence (4) of Measure A. (7) A stairway serving storeys below the lowest exit level is protected as described in Sentence (3) of Measure A. (8) Each elevator shaft protected by a vestibule having a mechanical air supply as described in Clause (4)(b) has a vent at or near the bottom of the shaft opening directly to the outdoors, or into a vestibule or corridor that has a similar opening to the outdoors, having an openable area not less than 0.02 m 2 for every door into the shaft other than doors at street floor level. (9) The vent at the bottom of an elevator shaft referred to in Sentence (8) may be provided with a closure that is openable manually and is designed to remain open during a fire emergency. (10) Any elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters and passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey does not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey except where there is a vestibule between the elevator door or doors and each floor area below grade as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D. (11) Except for air moving fans supplying vestibules as provided in Clause (4)(b), and except for exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys. (12) Where a supply of air is required by the provisions of Sentences (4) and (7), it is carried in ducts described in Sentence (13) of Measure F. (13) The central alarm and control facility required by Article of Division B is provided with additional controls that are capable of (a) opening closures to vents to the outdoors in vestibules on all floors as required in Sentence (5), (b) stopping air handling systems as required by Sentence (11), and (c) initiating the mechanical air supply to vestibules as required by Clause (4)(b). SB-4 Page 38 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

235 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measures F and G Pressurized Stairshafts and Elevator Shafts General Measures F and G are suitable for use in buildings that have central cores containing elevator shafts and stairshafts and in buildings that have a spine corridor. The objective is to inject sufficient air from outdoors to provide air pressures in stairshafts and in one or more protected elevator shafts that will be at least equal to the outdoor air pressure at ground level. Protected elevator shafts may, in addition, be provided with vestibules on each floor in order to reduce the effect of the large leakage areas around elevator doors, which may otherwise require injection of excessive quantities of air in order to achieve the desired pressurization. An opening to the outdoors at the bottom of each stairshaft is required in conjunction with air injection in order to maintain the desired pressure conditions, though some doors on upper floors may be held open for a time, and to provide for dilution of smoke that may enter the stairshaft. A typical plan of a building where this method of smoke control is appropriate is shown in Figure 6. Measure G is the same as Measure F, except that no provisions are made in Measure G to limit movement of smoke into upper floors by way of service shafts and unprotected elevator shafts. Where smoke control measures in existing buildings requires that movement of smoke into floor areas be limited, service shafts, other than elevator shafts, are either sealed at intervals or vented to the outdoors at the top, as described in the general provisions of Measures B and C. This system is, however, likely to be more efficient than that achieved by Measure D, because injection of air into some shafts has the effect of increasing the air pressure in all floor areas. This is illustrated in Figure 23, where the pressure in the floor area of the top storey is greater than that at the top of the vented shaft. Figure 23 Pressure characteristics in a Measure F building Treads and landings in a stairshaft present an obstacle to free flow of air. Where air is injected only at the top of a stairshaft, there is likely to be a pressure gradient between the top and the bottom of the stairshaft. This may produce pressure differences of sufficient magnitude to interfere with the opening of doors into the stairshaft in the upper part of the building. This is discussed more fully in Appendix B of this Supplementary Standard. Stack action and the operation of smoke control measures may produce pressures across certain doors that will interfere with their normal operation. These pressures may affect any door between a floor space and a stairshaft or an elevator vestibule that is farther above grade than the height shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard. In order to avoid excessive pressures across doors when outdoor temperatures are appreciably above the January design temperatures, it is recommended that the air flow into elevator shafts in buildings employing Measures F or G be reduced, but not to less than that obtained by the factor F 5 = 5.59 according to the proportion of the air flow referred to in Sentence (4) of Measure F and Sentence (4) of Measure G. The flow reduction factors are shown in Graph 6 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 39

236 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 The limits are such that no modulation is required for a building whose maximum height is not more than the value in Column 2 of Table 5, provided the January design temperature is not less than the corresponding value in Column 1. Table 5 Maximum Height of Building Not Requiring Airflow Modulation Minimum January Design Temperature, EC Maximum Height of Building, m Column 1 2 Heating of the air supply referred to in Sentences (2) and (4) of Measure F or Sentences (2) and (4) of Measure G may be necessary, since to maintain the efficiency of the smoke control measures the temperature of the incoming air should be not less than the mean of indoor and outdoor temperatures at the time. To avoid damage to water systems, the temperature of air entering critical locations should be not less than 0EC. To maintain tolerable conditions for occupants, the temperature of air entering occupied spaces should be not less than 10EC. Where a mechanical air supply is specified in Sentences (2) and (4) of Measure F or Sentences (2) and (4) of Measure G, the air should be drawn from at least two remote locations, each on a different face of the building. Each air intake should be provided with a damper that will close on a signal from a smoke detector in the duct following 30 s exposure to smoke or other products of combustion. The damper should have a manual override to reopen it when the smoke condition that caused it to close has cleared. Where Measure F is adopted, and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intended that a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that the occupants of the fire floor will walk down stairs to the street floor or to a safe intermediate floor area. Occupants of other floors may remain until advised to evacuate by the person operating the central alarm and control facility. Where Measure G is adopted, and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intended that a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that occupants of all floors will walk down stairs to the street floor. Measure F (including restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor) (1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings may be met by incorporating the requirements in Sentences (2) to (14). (2) A stairshaft serving storeys above the lowest exit level has (a) a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the lowest exit level of the stairshaft, as described in Sentence (4) of Measure A, except that the vent or door will open when the air supply referred to in Clause (b) is initiated, and (b) equipment capable of providing to the shaft a mechanical air supply of not less than 4.72 m 3 /s plus m 3 /s for every door opening into the stairshaft. (3) A stairway serving storeys below the lowest exit level is protected as described in Sentence (3) of Measure A. (4) An elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters is provided with equipment capable of maintaining a flow of air to the shaft that is not less than that obtained from Graph 4 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard. SB-4 Page 40 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

237 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 (5) Where an elevator shaft referred to in Sentence (4) is provided with a vestibule on every floor, the vestibule enclosure conforms to Sentence (3) of Measure D. (6) Any elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters and passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey does not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey, except where each floor area below the lowest exit storey is provided with a vent to the outdoors that (a) has a net area of not less than 0.2 m 2 for every m 2 of floor area, (b) will remain open during a fire emergency, and (c) may be incorporated in the conventional exhaust duct system serving storeys below grade. (7) A vertical service space, other than an elevator shaft, is provided with (a) a tight-fitting fire stop at the level of the floor immediately below the lowest exit storey and at the level of certain other floors that are fire separations provided the space between fire stops is not more than five storeys, or (b) a vent to the outdoors as described in Sentence (10). (8) Except as provided in Sentence (9), an elevator shaft, other than a shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters, is pressurized as described in Sentence (4). (9) The provisions of Sentence (8) are waived for an elevator shaft that serves floor areas below the lowest exit storey and does not penetrate the floor immediately above that storey. (10) Where a vent to the outdoors is required by Sentence (7) or other provisions of this document, the vent (a) if it is a vertical service space in a building in which other shafts are not mechanically pressurized, has an openable area that is not less than that obtained from Graph 1 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard, or if it is in a building in which other shafts are mechanically pressurized, has an openable area that is not less than that obtained from Graph 2 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard, (b) if it is in a shaft serving floor areas above the lowest exit storey, is located at or near the top of the shaft where the top of the shaft is above the mid-height of the building, or at or near the foot of the shaft at or near the exit level where the top of the shaft is below the mid-height of the building, (c) if it is in a shaft serving floor areas below the lowest exit storey, is located at or near the top of the shaft, and (d) if it is provided with a closure, is openable both manually and on a signal from a smoke detector located at or near the top of the shaft and by a control device located at the central alarm and control facility referred to in Article of Division B. (11) Except for air moving fans supplying stairs and elevators as provided in Sentences (2) to (4) and, except for exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys are capable of being stopped as provided in Sentence (14). (12) In an air handling system that is required to shut down by the provisions of Sentence (11), supply, return and exhaust ducts more than 130 cm 2 in cross-sectional area at the point of entry into a vertical service space are provided with dampers that will close when air moving fans are stopped. (13) Where a supply of air is required by the provisions of Sentences (2), (3) or (4) or by other provisions of this document, the duct system is installed in a service space conforming to Section 3.6. of Division B or is otherwise protected against the effect of fire from the point of fresh air intake to the shaft or to the storey that contains the protected floor area, vestibule or area of refuge that is required to be so protected. (14) The central alarm and control facility required by Article of Division B is provided with additional controls that are capable of (a) stopping air handling systems and closing dampers in ducts required in Sentences (11) to (13), (b) initiating the mechanical air supply to stairshafts and elevator shafts required in Sentences (2) to (4), and (c) opening closures to vents in vertical spaces where required in Sentence (7). Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 41

238 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure G (no restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor) (1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings may be met by incorporating the requirements in Sentences (2) to (9). (2) A stairshaft serving storeys above the lowest exit level has (a) a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the lowest exit level of the stairshaft described in Sentence (4) of Measure A, except that the vent or door will open when the air supply referred to in Clause (b) is initiated, and (b) equipment capable of providing to the stairshaft a mechanical air supply of not less than 4.72 m 3 /s, plus m 3 /s for every door opening into the stairshaft. (3) A stairway serving storeys below the lowest exit level is protected as described in Sentence (3) of Measure A. (4) An elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters is provided with equipment capable of maintaining a flow of air to the shaft that is not less than that obtained from Graph 4 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard. (5) Where an elevator shaft referred to in Sentence (4) is provided with a vestibule on every floor, the vestibule enclosure is as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D. (6) Any elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters and passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey does not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey, except where each floor area below the lowest exit storey is provided with a vent to the outdoors that (a) has a net area of at least 0.2 m 2 for every m 2 of floor area, (b) will remain open during a fire emergency, and (c) may be incorporated in the conventional exhaust duct system serving storeys below grade. (7) Except for air moving fans supplying stairshafts and elevator shafts as provided in Sentences (2) to (4) and, except for exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys are capable of being stopped as provided in Sentence (9). (8) Where a supply of air is required by Sentences (2) to (4), it is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (13) of Measure F. (9) The central alarm and control facility required by Article of Division B is provided with additional controls that are capable of (a) stopping air handling systems as required by Sentence (7), and (b) initiating the mechanical air supply to stairshafts and elevator shafts as required by Sentences (2) to (4). Measure H Fully Pressurized Buildings General Measure H is appropriate for buildings having central cores that contain stairshafts and elevator shafts and windows that are not normally opened, as shown in Figure 8. The air pressure in the whole building is increased so that at grade level it is at least equal to outdoor air pressure. When a vent to the outdoors is provided on the fire floor by a window in an exterior wall, by an opening into a smoke shaft as described in Section 1 or by the building mechanical exhaust system if the building is sprinklered, the pressure in the floor area is reduced substantially, as is shown in Figure 24. Air will then flow from the shafts and other floor areas into the fire floor. The combination of building pressurization and venting of the fire floor provides that smoke will not pass into other floor areas or shafts other than the smoke shaft. SB-4 Page 42 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

239 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Figure 24 Pressure characteristics in a Measure H building It is important that air be uniformly distributed throughout the building. This may be achieved by supplying the air through the conventional duct system or through vertical shafts. A minimum proportion of the air is required to be injected directly into stairshafts. This is designed to reduce the possibility, particularly in warm weather, that a substantial drop in pressure will occur in these shafts when a door to the outdoors at grade is opened, with the consequent danger that smoke will enter the shafts. Where venting is by smoke shafts, the air supply to the floor on which fire occurs should be cut off by closing the dampers on that floor in order not to overload the smoke shaft. The total air flow for building pressurization is modulated relative to outdoor air temperature. This is intended, in part, to limit the potential pressure drop in stairshafts and elevator shafts referred to above and, in part, to avoid excessive pressures across doors to stairshafts and elevator shafts that would interfere with their normal use. This requirement for modulation of air flows applies generally to higher buildings. The conditions described in Sentence (3) of Measure H are such that no modulation is required where the January design temperature and the building height are as shown in Table 1. In Toronto, for example, where the January design temperature is -18EC, no modulation of air flow would be required for a building not more than 70 m high. This measure is not appropriate for a building where windows may normally be held open. The air flow requirements in Graph 5 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard are based on an assumed air leakage through the external walls that is appropriate to modern air-conditioned buildings having reasonably tight-fitting non-openable windows. If the leakage area is other than that noted above, the air flow requirement must be adjusted proportionately, as described in the notes to Graph 5. Stack action and the operation of smoke control measures may produce pressures across certain doors that will interfere with their normal operation. This may apply to any door between a floor space and stairshaft or an elevator shaft that is farther above grade than the height shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard. Where a mechanical air supply is required by Sentence (2) of Measure H, it may be desirable to heat the air supply and to provide two air intakes in separate locations on the building face, as discussed in the general provisions to Measures F and G. Where a floor area is subdivided by walls, provision should be made for a free air passage from any part of the floor area to the vent or vents required by Sentence (6) of Measure H. Such provisions for venting need not apply to public corridors or washrooms that normally have a minimum of combustibles. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 43

240 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 There should be no problem where vents are on outside walls, and each room or space can be vented directly to the outdoors. Where a smoke shaft is used, however, a fire may occur in a space adjacent to a stairshaft or elevator shaft which is separated by partitions from the smoke shaft vent. The solution may be to vent each space to the smoke shaft through the ceiling plenum or to provide suitable openings in the partitions. Where each room or space opens on to a corridor leading to stairshafts and elevator shafts, location of the smoke shaft vent in the corridor will be effective in limiting movement of smoke to other floors, but may also present problems to the fire fighter, who may have to approach the fire through a smoke-filled corridor. Where Measure H is adopted, and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intended that a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that the occupants of the fire floor will walk down stairs to the street floor or to a safe intermediate floor area. Occupants of other floors may remain until advised to evacuate by the person operating the central alarm and control facility. Measure H (1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings may be met by incorporating the requirements in Sentences (2) to (9). (2) The building air handling system is designed and installed so that (a) supply fans are capable of maintaining an air flow into the building not less than that obtained from Graph 5 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard when the outdoor air temperature is equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5 per cent basis, and (b) a portion of the air flow referred to in Clause (a) is directed into each stairshaft in a quantity equal to m 3 /s for every weatherstripped door into the stairshaft and m 3 /s for every non-weatherstripped door into the stairshaft. (3) Exit stairs shall discharge to the outdoors through a vestibule described in Sentence (3) of Measure D and be provided with a mechanical air supply of not less than m 3 /s per weatherstripped door and m 3 /s per non-weatherstripped door in the vestibule, except that the vestibule may be a corridor, lobby or other space. (4) When smoke control measures are initiated by the controls referred to in Sentence (9) (a) all main return and exhaust fans are stopped, (b) supply fans provide the air flow into the stairshafts described in Clause (2)(b), and (c) supply fans maintain an air flow into the building controlled in relation to outdoor air temperature, so that the total air flow into the building is substantially equal to the proportion of the air flow referred to in Clause (2)(a) shown in Graph 6 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard, but not less than the air flow obtained when the factor F6 equals (5) All openings in external walls and roofs, including vents to vertical service spaces other than those referred to in Sentence (7), have closures that will close as provided in Sentence (9). (6) All return and exhaust ducts more than 130 cm 2 in cross-sectional area at the point of entry to a vertical service space are provided with dampers that will close on the floor on which fire occurs as required by Sentence (9), other than those covered by Sentence (7). (7) In order to achieve a reduction in air pressure on the floor on which fire occurs relative to that on other floors, means of venting each floor space to the outdoors are provided as described in Section 1. (8) Where a supply of air is required by Sentence (2), it is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (13) of Measure F. SB-4 Page 44 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

241 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 (9) The central alarm and control facility required by Article of Division B is provided with additional controls capable of (a) stopping main return and exhaust fans and maintaining the air flow in the supply systems as provided in Sentence (2), (b) closing the closures and dampers required in Sentences (5) and (6), and (c) opening closures to the vent openings on the fire floor as provided in Sentence (7). Measures I and J Partially Pressurized Buildings General Measures I and J are very similar to Measure H, except that they may be applied to buildings where windows may be open during normal use. They are thus particularly suitable for controlling smoke movement in residential buildings. Plans of typical buildings where Measures I and J are appropriate are shown in Figures 9 and 10. The central core, which includes exit stairshafts, elevator shafts and public corridors, is separated from the remainder of the floor areas. It is important that the leakage area of walls around the core be less than that of the exterior walls of the building. Measure J is the same as Measure I, except that no provision is made in Measure J to limit smoke movement into upper floors by way of vertical shafts and ducts that are outside the core. Air is injected into the core so that the air pressure in the core at the ground floor is equal to exterior air pressure at the same level. Provision of a vent to the outdoors in the fire suite will cause air to flow from adjacent parts of the building into the fire suite. This is the only method, apart from Measure B, that enables smoke to be confined to the fire suite. Where movement of smoke from floor to floor outside the central core is to be limited as in Measure I (but not J), all vertical service shafts, other than elevator shafts, penetrating floor areas must be sealed at intervals or vented to the outdoors at the top, as discussed in the general requirements of Measure D. The air flow requirements in Graph 5 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard are based on the air leakage characteristics of typical corridor walls and doors. If the leakage areas exceed those given in the notes to Graph 5, the air flow should be increased in direct proportion. Stack action and the operation of smoke control measures may produce pressures across certain doors that will interfere with their normal operation. This may apply to any door between a suite and a corridor that swings into the corridor and is farther above grade than the height shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard. Within a suite that is subdivided by partitions, the space that includes the vent to the outdoors described in Sentence (4) of Measure I should be in the same space as the door to the public corridor or linked to it by a leakage area of not less than 0.05 m 2. Where a mechanical air supply is required by Sentence (2) of Measure I and Sentence (2) of Measure J, it may be desirable to heat the air supply and to provide two air intakes in separate locations on the building face as discussed in the general provisions to Measures F and G. Where Measure I is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intended that a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that the occupants of the fire floor will walk down stairs to the street floor or to a safe intermediate floor area. Occupants of other floors may remain until advised to evacuate by the person operating the central alarm and control facility. Where Measure J is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intended that a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that occupants of all floors will walk down stairs to the street floor or to a safe intermediate floor area. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 45

242 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure I (including restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor) (1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings may be met by incorporating the requirements in Sentences (2) to (10). (2) The building air handling system is designed and installed so that supply fans are capable of maintaining an air flow into the space that includes all required exit stairshafts, all shafts containing elevators for fire fighters and public corridors, not less than that obtained from Graph 5 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard, when the outdoor air temperature is equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5 per cent basis. (3) Any vent at the top of a vertical service shaft within the central core and all other openings penetrating the space that includes the stairshafts, elevator shafts and public corridors are provided at the point of penetration with closures that will close in the event of a fire, as provided in Sentence (10). (4) Means of venting each fire compartment to the outdoors are provided by (a) an opening in an exterior wall, such as an openable window or panel, having an openable area of not less than 0.4 m 2, (b) an opening into a smoke shaft, as described in Section 1, operated by a smoke detector, or (c) an exhaust system, such as a kitchen or washroom exhaust, that has an air flow to the outdoors of not less than m 3 /s per fire compartment served, provided the exhaust system is designed to function as a smoke shaft and meets the relevant requirements of Section 1. (5) Where a closure is provided in an opening referred to in Clauses (4)(a) or (b) it will open (a) by operation of a fusible link, or (b) on a signal from a smoke detector in the room or suite. (6) A vertical service space that is outside the pressurized space referred to in Sentence (2) is provided with (a) a tight-fitting noncombustible seal or fire stop (i) at the level of the floor immediately below the storey in which egress directly to the outdoors occurs, and (ii) at the level of certain other floors that are fire separations, provided the space between fire stops is not more than five storeys, or (b) a vent to the outdoors as described in Sentence (10) of Measure F. (7) Except as otherwise provided in Sentences (2) and (4), and except for exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys. (8) In an air handling system that is required to shut down by Sentence (7), supply, return and exhaust ducts more than m 2 in cross-sectional area at the point of entry to a vertical service space are provided with dampers that close when the air moving fans are stopped. (9) Where a supply of air is required by Sentence (4), it is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (13) of Measure F. (10) The central alarm and control facility required by Article of Division B is provided with additional controls that are capable of (a) stopping return and exhaust fans, closing dampers in ducts and maintaining the air flow in the supply system to the space that includes stairshafts, elevator shafts and corridors as provided in Sentences (2) and (7), (b) causing dampers and closures in the enclosing walls of the space that includes stairshafts, elevator shafts and corridors to close as required by Sentence (3), (c) opening closures to vents in vertical service spaces where required by Sentence (6), (d) opening closures in vents referred to in Sentence (4), individually or in groups limited to one floor at a time, and (e) initiating the air flow in the exhaust system from any floor, where required by Clause (4)(c). SB-4 Page 46 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

243 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure J (no restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor) (1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings may be met by incorporating the requirements in Sentences (2) to (6). (2) The building air handling system is designed and installed so that supply fans are capable of maintaining an air flow into the space that includes all required exit stairshafts, all shafts containing elevators for fire fighters and public corridors, not less than that obtained from Graph 5 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard, when the outdoor air temperature is equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5 per cent basis. (3) Any vent at the top of a vertical service shaft within the central core, and all other openings penetrating the space that includes the stairshafts, elevator shafts and public corridors, are provided at the point of penetration with closures that will close in the event of fire, as provided in Sentence (4). (4) Except as otherwise provided in Sentence (2), and except for exhaust fans from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys. (5) Where a supply of air is required by Sentence (2), it is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (13) in Measure F. (6) The central alarm and control facility required by Article of Division B is provided with additional controls that are capable of (a) stopping return and exhaust fans and maintaining the air flow in the supply system to the space that includes stairshafts, elevator shafts and corridors as provided in Sentence (2), and (b) causing dampers and closures in the enclosing walls of the space that includes stairshafts, elevator shafts and corridors to close as required by Sentence (3). Measure K Vertically Divided Buildings General In Measure K a degree of protection for occupants is achieved by providing either a spatial separation or a fire separation between two parts of the building as shown in Figures 11 and 12. Under these conditions, except as subsequently noted, air pressures on either side of the division will be symmetrical and smoke should not pass from one side to the other. Smoke from fire in one part of the building may be expected to pass into the stairshafts, elevator shafts and floor areas on the fire side, while the equivalent spaces on the other side will remain smoke free. Vestibules and bridges are provided as means of access to refuge areas for occupants of floor areas in the part of the building that is exposed to fire and smoke. Vestibules or bridges are either vented to the outdoors or pressurized mechanically in order to prevent their acting as paths for the transmission of smoke. In vented vestibules below the neutral pressure plane of the building, air will normally flow from the vestibules to the floor areas and no smoke should enter the vestibules. In vestibules above the neutral pressure plane, air will flow from the floor area to the vestibule and thence to the outdoors. If a window breaks in the fire area, the pressure in the fire area will be the same as that in the vestibule and no smoke transfer should occur. Where vestibules are mechanically pressurized, the air flow will always be from the vestibule to the floor areas on either side, thus limiting the possibility of smoke entering the vestibule. Provision of an opening to the outdoors at the foot of a stairshaft will increase the air pressure in the shaft in winter and thus reduce the probability of entry of smoke from a floor on which a fire occurs. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 47

244 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Where a dividing wall is used to separate the two parts of a building (Figure 12), breakage of a window in a fire compartment below the neutral pressure plane can be undesirable. The pressure in the fire compartment will increase to a level approximately the same as exterior pressure, and this may cause substantial smoke flow through the dividing wall from the fire side to the other side of the building. This consideration does not apply to a spatial separation as shown in Figure 11. Provisions have been included to allow windows below the mid-height of a building on the side away from a fire to be opened manually in order to bring the pressure in that space to the exterior pressure and to eliminate the pressure difference across the dividing wall. While the most efficient solution to the problem of moving occupants to a place of safety is to have bridges or connecting vestibules at each floor level, the requirements in Measure K are that such bridges or vestibules should be at intervals of not more than five storeys, and in the case of residential buildings more than 75 m high, the bridges or vestibules should be on each storey. The approaches to the bridges or vestibules are by stairs and corridors whose width is controlled by Sentences (6) and (7) of Measure K. These provisions combine to enable all occupants to reach a place of safety in about three minutes. Stack action and the operation of smoke control measures may produce pressures across certain doors that will interfere with their normal operation. This may apply where a building has vestibules vented to the outdoors (a) at any door that swings into a vestibule from a floor space farther below the mid-height of the building than the distance shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard, (b) at any door that swings out of a vestibule from a floor space that is farther above the mid-height of the building than the distance shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard, (c) at any door between a floor space and an elevator shaft that is farther above or below the mid-height of the building than the distance shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard, (d) at any door between a floor space and a stairshaft that is farther above grade than the height shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard. In a building that has vestibules that are pressurized, pressures that may interfere with the normal operation of doors may occur with any door between a vestibule and a floor space where the rate of air injection exceeds m 3 /s for each weatherstripped door, or 0.33 m 3 /s for each door that is not weatherstripped, and any door between a floor space and an elevator shaft that is farther above or below the mid-height of the building than the height shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard. Where a mechanical air supply is required by Sentence (11) of Measure K, it may be desirable to heat the air supply and to provide two air intakes in separate locations on the building face as discussed in the general provisions to Measures F and G. Where Measure K is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated in a smoke control region of the building, it is intended that a fire alarm will sound on all floors in that smoke control region, and that the occupants on all floors will move through the dividing vestibules or bridges to the other smoke control region. Measure K (1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings may be met by incorporating the requirements of Sentences (2) to (17). (2) The building is designed as (a) a structure divided into two smoke control regions by a continuous vertical fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for a floor in Subsection of Division B, or (b) two or more smoke control regions separated by spatial separations that conform to the provisions of Subsection of Division B. (3) Bridges or vestibules are provided at intervals of not more than five storeys to permit movement of occupants from one smoke control region to the other, except that in the case of residential buildings more than 75 m high, the bridges or vestibules are located on each storey. SB-4 Page 48 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

245 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 (4) In each smoke control region referred to in Sentence (2), there is not less than one exit stairshaft and one elevator in a shaft that meets the requirements of Article of Division B and that is not common to both smoke control regions. (5) The floor area on either side of a bridge or vestibule is of sufficient size to accommodate its own normal population, plus the occupants of the one to five storeys of the adjacent smoke control region who may have to enter the floor area during a fire emergency, assuming 0.5 m 2 per ambulatory person and 1.5 m 2 per non-ambulatory person. (6) The width of each bridge or vestibule and each connecting corridor and door on the same storey is sufficient to provide not less than 3.67 mm of width for each person who may have to use these passages to reach the floor area referred to in Sentence (5) from the adjacent smoke control region. (7) The width of each stair or ramp that provides access to a floor having a bridge or vestibule from intervening floors is sufficient to provide not less than 5.5 mm of width for each person who may have to use the stair to reach the bridge or vestibule referred to in Sentence (6). (8) Between each bridge or vestibule and public corridor is a fire separation that has a 45 min fire-resistance rating. (9) Between each bridge or vestibule and a floor area other than the public corridor referred to in Sentence (8), is a fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating as required for exits in Subsection of Division B (10) Each door opening into a bridge or vestibule conforms to Articles and of Division B and is suitably identified as an access to an area of refuge. (11) Each bridge or vestibule is provided with (a) a vent opening to the outdoors that has an open area not less than 1 m 2 and that may be provided with a closure that is openable manually, or (b) a mechanical air supply not less than that obtained from Graph 7 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard that will be initiated as provided in Sentence (17). (12) Where the building is divided into two smoke control regions by a fire separation as described in Clause (2)(a), each floor area below the mid-height of each smoke control region is provided with a vent opening to the outdoors that has an open area of not less than 1.5 m 2 and that is normally closed but can be opened manually. (13) Each stairshaft is vented to the outdoors as described in Sentence (4) of Measure A. (14) Except as provided in Sentence (11), and except for exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys. (15) Floor areas below the lowest exit storey are divided by a fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating not less than that required in Clause (2)(a) and is in a location corresponding to the fire or spatial separations required for upper storeys. Doorways protected by pressurized vestibules are provided in the separations as described in Clause (11)(b). (16) Where a supply of air is required by Sentences (11) and (15), it is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (13) of Measure F. (17) The central alarm and control facility required by Article of Division B is provided with additional controls that are capable of (a) closing doors in fire separations required by Sentences (8), (9) and (15) between floor areas and vestibules, (b) initiating the mechanical air supply to the vestibules where required by Clause (11)(b) and Sentence (15), and (c) stopping air handling systems where required by Sentence (14). Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 49

246 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure L Areas of Refuge (smoke free areas) General Measure L is intended to provide refuge areas which occupants may enter during a fire. It may be used for buildings that have many openings between floors so that it is impracticable to confine smoke to one floor level. This measure is basically the same as described in Measure D, except that larger quantities of air must be injected into each area of refuge than into a comparable vestibule in order to maintain tolerable conditions for the occupants. A typical floor plan is shown in Figure 13. The area of refuge may include normally occupied space in the building, and because fire may occur in one of these spaces, provision is made for alternative groups of areas of refuge. Except in the case of Group C buildings more than 75 m high, areas of refuge may be provided on every fifth floor if the access routes are made wide enough to allow all occupants to reach the area of refuge within three minutes (see Figure 14). Stairshafts and elevators for fire fighters must be protected on intermediate floors by vestibules or by pressurization of the shafts. Stack action and the operation of smoke control measures may produce pressures across certain doors that will interfere with their normal operation. This may apply to any door between an area of refuge and a floor space that is farther above grade than the height shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard. Between every area of refuge and the floor space the building should have a vent fitted with a self-closing damper that will permit air to move from the area of refuge to the floor space but not vice-versa. It should have an openable area not less than 6 cm 2 for every m 3 /s of air injected into the area of refuge in excess of that specified in Measure D for a pressurized vestibule. Where Measure L is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intended that an alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that occupants of all floors will move to areas of refuge distributed throughout the building and await instructions over the voice communication system. Where a mechanical air supply is required by Sentence (9) of Measure L, it may be desirable to heat the air supply and to provide two air intakes in separate locations on the building face, as discussed in the general provisions to Measures F and G. Measure L (1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings (except measures to limit the movement from storeys below the lowest exit level into upper storeys) may be met by incorporating the requirements of Sentences (2) to (20). (2) Two independent groups of areas of refuge are distributed through the building so that there is an area of refuge in each group at least at every fifth storey, and each group is linked by a common exit stair to the exterior at grade. (3) On any floor area any area of refuge that has a door to an exit stair may also have a door to an elevator for fire fighters, but two exit stairs may not open on to the same area of refuge if no other vertical shaft is common to the two independent systems described in Sentence (2). (4) Each group of areas of refuge referred to in Sentence (2) can accommodate all the occupants of above grade storeys at the rate of 0.5 m 2 of floor area per ambulatory person or 1.5 m 2 per non-ambulatory person. (5) The width of corridors and doors leading to an area of refuge on the same storey is sufficient to provide 3.67 mm of width for each person who may have to use these passages to reach the area of refuge. SB-4 Page 50 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

247 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 (6) The width of stairs or ramps leading to an area of refuge from intervening floors is sufficient to provide 5.5 mm of width for each person who may have to use the stairs or ramps to reach the area of refuge. (7) Between each area of refuge and a public corridor is a fire separation that has a 45 min fire-resistance rating. (8) Between each area of refuge and a floor area other than the public corridor referred to in Sentence (7), is a fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating as required for exits in Subsection of Division B (9) Each door opening into an area of refuge conforms to the provisions for doors in Article of Division B and is suitably identified as an access to an area of refuge. (10) Each area of refuge is provided with a mechanical air supply not less than that required for a vestibule providing access to a stairshaft or an elevator shaft in Clause (5)(b) of Measure D, and obtained from Graph 3 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard, or not less than m 3 /s for each occupant of the area of refuge during a fire emergency, whichever is greater. (11) Any door in an exit stairshaft or in a shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters that does not open directly into an area of refuge is provided with a pressurized vestibule as described in Sentence (5) of Measure D, except where the stairshaft or elevator shaft is pressurized as described in Sentences (2) and (4) of Measure F. (12) Except as provided in Sentence (11), an elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters is provided with a pressurized vestibule as described in Sentences (2), (3) and (5) of Measure D or is pressurized as described in Sentence (4) of Measure F. (13) Any elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters or opens into an area of refuge and passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey does not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey, except where there is a vestibule between the elevator door or doors and each floor area below grade as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D. (14) A stairshaft serving storeys above the lowest exit level is vented to the outdoors at or near the bottom of the stairshaft as described in Sentence (4) of Measure A. (15) A stairway serving storeys below the lowest exit level is protected as described in Sentence (3) of Measure A. (16) Each elevator shaft protected by a vestibule or area of refuge having a mechanical air supply as described in Sentences (9) and (10) has a vent at or near the bottom of the shaft opening directly to the outdoors or into a vestibule or corridor that has a similar opening to the outdoors having an openable area not less than m 2 for every door into the shaft, other than doors at street floor level. (17) The vent at the bottom of an elevator shaft referred to in Sentence (16) may be provided with a closure which is openable manually and is designed to remain open during a fire emergency. (18) Except for air moving fans serving areas of refuge and vestibules as provided in Sentences (10) to (12), and except for exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys. (19) Where a supply of air is required by Sentences (10), (11), (12) and (15), it is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (14) of Measure F. (20) The central alarm and control facility required by Article of Division B is provided with additional controls that are capable of (a) closing doors in fire separations required by Sentences (7) and (8) between floor areas and areas of refuge or vestibules, (b) stopping air handling systems as required by Sentence (18), Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 51

248 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 (c) (d) opening closures in vents to the outdoors in elevator shafts that may be required by Sentence (12), and initiating the mechanical air supply to the areas of refuge, vestibules and shafts as may be required by Sentences (10), (11), (12) and (15). Measure M Residential Buildings with Balconies General In residential buildings the greater part of the requirements for control of smoke movement are waived where each suite has direct access to a balcony. The protective features are limited to stopping air handling systems, providing an opening to the outdoors at the foot of stairshafts serving upper floors and protection of stairshafts in storeys below grade. A typical arrangement is shown in Figure 16. Where Measure M is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intended that occupants on the fire floor will evacuate if possible, and that occupants of other floors may remain in their suites to await instructions. Measure M (1) The requirements specific to existing unsprinklered residential buildings may be met by incorporating the requirements of Sentences (2) to (7). (2) A stairshaft serving storeys above the lowest exit level has a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the bottom of the stairshaft, as described in Sentence (4) of Measure A. (3) A stairway serving storeys below the lowest exit level is protected as described in Sentence (3) of Measure A. (4) Any elevator shaft that passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey does not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey, except where there is a vestibule between the elevator door or doors and each floor area below grade as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D. (5) Except for exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys. (6) Where a supply of air is required by Sentence (3), it is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (13) of Measure F. (7) The central alarm and control facility required by Article of Division B is provided with additional controls that are capable of (a) stopping air handling systems as required by requirements specific to existing unsprinklered residential buildings, and (b) initiating the mechanical air supply to stairshafts as may be required by Clause (3)(c). SB-4 Page 52 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

249 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Measure N Connected Buildings General The measures described here are intended to prevent movement of smoke from one building to another. They are of particular significance where two buildings of unequal height are joined together. The techniques suggested are the provision of a large opening to the outdoors in a connecting vestibule so that smoke entering through leakage areas around doors will be vented to the outdoors, or pressurization to maintain a higher pressure in the vestibule than in adjacent spaces as illustrated in Figures 17 and 18. The requirements for protection of openings are described in terms appropriate to a doorway. Any other openings should be avoided if possible. Where they occur, they should be protected by the provision of an air lock that gives the same standard of protection as the vestibule described in Sentence (3). Measure N (1) The requirement of Sentence of Division B that limits movement of smoke from one building to another may be met by incorporating in the link between the buildings the requirements in Sentences (2) and (3). (2) Between one building and the other is a firewall as described in Subsection of Division B. (3) Any opening in the firewall is protected against passage of smoke by a vestibule described in Sentence (3) of Measure D and has (a) a vent to the outdoors that has a net area of 10(0.023d a) m 2, where d is the number of doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m that open into the vestibule, or if the perimeter of doors exceeds 6 m, the value of d is increased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter, and a is the area in square metres of enclosing walls, floors and ceilings whose outer face is in contact with the outside air, except that where the outer face of a wall is in contact with the ground or fill, it is assumed that there is no leakage through that portion, and the value of a is assumed to be zero, or (b) equipment capable of maintaining a supply of air into the vestibule sufficient to ensure that the air pressure in the vestibule when the doors are closed is higher by at least 12 Pa than that in adjacent floor areas when the outdoor temperature is equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5 per cent basis. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 53

250 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Appendix A to SB-4 Graphs for Applying Smoke Control Measures Graph 1 Vent to a vertical service space where no other shaft in the building is pressurized Graph 2 Vent to a vertical service space where other shafts in the building are pressurized Notes to Graphs 1 and 2: (1) Curve A applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by unplastered unit masonry or by plaster and steel stud construction with all openings in the shaft sealed to the degree required by Articles to of Division B. (2) Curve B applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by monolithic concrete or by plastered unit masonry with all openings in the shaft sealed tightly to minimize air leakage. (3) A shaft having a vent that is 100 per cent of the cross-sectional area of the shaft is acceptable for buildings up to 1.5 times the height shown by the appropriate curve in Graphs 1 and 2. (4) The total leakage area, based on measurements arrived at in typical high buildings, is assumed to be m 2 for every 10 m 2 of shaft wall area in the case of Curve A and m 2 for every 10 m 2 of shaft wall area in the case of Curve B. SB-4 Page 54 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

251 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Notes to Graph 3: Graph 3 Factor for mechanical air supply to a vestibule (1) The air supply to each vestibule in cubic metres per second equals F 3 d+0.071e+0.094s where F 3 is a factor obtained from Graph 3, d = the number of doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m between each vestibule and a floor area, e = s = the number of doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m between each vestibule and an elevator shaft, and the number of doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m between each vestibule and a stairshaft. The quantity "F 3 d+0.071e+0.094s" represents the total leakage from the vestibule. (2) If the perimeter of a door exceeds 6 m, the value of d, e or s must be increased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter. (3) A double leaf door is counted as two doors in this formula. (4) A door provided with tight-fitting weatherstripping is counted as one half of a door. (5) The height of the building is the number of metres between the roof and the floor level of the lowest basement floor. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 55

252 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Notes to Graph 4: (1) The air supply to each elevator shaft in cubic metres per second equals where Graph 4 Factor for air supply to an elevator shaft F 4 (0.023d a 4 ) F 4 is the factor obtained from Graph 4 d 4 = total number of doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m that open into the elevator shaft, and a 4 = area of enclosing walls of the shaft in square metres. The expression "0.023d a 4 " represents the total leakage area in the walls of the shaft. (2) If the perimeter of a door exceeds 6 m, the value of d 4 must be increased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter. (3) A double leaf door is counted as two doors in this formula. (4) A door provided with tight-fitting weatherstripping is counted as one half of a door. (5) If the enclosing walls of the shaft are of monolithic concrete or of unit masonry plastered on one side, the value of a 4 may be halved. (6) If an elevator shaft is provided with vestibules on each floor, the enclosing walls considered in this formula may be taken as including those of the vestibules if it leads to an economy in air supply requirements. In this case d 4 above refers to doors between the vestibules and the floor areas and doors between the elevator shaft and the vestibules do not enter into the calculation. SB-4 Page 56 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

253 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Notes to Graph 5: Graph 5 Factor for air supply for building pressurization (1) If Measure H is used, the air supply delivered to the whole building in cubic metres per second equals where F 5 x a 5 F 5 a 5 = is a factor obtained from Graph 5, and area of all exterior wall surfaces of the building in square metres measured between ground level and underside of the roof. (Where the outer face of a wall is in direct contact with the ground or fill, it is assumed that there is no leakage through that portion, and the value of a 5 is assumed to be zero.) (2) Graph 5 is based on an air leakage rate of m 3 /s per square metre of exterior wall at a pressure difference of 75 kpa, based on the measured leakage rate in high buildings having fixed windows and curtain wall panels. (3) This is equivalent to a leakage area in exterior walls of m 2 per 100 m 2 of wall area. If the leakage area in a building differs significantly from this, the air supply should be adjusted in direct proportion. (4) The height of building is measured between the underside of the roof and the floor level of the lowest basement floor. (5) If Measure I or J is used, the air supply delivered to the space that includes stairshafts, elevator shafts and corridors in cubic metres per second equals where F 5 (a 6 +51d 6 ) F 5 is a factor obtained from Graph 5 that is not less than , a 6 = area in square metres of the walls enclosing the space that includes stairshafts, elevator shafts and associated corridors on all floors, and d 6 = total number of doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m in the wall area described in a 6. (6) If the enclosing walls described above are of monolithic concrete or of unit masonry plastered on one side, the value of a 6 may be halved. (7) If the perimeter of a door exceeds 6 m, the value of d 6 must be increased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter. (8) A double leaf door is counted as two doors in this formula. (9) A door provided with tight-fitting weatherstripping is counted as a one half of a door. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 57

254 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Graph 6 Flow reduction factors Graph 7 Air supply to vestibule in a vertically divided building Notes to Graph 7: (1) Curve A shows the air supply to each vestibule in cubic metres per second for a vestibule that has four doors (or two double doors), each door having a perimeter of not more than 6 m, between the vestibule and the floor areas on either side of the building. (2) Curve B shows the air supply to each vestibule in cubic metres per second for a vestibule that has two single doors, each door having a perimeter of not more than 6 m, between the vestibule and the floor areas on either side of the building. (3) If the perimeter of a door exceeds 6 m, the air supply must be increased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter. (4) If the doors are provided with tight-fitting weatherstripping, the air supply may be halved. (5) The height of building is the distance between the roof and the floor level of the lowest basement floor. SB-4 Page 58 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

255 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Graph 8 Height of the shaft relative to grade, or the neutral pressure plane at which pressure across a door may exceed 95 Pa Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 59

256 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Appendix B to SB-4 Assumptions Used in Developing Fire Safety Measures The objectives of the measures for fire safety in high buildings are (a) to provide for the safety of the occupants of a building, either by maintaining the tenability of the occupied floor spaces during the period of a fire emergency or by making it possible for occupants to move to a place of safety, (b) to maintain tenable conditions in which occupants may remain in exit stairs leading from floor spaces to the outdoors, and (c) to maintain tenable conditions in elevators that can be used to transport fire fighters and their equipment from the street floor to the floor immediately below the fire floor. It is assumed that the fire fighters will use one of the protected stairshafts referred to in (b) to walk up to the fire floor from the floor below. The first of these objectives may be met by the evacuation of all occupants to the outdoors in from seven to ten minutes, by the movement of occupants to safe areas within the building in from three to five minutes (as in Measures C, E, G, J, K, L and M) or by maintaining the tenability of all floor areas except those on the fire floor and the floor above the fire floor (as in Measures A, B, D, F, H and I). The requirements in the Building Code covering widths of exits and travel distances to exits make it possible for occupants of a floor on which a fire occurs to leave that floor within one or two minutes provided their escape route is not cut off by the fire. The objectives of the measures are to maintain certain spaces substantially smoke free for a significant period of time during a fire emergency, and hence some criterion of tenability is called for. The criterion for long term tenability is that a space shall not include more than one per cent by volume of the contaminated atmosphere from the fire region. The criterion of tenability is based on visibility and carbon monoxide concentration. Mechanisms of Smoke Movement in Buildings Movement of a smoky atmosphere within a building is not significantly different from that of a normal atmosphere at the same temperature. The principal constituent of both atmospheres is nitrogen. The fact that the concentrations of other component gases will differ and that a smoky atmosphere will contain particulate matter will not influence its overall density to an extent that will significantly affect its movement. The mechanisms to be discussed do, therefore, relate to the movement of a smoky atmosphere as well as a normal atmosphere. Air Circulating Systems An obvious mechanism for the dispersal of smoke within a building is the recirculating air handling system. Assuming that the system has been competently designed, the approximate extent of the recirculation under any particular circumstances is known, and hence the build-up in any area of contamination can be predicted. Effect of Wind Exterior winds create pressure differentials within buildings, which lead to internal air movement, principally horizontal. Some upward movement also results, however, from the non-uniformity of the wind profile up the side of a building. In addition, if one side of the building is facing the wind, only that face will be subjected to a positive pressure, the remainder being subjected to negative pressure. SB-4 Page 60 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

257 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Expansion Another smoke movement mechanism, which is of considerable significance during the early stages of any fire that is not well vented to the outdoors, is the expansion process associated with heating. The leakage characteristics of virtually any building are such that the rate of temperature rise occurring in the fire region cannot create pressure differentials greater than about 250 Pa (gauge). Instead, the volume of the atmosphere increases linearly with absolute temperature. During the development of a fire in a compartment, absolute temperature may be expected to triple, and the volume of gas will increase by approximately the same factor. At least two-thirds of the original atmosphere in the fire region will, therefore, be displaced by this mechanism. Generation of gases as a result of combustion has also been considered. The volume created by this phenomenon cannot, however, exceed 20 per cent of the original volume, and is not likely to be significant compared to expansion due to temperature rise. Stack Effect Whenever a temperature differential exists between the interior and exterior of an enclosure, a phenomenon known as stack or chimney effect prevails. Figure B-1 illustrates the case where the interior temperature is higher than the exterior, and there is an inflow of cold air at low levels and a corresponding outflow at high levels. Figure B-1 Stack action This effect can result from building heating and from temperature differentials created by the fire itself and is particularly important in Canadian buildings because of the cold winter conditions. The pressure differentials generated by stack effect can be calculated by considering the densities of the internal and external atmospheres. Figure B-1 represents a simplified model in which air flows in at a low level and out at a high level, while there is an intermediate level where there is no pressure differential between interior and exterior. This level is referred to as "the neutral pressure plane". Taking the pressure at the neutral plane as P 0, the pressures at the lower or upper openings can be derived, for they are associated with the weights of the columns of gas above them. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 61

258 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 The resulting expression for the pressure difference across the lower opening is where *p = h 1 gd 2 2/T 0 *p = pressure difference, h 1 is defined in Figure B-1, T 0 = absolute outdoor temperature, 2 = difference between indoor and outdoor temperature, D 2 = density of indoor air, and g = acceleration due to gravity. Substituting H = (h 1 + h 2 ) will give the total of the pressure head (the sum of the pressure differentials across the upper and lower openings) generated by stack effect. Importance of Mechanisms Responsible for Smoke Movement Expansion due to heating of the atmosphere in a fire compartment is largely a transient phenomenon occurring at the development stage of a fire. Two-thirds of the atmosphere of the fire region is likely to be displaced and, if the region were not vented to the exterior, there could be a significant movement of smoke laden atmosphere to other parts of the building. Dispersed evenly throughout the building, and taking into account leakage to outdoors, this displaced atmosphere could render untenable a space equal to about 50 times that of the fire region. Pressures Due to Stack Effect In discussing the steady state conditions responsible for smoke movement, total pressure heads generated may be compared. These pressure heads are tabulated in Table B-1 together with the flow rates that they will create beneath a typical door having a free space of 900 mm x 12.5 m beneath it. In Columns 2 and 3, the total head given by stack action resulting from a fire in a single storey is also given by stack action associated with building heating during cold weather in a building three to four storeys high. Pressure Head, Pa Table B-1 Magnitudes of Pressures Developed by Thermal and Wind Effects Magnitudes Height of Heated Compartment, m 800EC above ambient (i.e., on fire) 50EC above ambient Wind Speed, km/h Flow Beneath Door with 900 x 12.5 mm Gap, m 3 /s Column Assuming that a building is compartmented, fire other than one in a shaft should be confined to a single storey. The total pressure head generated by the fire is thus not likely to exceed about 25 Pa. As buildings are generally heated in their entirety, stack effect associated with building heating can give a total head significantly more than 25 Pa if the building is more than about four storeys high. Thus combatting stack action associated with building heating in high buildings is likely to pose more of a problem than combatting stack action directly associated with a fire. In high buildings emphasis should be placed on the building heating rather than the fire stack action problem. SB-4 Page 62 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

259 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Effect of Wind Column 4 of Table B-1 indicates that pressures resulting from winds can be substantial. As mentioned earlier, the greater part of the resulting airflow is horizontal. This does not create as great a hazard as vertical movement via the shafts in a building. An upward flow does exist, however, and its effect is virtually identical to that of stack action associated with building heating. Combatting the latter will, therefore, take account of the more hazardous influence of winds. Contribution of Air Handling Systems The effect of recirculating air handling systems is not shown in Table B-1, but it is substantial and hence it must be considered when smoke control techniques are being devised for buildings including such systems. Significance of Smoke Movement Mechanisms Given the considerations just discussed, the most significant smoke movement mechanisms to be combatted are (1) operating recirculating air-handling systems, (2) the expansion process occurring during the initial stages of a fire, and (3) stack action associated with building heating. Techniques for Avoiding Widespread Smoke Contamination Techniques for avoiding widespread smoke contamination in a high building can be divided into the following categories: (1) Avoidance of any significant fire. The first approach in this category is to exclude or limit combustible materials from a building. Calculations of air movement due to stack effect have indicated that the destruction by fire of very small quantities of combustible material can produce enough smoke to produce untenable conditions in upper floors and vertical shafts of a high building. Limits on the use of smoke producing materials are thus unlikely to be adequate as a sole means of smoke control. Automatic extinguishment of a fire can also be considered as an approach to limiting smoke generation provided the quantity of combustibles destroyed is held within strict limits. (2) Compartmentation. Where a floor area is divided into a number of fire compartments, the potential size of a fire will be limited to the contents of one compartment. In addition there will be, in some circumstances, dilution of smoke moving from the fire compartment to other floors. Where the fire occurs below the neutral plane, in cold weather the path of smoke travel may be along a corridor to stairshafts and elevator shafts. In this case the smoke in the corridor will be diluted by clean air coming from other compartments. In an ideal situation (uniform compartments, no expansion and no wind), dilution of the smoke laden air will be in proportion to the number of compartments. Breaking of a window in the fire compartment will, however, increase the pressure in that space and will reduce the effect of dilution. Where smoke travel occurs through a vertical shaft from a compartment involved in fire to higher compartments, the level of contamination will not be related to the number of units on one floor, but will likely be restricted to units on other floors that are adjacent to the vertical shaft. The result of compartmentation is, therefore, likely to be beneficial, but does not eliminate the need for smoke control measures. (3) Location of shafts outside the building envelope. The vertical transfer of smoke to the upper storeys of a building from fire on a lower storey occurs largely by the vertical shafts in the building rather than through the floors, about 95 per cent or more in the case of a typical 20-storey building. Separation of the shafts from the building would thus largely solve the problem. This approach constitutes one of the suggested methods of smoke control. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 63

260 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 (4) Dilution. Dilution by a factor of about 100 of the smoke gases issuing from a fire region will provide a tenable atmosphere. This feature could form the basis of a smoke control method, air being injected into the building at appropriate rates at those locations where smoke is being discharged from the fire region into adjacent parts of the building. When cold weather conditions are considered, however, dilution alone is not likely to be very practical. In general, it would be better if the injection of air were directed to modifying the pressure pattern within a building in order to limit any undesirable movement of smoke. Dilution as a means of reducing smoke contamination should, nevertheless, be considered as an important secondary factor governing a designer's choice of smoke control method. Its importance is in dispersing contamination that might develop as a result of delay in implementing smoke control measures, or of other occurrences such as the opening of a number of doors that might interfere with the operation of a smoke control measure. The amount of air required to dilute a contaminated atmosphere to a tenable level can be calculated approximately. If no mixing were to occur between the contaminated and the clean air, and the contaminated air were to move out ahead of the clean air, one volume of the clean air injected into a compartment would produce a smoke free atmosphere. In practice, however, some mixing does occur. If perfect mixing is assumed in a compartment that has reached a level of contamination equivalent to that of the fire compartment, and no more smoke is entering, the amount of clean air needed to create the one per cent tenable atmosphere discussed would be five times the volume of the compartment. If, however, we are considering a compartment isolated from the fire compartment by a fire separation and self closing doors, it is more reasonable to assume that the level of contamination likely to occur is about one-fifth of that in the fire compartment. In these circumstances, injection of three volumes of clean air would be sufficient to produce a tenable atmosphere. If clean air is injected at the rate of one volume every two minutes, the atmosphere in the compartment would be satisfactory in about six minutes. These figures are based on the expression where c 0 c = c 0 e at = initial concentration of contaminant, c = final concentration of contaminant, a = rate of diluent air flow in number of air changes per minute, t = time in minutes between occurrence of initial and final concentration, and e = Based on this calculation, assuming perfect mixing of the contaminated air and the diluent air, c/c 0 = after injection of one volume of clean air, after injection of two volumes of clean air, after injection of three volumes of clean air, after injection of four volumes of clean air, and after injection of five volumes of clean air. (5) Adjustment of pressure differential distribution. This category of smoke control technique involves modification of the pressure pattern within the building. The pressure distribution within a building is illustrated by the pressure characteristic diagrams in Figure B-2. The graphs represent, in an exaggerated manner, the pressure differences between floor areas, shafts and exterior at the same height above ground. The pressure difference shown amounts to little more than 500 Pa, whereas the total pressures involved are about 100 kpa. The graphs do relate pressure to heights, and thus cannot be used to determine pressure difference between one floor and another at a different height. Given any set of characteristics as in Figure B-2, the important feature is that, during cold weather, air flow from one region to another at the same level will be towards the region that is at a lower pressure. In the typical building whose characteristics are illustrated, smoke generated at a low level will flow into shafts, up through the shafts and out into floor spaces at the higher levels. SB-4 Page 64 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

261 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Figure B-2 Pressure characteristics of a typical building Shafts provide the major paths for the spread of smoke within a building, so one should note the effect of venting on their characteristics. Figure B-3 shows the characteristics of a simple heated shaft under three different venting arrangements, the second and third (Figures B-3(b) and B-3(c)) having obvious advantages in controlling smoke movement in buildings. In Figure B-3(b) the shaft is vented to the outdoors at the top, and smoke entering the shaft at any level would not leave it until it reached the top opening. If a corresponding condition were established within a building, the shaft would, therefore, not constitute a path for the transmission of smoke from low level to high level floor spaces. In Figure B-3(c) the shaft is vented to the outdoors at the bottom, fresh air enters the shaft at the lowest level and leaves it through any leakage area at any other level in the shaft. Such a condition for a shaft in a building would be most valuable, for as well as being eliminated as a path for smoke dispersal, the shaft also has a clear atmosphere. These conditions, however, may not be sustained long as the atmosphere in the shaft will cool as a result of the influx of cold air, and the characteristic will approach that of the exterior atmosphere. Injection of warm air into the shaft is necessary to maintain these conditions over a prolonged period. Where a smoke control method is concerned with changing the pressure pattern within a building, many of the measures involved are based on the preceding concept of changing the pressure characteristic of a shaft. Since shafts are the principal paths by which smoke disperses throughout a building, the aim will be either to decrease or to increase shaft pressures substantially. Both measures will eliminate vertical smoke transfer by the shaft between floor spaces. Top venting the shaft as in Figure B-3(b) or use of mechanical exhaust to approach these pressure characteristics will, however, also result in the entry of smoke into the shaft, while pressurizing the shaft, such as by mechanical injection, will maintain a tenable atmosphere in the shaft. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 65

262 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Figure B-3 Shaft characteristics (6) Smoke shafts. A smoke shaft differs from a vented service shaft in that an opening is provided into the shaft from the fire floor in addition to the opening to the outside at the top of the shaft. Until windows in outer walls are broken, a smoke shaft alone can be an effective means of limiting movement of smoke into other floors and shafts. In cold weather, the shaft air is warmer than the outdoor air and the shaft will begin to function as a vent as soon as the dampers are opened. During warm weather there will be some delay, as the smoke shaft cannot function as a vent until hot air has entered the shaft as a result of initial expansion in the fire region. The pressure conditions that prevail during cold weather are shown in Figure B-4. The air pressure on the fire floor, having an opening into the smoke shaft, is below that in adjacent unvented shafts and adjacent floor areas. Air flow will be from the adjacent floor areas and shafts into the fire floor, and from the fire floor into the smoke shaft. If, however, a window is broken on a fire floor at a lower level, the air pressure in the fire region will be increased to approximately that of outdoor air at the same level. Smoke may then flow into stairshafts and elevator shafts and adjacent floor areas. During warm weather, breaking of a window will allow venting of smoke to the outdoors for a fire on any floor, except when wind is blowing towards the open window. In this event, breaking of the window will cause the action of the smoke shaft to be overwhelmed. The smoke shaft, therefore, is not fully effective as a sole method of smoke control in a floor area with windows, but can be used in conjunction with building pressurization as part of a smoke control method. The size of a smoke shaft is related to conditions to be established in the event of a fire at a lower level of the building and is dependent on the leakage characteristics of the building. Any increase in the air leakage through the walls of the building and the shafts requires a corresponding increase in the size of the smoke shaft. In Figure B-4 the idealized smoke shaft pressure characteristic is indicated by a dotted line and assumes no pressure losses inside the shaft. As the smoke shaft is open to the outside at the top, pressure at the top level of the smoke shaft is equal to that of outside air. SB-4 Page 66 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

263 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Figure B-4 Pressure differences produced by a smoke shaft Assuming an air temperature inside a smoke shaft equal to that of the building, as may occur in the case of a small fire, the slope of the smoke shaft pressure characteristic is the same as those of the vented shafts. In Figure B-4 the total pressure (DPT) acting across the vent opening at the bottom is represented by the horizontal distance between floor space and smoke shaft pressure characteristics. The value of DPT is about one half of the total pressure head generated by stack action over the height of the building. The values of DPT are plotted against building height for various outside temperatures in Figure B-5. The movement of air through the smoke shaft causes a decrease in building pressures, which results in the shifting of the floor space pressure characteristic to the left in the pressure diagram. This results in a lower effective value of DPT. The values of DPT have been adjusted to take this factor into account. So far it has been assumed that no pressure losses occur inside the smoke shaft. Friction, momentum and dynamic pressure losses can, however, occur inside the smoke shaft, as a result of air flow through the open vent of the fire floor, as well as through leakage openings in the walls of the smoke shaft. The smoke shaft pressure characteristic including pressure losses is also shown in Figure B-4 as a solid line. The actual pressure difference across the open smoke vent DPv is less than DPT, the difference between the two values representing the pressure losses inside the smoke shaft. The flow requirement to achieve the desired venting action depends on the pressure differences across the fire floor enclosure caused by stack action, and on the air tightness of the various interior and exterior separations of the building. The flow rates shown in Figure B-6 were calculated initially for a 20-storey building having a floor plan measuring 36 m by 36 m, with assumed leakage through walls and floors consistent with the results of air movement measurement obtained in several multi-storey buildings. Extrapolation was made for buildings of various heights, floor areas and outside temperatures using the following relationships: (1) QV is proportional to FA, (2) QV is proportional to H 1/2, and (3) QV is proportional to where (Ti - To) 1/2 To QV is the required flow rate through the floor vent of the smoke shaft, FA is the flow area of a typical floor, H is the height of building, Ti is the indoor absolute temperature, and To is the outdoor absolute temperature. A number of other considerations may have to be taken into account in applying measures for control of smoke movement. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 67

264 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Figure B-5 Available total pressure versus building height Figure B-6 Required venting capacity of smoke shaft (7) Make-up air. In the case of smoke control systems that depend on a supply of make-up air from outside the building for pressurization or dilution, the air intakes should be located so that there is little possibility of smoke or other products of combustion being drawn into the air handling system. The source of the smoke could be a fire in the building. The smoke could reach the air intakes as a result of siting the intakes close to the discharge from a smoke shaft or as a result of wind patterns directing smoke that has been vented out through the building envelope towards the intakes. Other sources of smoke are vents from fuel fired equipment, including furnaces and emergency electricity generators, and fire in an adjacent part of a building separated from the building under consideration by fire separations and vestibules, as would occur in the use of Measure K. Air intakes located near ground level should be sited so that exhausts from emergency and other vehicles are not likely to be drawn into the air handling system. SB-4 Page 68 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

265 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Breaking of Windows on the Fire Floor Where the room in which a fire occurs has windows, they will probably be broken at a fairly early stage. This will result in a change of pressure in the fire region to substantially that of outdoor air pressure at that level. In Figure B-2, for a fire at a low level in the building during cold weather, breaking of windows will greatly increase the pressure in the region involved. As a result more smoke may be expected to pass into adjacent floors and vertical shafts. This has been taken into consideration in the measures described in Section 3. Pressures Across Doors Problems may occur where air pressures across typical hinged doors and sliding elevator doors interfere with their normal use. This may occur when the pressure across a door exceeds 100 Pa. Pressure differences of this magnitude may occur in cold weather where a door communicates with a space that is substantially at outdoor air pressure. This commonly occurs at the entrance doors to high buildings during normal use. The problem is resolved in this case by use of revolving doors or by special hinges which permit the door to rotate about the centre until a sufficient opening is formed to relieve the pressure on the door. It may also occur when windows on a fire floor are broken or where vestibules vented to the outdoors are employed, as in Measure D in Section 3. Situations where such problems may arise are indicated in the explanatory notes to each smoke control measure. Explosions in Smoke Shafts An explosion may occur in a smoke shaft during a fire. The maximum over-pressure predicted on the basis of a British report would probably not exceed about 16.5 C. This has been considered, and because it is a somewhat remote possibility, no special precautions are recommended. Pressure Drop in Stairs Recent studies have shown that air supply requirements for stairwells with an open door at grade level can cause a substantial pressure drop due to friction. If the air is injected only at the top of particular designs of stairwell in a high building, a non-uniform pressure distribution over the height of the stairshaft may occur. This may produce an undesirably high pressure differential across stairwell doors at high levels. This problem may be avoided by injection of the air at several levels rather than only at the top. Warm Weather Conditions The smoke control techniques have been developed to function under cold weather conditions; their performance under warm weather conditions has, however, been carefully considered. Undesirable pressures may be created across certain doors, and certain spaces such as a stairshaft may be contaminated when the door to the outdoors is open. Where air injection is used, modulation of the supply with exterior temperature can be a solution to the problem, although such action reduces the effect of the air supply in diluting transient smoke contamination. Where no interior-exterior temperature differential exists, building heating does not cause stack action and its influence as a smoke movement mechanism disappears. Assuming air handling systems to be shut down, expansion becomes a major factor in spreading smoke throughout a building. Under these conditions the influence of a simple vent opening in an external wall can be readily assessed. Flow through all openings in the walls around the fire region will be roughly in proportion to their area. If the area of the vent to the exterior is ten times the area of the openings communicating to the remainder of the building, only about ten per cent of the displaced smoke laden atmosphere will pass into other parts of the building. During cold weather, expansion may be responsible for a slight overall increase in pressure of about 25 Pa in the fire region for about 20 minutes. Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 69

266 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Appendix C to SB-4 Check of a Smoke Control System The efficiency of a smoke control system may be checked by measuring pressure differences and the directions of air flow around doors and through separating walls of compartments. A pressure meter can be used to measure pressure differences on either side of a door or partition. Where this is impracticable, a punk stick held near a crack will give an indication of the direction of air flow. Measurements of air flow may be taken on the intake side of supply fans or in supply ducts to determine whether the specified air flow is being provided. In general, air flow should be from the spaces which may be occupied during a fire emergency (e.g., stairshafts) toward the space in which the fire is assumed to have occurred. For each method of smoke control, measurements may be taken at certain critical locations to check the overall efficiency of the system. In buildings designed by Measure B, C, D or E, where protection is obtained by venting corridors or vestibules to the outdoors, inspection of the building to determine whether the requirements have been met should be sufficient. In buildings incorporating Measure B, C, D, E, F or G, service shafts may be vented to the outdoors at the top. In this case a check may be made of the wall between the shaft and the uppermost occupied floor areas, to ensure that the direction of flow is from each floor area into the shaft, when the vent to the outside is open and the outdoor air temperature is significantly less than that indoors. In a building incorporating Measure D or E, where mechanically pressurized vestibules are used, and in a building incorporating Measure L, a check may be made to ensure that the pressure in each vestibule or area of refuge is greater than that in the adjacent floor areas at each floor level. In a building incorporating Measure F or G, the efficiency of a protected elevator shaft can be checked by using a meter to measure pressure differences between the shaft and the outdoors at grade, before and after actuation of the air injection system. The difference between the two readings gives the mechanical pressurization of the shaft, which should be at least equal to one half of the calculated pressure difference caused by stack action over the height of a building for the January design temperature and the design flow rate specified in Sentence (4) of Measure F or Sentence (4) of Measure G. Where the air flow is modulated, the mechanical pressurization should vary between 50 Pa when the outdoor temperature is equal to that indoors, and one half of the pressure difference noted above when the outdoor temperature is equal to the January design temperature. Flow rates into the elevator shaft may be checked against that specified in Sentence (4) of Measure F and Sentence (4) of Measure G. Stairshafts may be checked with the air injection system operating and the door or vent to the outdoors open. Flow rate through the shaft should be equal to that required by Sentence (2) of Measure F and Sentence (2) of Measure G. Top vented service shafts may be checked as described for a building incorporating Measure B, C, D or E. In a building incorporating Measure H, the efficiency of the system may be checked by measuring pressure differences between floor areas at grade and outdoors before and after actuation of the air injection system. The magnitude of the mechanical pressurization is obtained as described above in the case of elevator shafts in a building incorporating Measure F or G and should be equal to half the pressure difference caused by stack action over the height of the building for the January design temperature and the design flow rate specified in Sentence (2) of Measure H. The effect of modulating air flow for different temperature conditions is also as described for elevator shafts. Flow rates into the building may be checked against those required in Sentence (2) of Measure H. A check may be made on each floor individually, with the air injection system operating and the damper to the smoke shaft or panel to the outdoors open. Under these circumstances, air flow should be from the stairshafts, elevator shafts and service shafts into the floor area that has a damper or panel open. SB-4 Page 70 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

267 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 In a building incorporating Measure I or J, pressure differences should be measured between the central core at grade and a suite that has a number of windows open to the outdoors before and after actuation of the air injection system. The magnitude of mechanical pressurization is obtained as described above in the case of elevator shafts in a building incorporating Measure F or G and should be equal to one half of the pressure difference caused by stack action over the height of the building for the January design temperature and design flow rate specified in Sentence (2) of Measure I. The effect of modulating air flow for different temperature conditions is also as described for elevator shafts. Flow rates into the central core may be checked against those required in Sentence (2) of Measure I. In a building incorporating Measure K, inspection should indicate whether or not there is a continuous separation between two parts of the building, extending from the roof through storeys below grade. Where pressurized vestibules are used, a check may be made to ensure that the direction of air flow is from each vestibule into adjacent floor areas at each level. The check should also be made on a low level floor with the floor space vents referred to in Sentence (12) of Measure K, or other windows in the two halves of the building open on that floor. This represents the condition when the fire has broken windows in one half of the building and the compensating vent in the other half of the building has been opened manually. In a building incorporating Measure L, the method of checking is the same as in a building incorporating Measure D or E, except that flow rates into areas of refuge should be measured to ensure that they meet the requirements of Sentence (9) of Measure L. Doors to stairshafts, elevator shafts and vestibules that are indicated in the notes relating to each measure as being in locations subject to pressure differences that may interfere with normal opening should be checked when the outdoor temperature is near the January design temperature, with the air injection system operating and a number of windows open to the outdoors on each floor in turn. References General (1) High-Rise Building Fires and Fire Safety. Fire Journal and Fire Technology, NFPA No. SPP-18, 1972, 164 pp. (2) N.B. Hutcheon, Safety in Buildings. CBD 114, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, June (3) M. Galbreath, Fire in High Buildings. DBR Fire Study No. 21, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, April NRCC (4) G.W. Shorter, Fire in Tall Buildings. Fire Fighting in Canada, October Evacuation (5) M. Galbreath, Time of Evacuation by Stairs in High Buildings. Fire Fighting in Canada, February (6) J.L. Pauls, Evacuation and Other Fire Safety Measures in High-Rise Buildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 81, Part 1, 1975, pp Smoke Movement and Control (General) (7) A.G. Wilson and G.W. Shorter, Fire and High Buildings. Fire Technology, Vol. 6, No. 4, November 1970, pp NRCC (8) J.H. McGuire, G.T. Tamura and A.G. Wilson, Factors in Controlling Smoke in High Buildings. ASHRAE Symposium Bulletin, January 1970, pp NRCC (9) N.B. Hutcheon and G.W. Shorter, Smoke Problems in High-Rise Buildings. ASHRAE Journal, Vol. 10, No. 9, September 1968, pp NRCC Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 71

268 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 (10) J.H. McGuire and G.T. Tamura, Smoke Control in High-Rise Buildings. CBD 134, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, February (11) G.T. Tamura and J.H. McGuire, Smoke Movement in High-Rise Buildings. CBD 133, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, January (12) J.H. McGuire and G.T. Tamura, The National Building Code Smoke Control Measures - An Overview. Engineering Digest, Vol. 25, No. 9, October 1979, pp NRCC (13) G.T. Tamura, Review of the DBR/NRC Studies on Control of Smoke from a Fire in High Buildings. ASHRAE Trans. Vol. 89, Part 1B, 1983, pp NRCC (14) G.T. Tamura, Smoke-Control Systems in High-Rise Buildings, Survey. Engineering Digest, Vol. 30, No. 7, August 1984, pp NRCC (15) G.T. Tamura and P.J. Manley, Smoke Movement Studies in a 15-Storey Hotel. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 91, Part 2B, 1985, pp NRCC (16) J.H. McGuire and G.T. Tamura, Simple Analysis of Smoke-Flow Problems in High Buildings. Fire Technology, Vol. 11, No. 1, February 1975, pp NRCC Specialized Aspects of Smoke Control (17) G.T. Tamura and C.Y. Shaw, Basis for the Design of Smoke Shafts. Fire Technology, Vol. 9, No. 3, August 1973, pp NRCC (18) G.T. Tamura and A.G. Wilson, Natural Venting to Control Smoke Movement in Buildings via Vertical Shafts. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 76, Part II, 1970, pp NRCC (19) G.T. Tamura, Analysis of Smoke Shafts for Control of Smoke Movement in Buildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 76, Part II, 1970, pp NRCC (20) G.T. Tamura, J.H. McGuire and A.G. Wilson, Air-Handling Systems for Control of Smoke Movement. ASHRAE Symposium Bulletin, January 1970, pp NRCC (21) N.B. Hutcheon, Fire Protection in Air System Installations. Heating, Piping and Air Conditioning, Vol. 40, No. 12, December 1968, p NRCC (22) G.T. Tamura and C.Y. Shaw, Experimental Studies of Mechanical Venting for Smoke Control in Tall Office Buildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 84, Part 1, 1978, pp NRCC (23) G.T. Tamura, Experimental Studies on Exterior Wall Venting for Smoke Control in Tall Office Buildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 84, Part 2, 1978, pp NRCC (24) G.T. Tamura, The Performance of a Vestibule Pressurization for the Protection of Escape Routes of a 17-Storey Hotel. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 86, Part 1, 1980, pp NRCC (25) G.T. Tamura and C.Y. Shaw, Field Check on the Building Pressurization Method for Smoke Control in High-Rise Buildings. ASHRAE Journal, Vol. 23, No. 2, February 1981, pp NRCC (26) G.T. Tamura, A Smoke Control System for High-Rise Office Buildings. ASHRAE Journal, Vol. 24, No. 5, May 1982, pp NRCC (27) G.T. Tamura and K. Tsuji, Simplified Method for Designing a Mechanical Smoke Exhaust System for High-Rise Buildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 91, Part 2 B, 1985, pp NRCC (28) G.T. Tamura, Experimental Studies on Pressurized Escape Routes. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 80, Part 2, 1974, pp NRCC (29) G.T. Tamura and J.H. Klote, Experimental Fire Tower Studies of Elevator Pressurization Systems for Smoke Control. ASHRAE Trans. Vol. 93, Part 2, NRCC (30) J.H. Klote and G.T. Tamura, Experiments of Piston Effect on Elevator Smoke Control. ASHRAE Trans. Vol. 93, Part 2, NRCC SB-4 Page 72 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

269 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 Computer Studies (31) H. Yoshida, C.Y. Shaw and G.T. Tamura, A Fortran IV Program to Calculate Smoke Concentrations in a Multi-Storey Building. Computer Program No. 45, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, June (32) G.T. Tamura, Computer Analysis of Smoke Control with Building Air Handling Systems. ASHRAE Journal, Vol. 14, No. 8, August 1972, pp NRCC (33) C.Y. Shaw and G.T. Tamura, Fortran IV Programs for Calculating Sizes and Venting Capacities of Smoke Shafts. Computer Program No. 36, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, June (34) G.T. Tamura, Computer Analysis of Smoke Movement in Tall Buildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 75, Part II, 1969, pp NRCC Air Leakage Studies (35) C.Y. Shaw, D.M. Sander and G.T. Tamura, Air Leakage Measurements of the Exterior Walls of Tall Buildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 79, Part II, 1973, pp NRCC (36) G.T. Tamura and A.G. Wilson, Pressure Differences Caused by Wind on Two Tall Buildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 74, Part II, 1968, pp NRCC (37) G.T. Tamura and A.G. Wilson, Pressure Differences Caused by Chimney Effect in Three High Buildings and Building Pressures Caused by Chimney Action and Mechanical Ventilation. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 73, Part II, NRCC (38) G.T. Tamura and A.G. Wilson, Pressure Differences for a Nine-Storey Building as a Result of Chimney Effect and Ventilation System Operation. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 72, Part I, 1966, pp NRCC (39) G.T. Tamura and C.Y. Shaw, Air Leakage Data for the Design of Elevator and Stairshaft Pressurization Systems. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 82, Part II, 1976, pp NRCC Associated Elementary Theory (40) A.G. Wilson and G.T. Tamura, Stack Effect and Building Design. CBD 107, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, November (41) A.G. Wilson and G.T. Tamura, Stack Effect in Buildings. CBD 104, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, August Effective Date: April 1, 2010 SB-4 Page 73

270 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-4 SB-4 Page 74 Effective Date: April 1, 2010

271 Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing Building and Development Branch 2006 Building Code - Supplementary Standards Supplementary Standard SB-5 Approved Sewage Treatment Units June 18, 2008 update

272 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 COMMENCEMENT m 1 m 4 Supplementary Standard SB-5 comes into force on the 31st day of December, Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister s Ruling) MR-07-S-02 takes effect on the 9th day of March, Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister s Ruling) MR-08-S-05 takes effect on the 18th day of June, ERRATA e 2 Issued June 18th, Copyright Copyright Queen's Printer for Ontario 2008 All rights reserved. Questions regarding copyright, including reproduction and distribution, may be directed to the Director, Building and Development Branch of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing.

273 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 Table 2 (Cont d) List of Approved Treatment Units Meeting Tertiary Effluent Quality Criteria in Table A. of Division B in the 2006 Building Code (Approved for Shallow Buried Trenches) Manufacturer/Distributor Models Comments Southern Ontario Biocycle Ltd. 280 South Blair St. Whitby, Ontario L1N 9N2 Phone: Biocycle Aerated Wastewater System Model: See attached system description. Fax: Contact: Jake Rempel Seprotech Systems Inc. (formerly CMS Rotodisk Inc.) 2378 Holly Lane Ottawa, Ontario K1V 7P1 Phone: Fax: Contact: Cliff Johnson Bio-Microbics, Inc Cole Pkwy. Shawnee, KS USA Phone: or Fax: Contact: R. Peat Aquarobic Canada P.O. Box 149 Utterson, Ontario POB 1M0 Phone: or Fax: Contact: John Reid Nayadic Wastewater Treatment Systems c/o EZFlow Canada 7024 Smith Industrial Drive McGregor, Ontario N0R 1J0 Phone: Fax: Contact: Janis Bortolotti or John Winkup Rotordisk Wastewater Systems Model: S12 FAST Wastewater Treatment Systems Model: MicroFAST 0.5 Model: MicroFAST 0.75 Model: MicroFAST 0.9 Model: MicroFAST 1.5 Model MicroMini-28 Model MicroMini-45 Model MiniPlant-70 Model MiniPlant-85 Model M6A Model M8A Model M1050A Model M1200A Model M2000A See attached system description. See attached system descriptions. See attached system descriptions. See attached system descriptions. m 1 Bionest Technologies Inc. 55, 12e Rue, CP 697 Grand-Mère, Québec G9T 5L4 Phone: or Fax: Contact: Marlène Bonneville Premier Tech Environment 1 Ave. Premier Rivière-du-Loup, Québec G5R 6C1 Phone: Fax: Contact: Michel Lemieux Bionest Treatment Systems Models: BN-400 BN-1000 BN-500 BN-1500 BN-600 BN-2000 BN-750 BN-2650 Ecoflo Biofilter Treatment Systems Housed in a Concrete Shell Models: ST-500B-PF ST-500B-GF ST-650B-PF ST-650B-GF See attached system descriptions. See attached system descriptions. Column SB-5 Page 5

274 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 Table 2 (Cont d) List of Approved Treatment Units Meeting Tertiary Effluent Quality Criteria in Table A. of Division B in the 2006 Building Code (Approved for Shallow Buried Trenches) m 4 m 4 m 4 Orenco Systems, Inc. 814 Airway Avenue Sutherlin, OR Phone: Contact: Sam Carter Ecological Tanks, Inc Hwy 151 North Downsville, Louisiana Phone: (318) Fax: (318) Contact: Calvin Locker Manufacturer/Distributor Models Comments Bord na Móna Environmental Products U.S. Inc. PO Box Greensboro, NC Phone: (336) or (409) Fax: (336) Contact: Colin Bishop AdvanTex Wastewater Treatment System Models: AX20 AX20-Multiple Units Aqua Safe Treatment Systems Models: AS500, AS600, AS750, AS1000, AS1500 Aqua Air Treatment Systems Models: AA500, AA600, AA750, AA1000, AA1500, AA500-35, AA600-50, AA Puraflo Peat Fiber Biofilter Treatment Systems Model: Puraflo P150N*1B Puraflo P150N*1B Multiple Units See attached system descriptions. See attached system descriptions. See attached system descriptions. Column SB-5 Page 6

275 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 This page intentionally left blank SB-5 Page 6a

276 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 Norweco Singulair Treatment Systems Model This Norweco Singulair Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 1100 L to 2000 L. It consists of a treatment unit with a 1.7 m 3 volume baffled pretreatment chamber, a 2.3 m 3 volume aeration chamber equipped with aspirator aerator rated at 1.42 L/s, a 0.95 m 3 settling chamber equipped with sludge return, and a Bio-Kinetic flow equalization and micro-screening device discharging to a single pass free access sand filter or a dosing pump chamber. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment unit shall include a single pass sand filter consisting of a tank equipped with openings accessible from grade, 100 mm distribution piping, sand filter with an area of 3.4 m 2 and a depth of 450 mm (sand media with 0.4 mm to 1.5 mm dia. effective size with 3 uniformity coefficient); 150 mm pea gravel layer and 100 mm dia. slotted collection piping discharging the effluent by gravity to an effluent dosing chamber. The dosing chamber consists of a precast concrete effluent dosing pump chamber with 3.5 m 3 volumetric capacity, a minimum 0.3 HP submersible pump, level switches, alarms and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment unit component of the sewage system and the sewage system shall comply with the Ontario Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of the Norweco Equipment Company and/or its licensed agents to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model This Norweco Singulair Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 2000 L to 3000 L. It consists of a treatment unit with a 2.1 m 3 volume baffled pretreatment chamber, a 2.8 m 3 volume aeration chamber equipped with aspirator aerator rated at 1.42 L/s, a 1.1 m 3 settling chamber equipped with sludge return, and a Bio-Kinetic flow equalization and micro-screening device discharging to a single pass free access sand filter or a dosing pump chamber. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment unit shall include a single pass sand filter consisting of a tank equipped with openings accessible from grade, 100 mm distribution piping, sand filter with an area of 5.1 m 2 and a depth of 450 mm (sand media with 0.4 mm to 1.5 mm dia. effective size with 3 uniformity coefficient); 150 mm pea gravel layer and 100 mm dia. slotted collection piping discharging the effluent by gravity to an effluent dosing chamber. The dosing chamber consists of a precast concrete effluent dosing pump chamber with 5.5 m 3 volumetric capacity, a minimum 0.3 HP submersible pump, level switches, alarms and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment unit component of the sewage system and the sewage system shall comply with the Ontario Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of the Norweco Equipment Company and/or its licensed agents to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. SB-5 Page 6b

277 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 Orenco Treatment Systems High Load Intermittent Sand Filter Systems: Model ISF1111HL This Orenco Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 1100 L. The system requires a standard septic tank with minimum volume of 4400 L, complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 3 mm, overflowing to a pump chamber. The pump chamber has a minimum nominal diameter of 380 mm and a minimum effective depth of 1200 mm. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent dosing pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel, discharging to a sand filter. e 2 The sand filter has an area of m 2, is contained in a 30 mil PVC liner and it is designed to have a hydraulic loading rate no greater than 100 L/m 2 /day. It includes a pressure distribution manifold, with laterals of a minimum 25 mm dia. pressure pipe, centered at 360 mm. The pipes have 3 mm dia. orifices, centered at 600 mm. The pipes are covered with a 150 mm layer of 9 mm washed pea stone and with cold weather shields. The layer of stone is underlaid by 600 mm of high load filter media. The filter media conforms to the following sieve sizing: #3/8: 100% passing; #4: % passing; #8: % passing; #16: 15-80% passing; #30: 3-50% passing; #50: 0-1% passing; #100: 0-1% passing; #200: 0-1% passing with D 10 = 0.4 to 0.9 mm and C u = 1 to 4. The sand filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of 19 mm clear stone containing a 100 mm dia., slotted drainage pipe discharging to a dosing pump chamber. The dosing chamber has a minimum of 380 mm nominal dia. and a minimum of 900 mm effective depth. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent pump, level switches, alarms and control panel, discharging the effluent at controlled intervals. This approval is only for the treatment unit component of the sewage system and the sewage system shall comply with the Ontario Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of the Orenco Systems Inc. and/or its licensed agents to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model ISF1313HL This Orenco Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 1600 L. The system requires a standard septic tank with minimum volume of 6400 L, complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 3 mm, overflowing to a pump chamber. The pump chamber has a minimum nominal diameter of 380 mm and a minimum effective depth of 1200 mm. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent dosing pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel, discharging to a sand filter. e 2 The sand filter has an area of m 2, is contained in a 30 mil PVC liner and it is designed to have a hydraulic loading rate no greater than 100 L/m 2 /day. It includes a pressure distribution manifold, with laterals of a minimum 25 mm dia. pressure pipe, centered at 360 mm. The pipes have 3 mm dia. orifices, centered at 600 mm. The pipes are covered with a 150 mm layer of 9 mm washed pea stone and with cold weather shields. The layer of stone is underlaid by 600 mm of high load filter media. The filter media conforms to the following sieve sizing: #3/8: 100% passing; #4: % passing; #8: % passing; #16: 15-80% passing; #30: 3-50% passing; #50: 0-1% passing; #100: 0-1% passing; #200: 0-1% passing with D 10 = 0.4 to 0.9 mm and C u = 1 to 4. The sand filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of 19 mm clear stone containing a 100 mm dia., slotted drainage pipe discharging to a dosing pump chamber. SB-5 Page 9

278 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 The dosing chamber has a minimum of 380 mm nominal dia. and a minimum of 900 mm effective depth. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent pump, level switches, alarms and control panel, discharging the effluent at controlled intervals. This approval is only for the treatment unit component of the sewage system and the sewage system shall comply with the Ontario Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of the Orenco Systems Inc. and/or its licensed agents to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model ISF1515HL This Orenco Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 2000 L. The system requires a standard septic tank with minimum volume of 8000 L, complete with a physical filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 3 mm, overflowing to a pump chamber. The pump chamber has a minimum nominal diameter of 380 mm and a minimum effective depth of 1200 mm. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent dosing pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel, discharging to a sand filter. e 2 The sand filter has an area of m 2, is contained in a 30 mil PVC liner and it is designed to have a hydraulic loading rate no greater than 100 L/m 2 /day. It includes a pressure distribution manifold, with laterals of a minimum 25 mm dia. pressure pipe, centered at 360 mm. The pipes have 3 mm dia. orifices, centered at 600 mm. The pipes are covered with a 150 mm layer of 9 mm washed pea stone and with cold weather shields. The layer of stone is underlaid by 600 mm of high load filter media. The filter media conforms to the following sieve sizing: #3/8: 100% passing; #4: % passing; #8: % passing; #16: 15-80% passing; #30: 3-50% passing; #50: 0-1% passing; #100: 0-1% passing; #200: 0-1% passing with D 10 = 0.4 to 0.9 mm and C u = 1 to 4. The sand filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of 19 mm clear stone containing a 100 mm dia., slotted drainage pipe discharging to a dosing pump chamber. The dosing chamber has a minimum of 380 mm nominal dia. and a minimum of 900 mm effective depth. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent pump, level switches, alarms and control panel, discharging the effluent at controlled intervals. This approval is only for the treatment unit component of the sewage system and the sewage system shall comply with the Ontario Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of the Orenco Systems Inc. and/or its licensed agents to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model ISF2000HL This Orenco Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 2000 L to L. The system requires a standard septic tank with minimum volume of four times the daily design sanitary sewage flow, complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 3 mm, overflowing to a pump chamber. The pump chamber has a minimum nominal diameter of 380 mm and a minimum effective depth of 1200 mm. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent dosing pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel, discharging to a sand filter. SB-5 Page 10

279 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 e 2 The sand filter is contained in a 30 mil PVC liner and it is designed to have a hydraulic loading rate no greater than 100 L/m 2 /day. It includes a pressure distribution manifold, with laterals of a minimum 25 mm dia. pressure pipe, centered at 360 mm. The pipes have 3 mm dia. orifices, centered at 600 mm. The pipes are covered with a 150 mm layer of 9 mm washed pea stone and with cold weather shields. The layer of stone is underlaid by 600 mm of high load filter media. The filter media conforms to the following sieve sizing: #3/8: 100% passing; #4: % passing; #8: % passing; #16: 15-80% passing; #30: 3-50% passing; #50: 0-1% passing; #100: 0-1% passing; #200: 0-1% passing with D 10 = 0.4 to 0.9 mm and C u = 1 to 4. The sand filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of 19 mm clear stone containing a 100 mm dia., slotted drainage pipe discharging to a dosing pump chamber. The dosing chamber has a minimum of 380 mm nominal dia. and a minimum of 900 mm effective depth. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent pump, level switches, alarms and control panel, discharging the effluent at controlled intervals. This approval is only for the treatment unit component of the sewage system and the sewage system shall comply with the Ontario Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of the Orenco Systems Inc. and/or its licensed agents to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Low Load Intermittent Sand Filter Systems: Model ISF1616LL This Orenco Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 1100 L. The system requires a standard septic tank with minimum volume of 4400 L, complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 3 mm, overflowing to a pump chamber. The pump chamber has a minimum nominal diameter of 380 mm and a minimum effective depth of 1200 mm. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent dosing pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel, discharging to a sand filter. The sand filter has an area of m 2, is contained in a 30 mil PVC liner and it is designed to have a hydraulic loading rate no greater than 50 L/m 2 /day. It includes a pressure distribution manifold, with laterals of a minimum 25 mm dia. pressure pipe, centered at 600 mm. The pipes have 3 mm dia. orifices, centered at 600 mm. The pipes are covered with a 150 mm layer of 9 mm washed pea stone and with cold weather shields. The layer of stone is underlaid by 600 mm of high load filter media. The filter media conforms to the following sieve sizing: #3/8: 100% passing; #4: % passing; #8: % passing; #16: 45-85% passing; #30: 15-60% passing; #50: 3-10% passing; #100: 0-2% passing; #200: 0-1% passing with D 10 = 0.3 to 0.5 mm and C u = 1 to 4. The sand filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of 19 mm clear stone containing a 100 mm dia., slotted drainage pipe discharging to a dosing pump chamber. The dosing chamber has a minimum of 380 mm nominal dia. and a minimum of 900 mm effective depth. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent pump, level switches, alarms and control panel, discharging the effluent at controlled intervals. This approval is only for the treatment unit component of the sewage system and the sewage system shall comply with the Ontario Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of the Orenco Systems Inc. and/or its licensed agents to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. SB-5 Page 11

280 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 Model ISF2020LL This Orenco Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 1600 L. The system requires a standard septic tank with minimum volume of 6400 L, complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 3 mm, overflowing to a pump chamber. The pump chamber has a minimum nominal diameter of 380 mm and a minimum effective depth of 1200 mm. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent dosing pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel, discharging to a sand filter. The sand filter has an area of m 2, is contained in a 30 mil PVC liner and it is designed to have a hydraulic loading rate no greater than 50 L/m 2 /day. It includes a pressure distribution manifold, with laterals of a minimum 25 mm dia. pressure pipe, centered at 600 mm. The pipes have 3 mm dia. orifices, centered at 600 mm. The pipes are covered with a 150 mm layer of 9 mm washed pea stone and with cold weather shields. The layer of stone is underlaid by 600 mm of high load filter media. The filter media conforms to the following sieve sizing: #3/8: 100% passing; #4: % passing; #8: % passing; #16: 45-85% passing; #30: 15-60% passing; #50: 3-10% passing; #100: 0-2% passing; #200: 0-1% passing with D 10 = 0.3 to 0.5 mm and C u = 1 to 4. The sand filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of 19 mm clear stone containing a 100 mm dia., slotted drainage pipe discharging to a dosing pump chamber. The dosing chamber has a minimum of 380 mm nominal dia. and a minimum of 900 mm effective depth. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent pump, level switches, alarms and control panel, discharging the effluent at controlled intervals. This approval is only for the treatment unit component of the sewage system and the sewage system shall comply with the Ontario Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of the Orenco Systems Inc. and/or its licensed agents to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model ISF2222LL This Orenco Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 2000 L. The system requires a standard septic tank with minimum volume of 8000 L, complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 3 mm, overflowing to a pump chamber. The pump chamber has a minimum nominal diameter of 380 mm and a minimum effective depth of 1200 mm. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent dosing pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel, discharging to a sand filter. The sand filter has an area of m 2, is contained in a 30 mil PVC liner and it is designed to have a hydraulic loading rate no greater than 50 L/m 2 /day. It includes a pressure distribution manifold, with laterals of a minimum 25 mm dia. pressure pipe, centered at 600 mm. The pipes have 3 mm dia. orifices, centered at 600 mm. The pipes are covered with a 150 mm layer of 9 mm washed pea stone and with cold weather shields. The layer of stone is underlaid by 600 mm of high load filter media. The filter media conforms to the following sieve sizing: #3/8: 100% passing; #4: % passing; #8: % passing; #16: 45-85% passing; #30: 15-60% passing; #50: 3-10% passing; #100: 0-2% passing; #200: 0-1% passing with D 10 = 0.3 to 0.5 mm and C u = 1 to 4. The sand filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of 19 mm clear stone containing a 100 mm dia., slotted drainage pipe discharging to a dosing pump chamber. The dosing chamber has a minimum of 380 mm nominal dia. and a minimum of 900 mm effective depth. It is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP effluent pump, level switches, alarms and control panel, discharging the effluent at controlled intervals. SB-5 Page 12

281 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 m 1 Ecoflo Biofilter Treatment Systems Housed in a Concrete Shell Model Ecoflo ST-500B-PF Biofilter This Ecoflo Biofilter Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 850 L to 1500 L. The system requires a standard septic tank complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 1.6 mm, overflowing to a pump chamber. e 2 e 2 The pump chamber has a minimum effective holding capacity of one times the daily design flow, equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP pump complete with level switches, alarm and control panel with a minimum 38 mm dia. discharge pipe, ball valve and a flow controller, terminating in an Ecoflo ST-500B Biofilter unit. The Ecoflo ST-500B Biofilter unit consists of approximately 4 m 3 of compact high-performance peat-based biofilter medium confined in a concrete shell. The treated effluent is collected and stored in the collecting layer underneath the filtering media. The model has an effective integrated storage capacity that is equivalent to 0.9 times the daily design flow. The treated effluent is directed towards an integrated pump vault, equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP effluent pump, through a drainage system located at the bottom of the concrete shell. The pump is activated by a control panel for time dosing, and is equipped with an on\off float and alarm float installed in the chamber. The alarm float is connected to an alarm panel placed inside the building on an independent electrical circuit. The treated effluent is then dosed to a shallow buried trench system. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Premier Tech Environment and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model Ecoflo ST-500B-GF Biofilter e 2 This Ecoflo Biofilter Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 850 L to 1500 L. The system requires a standard septic tank complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 1.6 mm, overflowing to the Ecoflo ST-500B Biofilter unit. The effluent from the septic tank is fed by gravity over the peat media through a tipping bucket and distribution plates. The Ecoflo ST-500B Biofilter unit consists of approximately 4 m 3 of compact high-performance peat-based biofilter medium confined in a concrete shell. The treated effluent is collected and stored in the collecting layer underneath the filtering media. The model has an effective integrated storage capacity that is equivalent to 0.9 times the daily design flow. The treated effluent is directed towards an integrated pump vault, equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP effluent pump, through a drainage system located at the bottom of the concrete shell. The pump is activated by a control panel for time dosing, and is equipped with an on\off float and alarm float installed in the chamber. The alarm float is connected to an alarm panel placed inside the building on an independent electrical circuit. The treated effluent is then dosed to a shallow buried trench system. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Premier Tech Environment and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. SB-5 Page 47

282 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 Model Ecoflo ST-650B-PF Biofilter This Ecoflo Biofilter Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 850 L to 2200 L. The system requires a standard septic tank complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 1.6 mm, overflowing to a pump chamber. e 2 e 2 The pump chamber has a minimum effective holding capacity of one time the daily design flow, equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel with a minimum 38 mm dia. discharge pipe, ball valve and a flow controller, terminating in an Ecoflo ST-650B Biofilter unit. The Ecoflo ST-650B Biofilter unit consists of approximately 5 m 3 of compact high performance peat based biofilter medium confined in a concrete shell. The treated effluent is collected and stored in the collecting layer underneath the filtering media. The model has an effective integrated storage capacity that is equivalent to 0.9 times the daily design flow. The treated effluent is directed towards an integrated pump vault, equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP effluent pump, through a drainage system located at the bottom of the concrete shell. The pump is activated by a control panel for time dosing, and is equipped with an on\off float and alarm float installed in the chamber. The alarm float is connected to an alarm panel placed inside the building on an independent electrical circuit. The treated effluent is then dosed to a shallow buried trench system. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Premier Tech Environment and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model Ecoflo ST-650B-GF Biofilter This Ecoflo Biofilter Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 850 L to 2200 L. The system requires a standard septic tank complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 1.6 mm, overflowing to the Ecoflo ST-650B Biofilter unit. The effluent from the septic tank is fed by gravity over the peat media through a tipping bucket and distribution plates. The Ecoflo ST-650B Biofilter unit consists of approximately 5 m 3 of compact high performance peat based biofilter medium confined in a concrete shell. The treated effluent is collected and stored in the collecting layer underneath the filtering media. The model has an effective integrated storage capacity that is equivalent to 0.9 times the daily design flow. The treated effluent is directed towards an integrated pump vault, equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP effluent pump, through a drainage system located at the bottom of the concrete shell. The pump is activated by a control panel for time dosing, and is equipped with an on\off float and alarm float installed in the chamber. The alarm float is connected to an alarm panel placed inside the building on an independent electrical circuit. The treated effluent is then dosed to a shallow buried trench system. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Premier Tech Environment and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. SB-5 Page 48

283 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 m 4 Orenco AdvanTex Treatment System Model: AX20 This AdvanTex Wastewater Treatment System is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 2000 L. The AdvanTex Treatment System consists of a two-chamber concrete or fiberglass processing tank with an approximate working volume of not less than 5700 L or two separate concrete or fiberglass tanks with the first chamber/tank having an approximate volume of not less than 3800 L and the second chamber/tank having an approximate volume of not less than 1900 L. A single two-chamber processing tank has the first chamber consisting of a service access riser, sanitary tee inlet and a baffle wall with flow through ports located in the clear zone to the second chamber. A separate two-tank arrangement consists of the first tank as a single chamber tank with access risers on both the inlet and outlet end with a baffled sanitary tee connection on the inlet and outlet. The second chamber/tank contains the Biotube Pump Package that consists of a minimum 0.5 HP effluent dosing pump, filter complete with level switches, alarm and control panel, that pumps filtered effluent to the AdvanTex Filter. The system also contains a recirculating splitter valve (RSV) that is installed inside an access riser and returns 100% of the treated effluent from the AdvanTex Filter to the tank during periods of no flow. In a two-chamber processing tank the RSV can be located in either chamber. When using the separate two-tank arrangement the RSV can be located in either access riser in the second tank. The AX20 Filter consists of an engineered textile media contained in a fiberglass pod. The Biotube Pump Package pumps filtered effluent to a distribution manifold on top of the media. Effluent percolates down through the textile media and is collected in the bottom of the filter pod. The treated effluent flows out of the filter pod through the Filtrate Return Line to the RSV where it is directed back into the tank, out to the dispersal field under gravity, or into a dosing chamber to be dosed to the dispersal field. The dosing chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 0.75 the daily flow and is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HP dosing pump complete with level switches and is connected to the same control panel that controls the recirculating pump. Effluent from the dosing chamber can be discharged to a shallow buried trench. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Orenco Systems, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model: AX20-Multiple Units This AdvanTex Wastewater Treatment System is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to L by using multiple AX20 units. SB-5 Page 49

284 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 m 4 Aqua Safe Treatment Systems Model AS500 This Aqua Safe Treatment system is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 1900 L. The system consists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m 3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 3.8 m 3, including an aeration chamber of 3.2 m 3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 1.5 L/s. It also includes a 0.6 m 3, inner conical, up-flow clarifier, which overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include a single pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of 4.75 m 2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mm effective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5). The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filter effluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber. The spin filter, when utilized, shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron) stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can vary depending on the pump s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm s of filtration area. The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 1.9 m 3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP submersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model AS600 This Aqua Safe Treatment system is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 2270 L. The system consists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m 3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 4.5 m 3, including an aeration chamber of 3.8 m 3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 1.7 L/s. It also includes a 0.7 m 3, inner conical, up-flow clarifier, which overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include a single pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of 5.75 m 2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mm effective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5). The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filter effluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber. The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron) stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can vary depending on the pump s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm s of filtration area. SB-5 Page 50

285 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 1.9 m 3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP submersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model AS750 This Aqua Safe Treatment system is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 2840 L. The system consists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m 3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 5.7 m 3, including an aeration chamber of 4.9 m 3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 2.1 L/s. It also includes a 0.9 m 3, inner conical, up-flow clarifier, which overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include a single pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of 7.25 m 3 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mm effective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5). The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filter effluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber. The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron) stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can vary depending on the pump s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm s of filtration area. The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 2.3 m 3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP submersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model AS1000 This Aqua Safe Treatment system is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of 2841 L to 3785 L. The system consists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m 3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 7.6 m 3, including an aeration chamber of 6.5 m 3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 2.7 L/s. It also includes a 1.1 m 3, inner conical, up-flow clarifier, which overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include a single pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of 9.54 m 2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mm effective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5). The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filter effluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber. SB-5 Page 51

286 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron) stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can vary depending on the pump s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm s of filtration area. The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 2.8 m 3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP submersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model AS1500 This Aqua Safe Treatment system is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of 3786 L to 5680 L. The system consists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m 3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatment chamber 11.0 m 3, including an aeration chamber of 8.9 m 3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 3.7 L/s. It also includes a 2.1 m 3, inner conical, up-flow clarifier, which overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include a single pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of m 2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mm effective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5). The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filter effluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber. The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron) stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can vary depending on the pump s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm s of filtration area. The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 4.5 m 3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP submersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. SB-5 Page 52

287 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 m 4 Aqua Air Treatment Systems Model AA500 This Aqua Air Treatment Unit is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 1900 L. The system consists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m 3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 2.8 m 3, including an aeration chamber of 2.1 m 3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 1.5 L/s. It also includes a 0.7 m 3, rectangular, up-flow clarifier, with a gravity sludge return to the aeration chamber. The clarified effluent overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include a single pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of 4.75 m 2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mm effective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5). The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filter effluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber. The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh mesh (100 micron) stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can vary depending on the pump s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm s of filtration area. The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 1.9 m 3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP submersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model AA600 This Aqua Air Treatment Unit is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 2270 L. The system consists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m 3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 3.2 m 3, including an aeration chamber of 2.4 m 3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 1.7 L/s. It also includes a 0.8 m 3, rectangular, up-flow clarifier, with a gravity sludge return to the aeration chamber. The clarified effluent overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include a single pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of 5.75 m 2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mm effective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5). The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filter effluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber. The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron) stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can vary depending on the pump s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm s of filtration area. SB-5 Page 53

288 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 1.9 m 3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP submersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model AA750 This Aqua Air Treatment Unit is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 2840 L. The system consists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m 3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 4.1 m 3, including an aeration chamber of 3.1 m 3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 2.1 L/s. It also includes a 1.0 m 3, rectangular, up-flow clarifier, with a gravity sludge return to the aeration chamber. The clarified effluent overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include a single pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of 7.25 m 2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mm effective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5). The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filter effluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber. The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron) stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can vary depending on the pump s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm s of filtration area. The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 2.3 m 3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP submersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model AA1000 This Aqua Air Treatment Unit is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of 2841 L to 3785 L. The system consists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m 3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 5.4 m 3, including an aeration chamber of 4.0 m 3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 2.7 L/s. It also includes a 1.4 m 3, rectangular, up-flow clarifier, with a gravity sludge return to the aeration chamber. The clarified effluent overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter. SB-5 Page 54

289 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include a single pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of 9.54 m 2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mm effective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5). The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filter effluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber. The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron) stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can vary depending on the pump s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm s of filtration area. The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 2.8 m 3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP submersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model AA1500 This Aqua Air Treatment Unit is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of 3786 L to 5680 L. The system consists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m 3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 8.4 m 3, including an aeration chamber of 6.4 m 3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 3.7 L/s. It also includes a 2.0 m 3, rectangular, up-flow clarifier, with a gravity sludge return to the aeration chamber. The clarified effluent overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include a single pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of m 2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mm effective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5). The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filter effluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber. The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron) stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can vary depending on the pump s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm 2 of filtration area. The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 4.5 m 3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP submersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. SB-5 Page 55

290 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 Model AA This Aqua Air Treatment Unit is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 1900 L. The system consists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m 3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 4.1 m 3, including a pre-treatment chamber of 1.3 m 3, an aeration chamber of 2.1 m 3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 1.5 L/s. It also includes a 0.7 m 3, rectangular, up-flow clarifier, with a gravity sludge return to the aeration chamber. The clarified effluent overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include a single pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of 4.75 m 2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mm effective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5). The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filter effluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber. The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron) stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can vary depending on the pump s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm s of filtration area. The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 1.9 m 3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP submersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model AA This Aqua Air Treatment Unit is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 2270 L. The system consists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m 3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 5.2 m 3, including a pre-treatment chamber of 2.0 m 3, an aeration chamber of 2.4 m 3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 1.7 L/s. It also includes a 0.8 m 3, rectangular, up-flow clarifier, with a gravity sludge return to the aeration chamber. The clarified effluent overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include a single pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of 4.75 m 2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mm effective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5). The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filter effluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber. The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron) stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can vary depending on the pump s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm s of filtration area. SB-5 Page 56

291 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 1.9 m 3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP submersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model AA This Aqua Air Treatment Unit is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 3030 L. The system consists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m 3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 6.8 m 3, including a pre-treatment chamber of 2.5 m 3, an aeration chamber of 3.2 m 3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 2.2 L/s. It also includes a 1.1 m 3, rectangular, up-flow clarifier, with a gravity sludge return to the aeration chamber. The clarified effluent overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter. Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include a single pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of 4.75 m 2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mm effective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5. The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filter effluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber. The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron) stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can vary depending on the pump s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm s of filtration area. The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 2.3 m 3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP submersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent. This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shall comply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. SB-5 Page 57

292 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-5 m 4 Puraflo Peat Fiber Biofilter Treatment Systems Model Puraflo P150N*1B This Puraflo Peat Fiber Biofilter Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 560 L per module. The system requires a standard septic tank complete with an effluent filter on the outlet side to screen out particles larger than 0.8 mm, overflowing to the pump chamber. The pump chamber has a minimum effective holding capacity of one times the daily design flow, equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP pump complete with level switches, alarm and control panel with a minimum 38 mm diameter discharge pipe terminating in the Puraflo module. The Puraflo P150N*1B Peat Fiber Biofilter consists of one Puraflo module with approximately 2 m 3 of high performance peat fiber medium confined in a high density polyethylene plastic shell. It is placed on a minimum of 200 mm thick layer of crushed stone (15 to 50 mm diameter) or gravel. The treated effluent from the modules gravity drains into the dosing chamber. The dosing chamber has a minimum effective volume of half of the daily design flow and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP pump, activated by a conventional on/off float or by a control panel. The dosing chamber is controlled by an alarm float installed in the chamber and is connected to an alarm panel placed inside the building or on an independent electrical circuit. The effluent from the dosing tank is discharged to a shallow buried trench. This approval is only for the treatment unit component of the sewage system and the sewage system shall comply with the Ontario Building Code, as amended from time to time. It is the responsibility of Bord na Mona Environmental Products U.S. Inc. and/or its authorized agents to ensure that units meet all other applicable standards. Other standard may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc. Model: Puraflo P150N*1B Multiple Units: Multiple units of Model Puraflo P150N*1B could be used to meet the total daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to L. For multiple Puraflo module designs, the standard septic tank, effluent filter, pump chamber and pump, should be sized accordingly. SB-5 Page 58

293 Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing Building and Development Branch 2006 Building Code - Supplementary Standards Supplementary Standard SB-10 Energy Efficiency Supplement June 18, 2008 update

294 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-10 m 2 COMMENCEMENT Supplementary Standard SB-10 comes into force on the 31st day of December, Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister s Ruling) MR-07-S-03 takes effect on the 2nd day of April, e 1 e 2 ERRATA Issued April 2nd, Issued June 18th, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The Ministry wishes to thank ASHRAE for permission to reproduce material from ASHRAE/IES and ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard Copyright Copyright Queen's Printer for Ontario 2008 All rights reserved. Questions regarding copyright, including reproduction and distribution, may be directed to the Director, Building and Development Branch of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing.

295 2006 Supplementary Standard SB Shell Buildings. The following conditions shall be assumed when determining building envelope compliance by either the prescriptive method of 5.5 or the system performance method of 5.6. (a) Lighting power density and equipment power density: For 5.5, the total power density shall be assumed to be those listed in Table 5-1. For 5.6, the values in Table 5-1 shall be apportioned as two-thirds lighting and one-third for other equipment. Note that these are not recommended design values but are for compliance purposes only to simulate the most stringent compliance situation that is likely to occur. (b) Fenestration shading devices: Only those shading devices that are part of the design when it is being evaluated for compliance shall be considered when determining compliance. (c) Electric lighting controls for perimeter daylighting utilization: Only those controls that are part of the design when it is being evaluated for compliance shall be considered when determining compliance. Table 5-1 Assumed Internal Loads For Shell and Speculative Buildings Shell Buildings HDD18 < 1650 (HDD65 < 3000) 1650 < HDD18 < 3300 (3000 < HDD65 < 6000) HDD18 > 3300 (HDD65 > 6000) 32.3 W/m 2 (3.00 W/ft 2 ) 24.2 W/m 2 (2.25 W/ft 2 ) 16.1 W/m 2 (1.5 W/ft 2 ) Speculative Buildings Use the lighting power densities from Table and the average equipment power density from Table 5-4 Column Reserved Reserved Thermal Resistance of Below-Grade Components (RSI). In all below-grade applications, the thermal performance of the adjacent ground shall be excluded in determining the thermal resistance of the below-grade components Slabs. The RSI-Value and dimensions required for slabs refer only to the insulation materials. Insulation continuity shall be maintained in the design of slab edge insulation systems. Continuity shall be maintained from the wall insulation through the slab/wall/footing intersection to the body of the slab edge insulation. Several representative configurations are illustrated in Figure Where insulative continuity is impossible because of structural constraints, a minimum overlapping of insulation is acceptable. The insulation must overlap by a distance equal to (or greater than) two times the minimum insulation separation, as shown in Figure 5-3. The overlapping insulation must have a thermal resistance (R-Value) equal to or greater than that specified for the wall below grade in the Alternate Component Package Tables (or from the Standard 90.1 ENVSTD23 or ENVSTD24 Envelope Software) Below-Grade Walls. The RSI-Value required for below-grade walls refers to the overall RSI-Value of the wall assembly excluding air film coefficients and the adjacent ground. SB-10 Page 9

296 2006 Supplementary Standard SB-10 e 2 Figure 5-2 Continuity of Insulation on or Below Grade x 2 x e 2 Figure 5-3 Minimum Permissible Insulation Overlap 5.4 Mandatory Provisions Insulation. Where insulation is required in 5.5 or 5.6, it shall comply with the requirements found in to Fenestration and Doors. Procedures for determining fenestration and door performance are described in Product samples used for determining fenestration performance shall be production line units or representative of units purchased by the consumer or contractor. SB-10 Page 10

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT ACT

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT ACT Province of Alberta Revised Statutes of Alberta 2000 Current as of December 11, 2013 Office Consolidation Published by Alberta Queen s Printer Alberta Queen s Printer Suite 700, Park Plaza 10611-98 Avenue

More information

REGIONAL HEALTH AUTHORITIES ACT

REGIONAL HEALTH AUTHORITIES ACT Province of Alberta REGIONAL HEALTH AUTHORITIES ACT Revised Statutes of Alberta 2000 Chapter R-10 Current as of June 17, 2014 Office Consolidation Published by Alberta Queen s Printer Alberta Queen s Printer

More information

Questions and Answers Questions et réponses

Questions and Answers Questions et réponses Questions and Answers Questions et réponses Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing MinistPre des Affaires municipales et du Logement July 28, 2003 COMING INTO FORCE OF BILL 124 : QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

More information

Application for a Sewage System Permit

Application for a Sewage System Permit Application for a Sewage System Permit Sewage System Inspectors can only provide comments based on completed applications and plans. Once a completed application has been received and reviewed, an inspector

More information

BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION GUIDE FOR HOMEOWNERS

BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION GUIDE FOR HOMEOWNERS BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION GUIDE FOR HOMEOWNERS Introduction Application Form Schedule 1 Authorization Building Permit Fees Required Drawings Contact Information FAQs Building Department 613-632-0106,

More information

THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIPSHIP OF ADELAIDE METCALFE

THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIPSHIP OF ADELAIDE METCALFE THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIPSHIP OF ADELAIDE METCALFE BY-LAW #69-2011 Being a by-law respecting Construction, Demolition and Change of Use Permits and Inspections for the Township of Adelaide Metcalfe

More information

The Construction Industry Labour Relations Act, 1992

The Construction Industry Labour Relations Act, 1992 1 CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY LABOUR RELATIONS, 1992 c. C-29.11 The Construction Industry Labour Relations Act, 1992 Repealed by Chapter S-15.1 of the Statutes of Saskatchewan, 2013 (effective April 29, 2014)

More information

CONSOLIDATION OF EMERGENCY MEASURES ACT S.Nu. 2007,c.10 In force November 8, 2007, except s.5-9 s.5-9 NIF. (Current to: August 24, 2010)

CONSOLIDATION OF EMERGENCY MEASURES ACT S.Nu. 2007,c.10 In force November 8, 2007, except s.5-9 s.5-9 NIF. (Current to: August 24, 2010) CONSOLIDATION OF EMERGENCY MEASURES ACT In force November 8, 2007, except s.5-9 s.5-9 NIF (Current to: August 24, 2010) The following provisions have been deleted for the purposes of this codification:

More information

Application for a Sewage System Permit

Application for a Sewage System Permit Application for a Sewage System Permit The following forms must be completed and returned with the appropriate fee. 1. Application for a Permit to Construct or Demolish; 2. Schedule 1: Designer Information;

More information

2012 VIRGINIA INDUSTRIALIZED BUILDING SAFETY REGULATIONS

2012 VIRGINIA INDUSTRIALIZED BUILDING SAFETY REGULATIONS 13VAC5-91-10. Definitions. The following words and terms when used in this chapter shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Administrator means the Director of

More information

Important Notice To Building Permit Applicants and Designers

Important Notice To Building Permit Applicants and Designers Important Notice To Building Permit Applicants and Designers Beginning January 1, 2006, Designers of building permit documents who are not licensed architects or Professional Engineers may be required

More information

EMISSIONS TRADING REGULATION

EMISSIONS TRADING REGULATION Province of Alberta ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND ENHANCEMENT ACT EMISSIONS TRADING REGULATION Alberta Regulation 33/2006 With amendments up to and including Alberta Regulation 175/2017 Office Consolidation

More information

THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWN OF CALEDON BY-LAW NO being a by-law to prohibit or regulate the destruction of trees in woodlands.

THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWN OF CALEDON BY-LAW NO being a by-law to prohibit or regulate the destruction of trees in woodlands. OFFICE CONSOLIDATION This is a consolidation of the Town s by-law to prohibit or regulate the destruction of trees in woodlands being By-law 2000-100 as amended by By-law 2004-54. This is prepared for

More information

2015 IBC Chapters 1 and 35

2015 IBC Chapters 1 and 35 Study Session 1 2015 IBC Chapters 1 and 35 Administration OBJECTIVE: To obtain an understanding of the administrative provisions of the International Building Code Ò (IBC Ò ), including the scope and purpose

More information

TORONTO MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER 851, WATER SUPPLY. Chapter 851 WATER SUPPLY

TORONTO MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER 851, WATER SUPPLY. Chapter 851 WATER SUPPLY Chapter 851 WATER SUPPLY 851-1. Definitions. 851-2. Administration. 851-3. Use and receipt of water. 851-4. Water service connections. 851-5. Metering of water. 851-6. Water meter inspection. 851-7. Maintenance.

More information

c 52 Metropolitan Toronto Convention Centre Corporation Act, 1988

c 52 Metropolitan Toronto Convention Centre Corporation Act, 1988 Ontario: Annual Statutes 1988 c 52 Metropolitan Toronto Convention Centre Corporation Act, 1988 Ontario Queen's Printer for Ontario, 1988 Follow this and additional works at: http://digitalcommons.osgoode.yorku.ca/ontario_statutes

More information

ENERGY MARKETING AND RESIDENTIAL HEAT SUB-METERING REGULATION

ENERGY MARKETING AND RESIDENTIAL HEAT SUB-METERING REGULATION Province of Alberta FAIR TRADING ACT ENERGY MARKETING AND RESIDENTIAL HEAT SUB-METERING REGULATION Alberta Regulation 246/2005 With amendments up to and including Alberta Regulation 198/2016 Office Consolidation

More information

APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM REGULATION

APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM REGULATION Province of Alberta APPRENTICESHIP AND INDUSTRY TRAINING ACT APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM REGULATION Alberta Regulation 258/2000 With amendments up to and including Alberta Regulation 46/2009 Office Consolidation

More information

Public Procurement Act

Public Procurement Act Public Procurement Act CHAPTER 12 OF THE ACTS OF 2011 as amended by 2014, c. 34, ss. 35-38 2016 Her Majesty the Queen in right of the Province of Nova Scotia Published by Authority of the Speaker of the

More information

TORONTO MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER 813, TREES. Chapter 813 TREES. ARTICLE I Inspection; Removal of Infested Trees

TORONTO MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER 813, TREES. Chapter 813 TREES. ARTICLE I Inspection; Removal of Infested Trees Chapter 813 TREES ARTICLE I Inspection; Removal of Infested Trees 813-1. Inspection for presence of Asian Long-Horned Beetles and other pests; removal of infested trees. 813-2. Right to enter private property.

More information

BEVERAGE CONTAINER RECYCLING REGULATION

BEVERAGE CONTAINER RECYCLING REGULATION Province of Alberta ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND ENHANCEMENT ACT BEVERAGE CONTAINER RECYCLING REGULATION Alberta Regulation 101/1997 With amendments up to and including Alberta Regulation 104/2016 Office

More information

This ordinance applies to the entire unincorporated areas of Waupaca County.

This ordinance applies to the entire unincorporated areas of Waupaca County. REPEAL AND RECREATE CHAPTER 10, SECTION 10.50 OF THE WAUPACA COUNTY CODE OF ORDINANCES RELATING TO MANURE STORAGE AND LAND SPREADING OF MANURE MANURE MANAGEMENT 10.50 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Title: This

More information

TRADITIONAL AND KHOI-SAN LEADERSHIP BILL, 2015

TRADITIONAL AND KHOI-SAN LEADERSHIP BILL, 2015 REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA TRADITIONAL AND KHOI-SAN LEADERSHIP BILL, 1 (As introduced in the National Assembly as a section 76 Bill; Bill published in Government Gazette No. of ) (The English text is the

More information

Code of Practice. for Inspecting and Certifying Buildings and Works. Building Control Regulations 1997 to 2015

Code of Practice. for Inspecting and Certifying Buildings and Works. Building Control Regulations 1997 to 2015 for Inspecting and Certifying Buildings and Works Building Control Regulations 1997 to 2015 September, 2016 Table of Contents 1. Introduction 1 1.1 Status and Purpose of Code 1 1.2 Overview of Code 1

More information

Oregon Solar Installation Specialty Code and Commentary

Oregon Solar Installation Specialty Code and Commentary Oregon Solar Installation Specialty Code and Commentary Effective October 1, 2010 DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER and BUSINESS SERVICES BUILDING CODES DIVISION 2010 OREGON SOLAR INSTALLATION SPECIALY CODE (OSISC)

More information

INDUSTRIALIZED HOUSING AND BUILDINGS Administrative Rules of the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation 16 Texas Administrative Code, Chapter 70

INDUSTRIALIZED HOUSING AND BUILDINGS Administrative Rules of the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation 16 Texas Administrative Code, Chapter 70 INDUSTRIALIZED HOUSING AND BUILDINGS Administrative Rules of the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation 16 Texas Administrative Code, Chapter 70 TABLE OF CONTENTS 70.1. Authority... 1 70.10. Definitions...

More information

The Pipelines Regulations, 2000

The Pipelines Regulations, 2000 PIPELINES, 2000 P-12.1 REG 1 1 The Pipelines Regulations, 2000 being Chapter P-12.1 Reg 1 (effective April 1, 2000) as amended by the Statutes of Saskatchewan, 2014, c.21; and by Saskatchewan Regulations

More information

Improvement District Conversion Guide

Improvement District Conversion Guide Improvement District Conversion Guide Ministry of Community, Aboriginal and Women s Services 2004 Table of Contents Introduction 2 Reasons for Conversion 2 Participants in the Conversion Process 3 Regional

More information

BUILDING AND DEVELOPMENT AUTHORIZATION ACT

BUILDING AND DEVELOPMENT AUTHORIZATION ACT BUILDING AND DEVELOPMENT AUTHORIZATION ACT TNS 2/2013 OFFICIAL CONSOLIDATION CURRENT TO JUNE 10, 2014 This is a certified true copy of the consolidated Building and Development Authorization Act TNS 2/2013,

More information

to The Uganda Gazette No. 25, Volume CX, dated 5th May, 2017 Printed by UPPC, Entebbe, by Order of the Government No. 22.

to The Uganda Gazette No. 25, Volume CX, dated 5th May, 2017 Printed by UPPC, Entebbe, by Order of the Government No. 22. STATUTORY INSTRUMENTS SUPPLEMENT No. 13 5th May, 2017 STATUTORY INSTRUMENTS SUPPLEMENT to The Uganda Gazette No. 25, Volume CX, dated 5th May, 2017 Printed by UPPC, Entebbe, by Order of the Government.

More information

EARLY START PERMITS. Site cleaning, including removal of any existing asphalt, and/or concrete slab, Excavation work under the building footprint,

EARLY START PERMITS. Site cleaning, including removal of any existing asphalt, and/or concrete slab, Excavation work under the building footprint, INFORMATION BULLETIN / PUBLIC - BUILDING CODE REFERENCE NO.: LAMC 91.106.4 Effective: 01-01-2017 DOCUMENT NO.: P/BC 2017-097 Revised: Previously Issued As: P/BC 2014-097 EARLY START PERMITS Los Angeles

More information

Content Copy Of Original

Content Copy Of Original Content Copy Of Original Ministry of the Environment Ministère de l Environnement ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE APPROVAL NUMBER 4495-9FUQDY Issue Date: February 5, 2014 Holcim (Canada) Inc. 2300 Steeles Ave

More information

Number 42 of 2001 YOUTH WORK ACT 2001 REVISED. Updated to 4 June 2014

Number 42 of 2001 YOUTH WORK ACT 2001 REVISED. Updated to 4 June 2014 Number 42 of 2001 YOUTH WORK ACT 2001 REVISED Updated to 4 June 2014 This Revised Act is an administrative consolidation of the. It is prepared by the Law Reform Commission in accordance with its function

More information

NSW Heritage Law. Planning, Development & Heritage. Overview. Last updated: August 2012

NSW Heritage Law. Planning, Development & Heritage. Overview. Last updated: August 2012 Planning, Development & Heritage NSW Heritage Law Last updated: August 2012 These Fact Sheets are a guide only and are no substitute for legal advice. To request free initial legal advice on an environmental

More information

1997 Part 2. Document B141. Standard Form of Architect's Services: Design and Contract Administration TABLE OF ARTICLES

1997 Part 2. Document B141. Standard Form of Architect's Services: Design and Contract Administration TABLE OF ARTICLES TM Document B141 Standard Form of Architect's Services: Design and Contract Administration 1997 Part 2 TABLE OF ARTICLES 2.1 PROJECT ADMINISTRATION SERVICES 2.2 SUPPORTING SERVICES 2.3 EVALUATION AND PLANNING

More information

TOWN OF ROTTERDAM RESIDENTIAL BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION Ext. 395 Needed to Obtain Permit:

TOWN OF ROTTERDAM RESIDENTIAL BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION Ext. 395 Needed to Obtain Permit: TOWN OF ROTTERDAM RESIDENTIAL BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION 355-7575 Ext. 395 Needed to Obtain Permit: 1. Building Permit Application, and/or residential plumbing permit application, as applicable, to be

More information

Building Permit Requirements Custom Built Homes

Building Permit Requirements Custom Built Homes Building Permit Requirements Custom Built Homes Pre-application Approvals Checklist Before finalizing the design ensure that the house you wish to build either meets the requirements of or is not affected

More information

SAI Global Full Service Team

SAI Global Full Service Team General information regarding elements of the certification process is described below. A degree of flexibility and options in the certification process are available so please feel free to contact us

More information

700 CMR: MASSACHUSETTS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION DIVISION OF HIGHWAYS 700 CMR 14.00: PREQUALIFICATION OF CONTRACTORS FOR HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION

700 CMR: MASSACHUSETTS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION DIVISION OF HIGHWAYS 700 CMR 14.00: PREQUALIFICATION OF CONTRACTORS FOR HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION 700 CMR 14.00: PREQUALIFICATION OF CONTRACTORS FOR HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION Section 14.01: Definitions 14.02: Application for Prequalification of Contractors 14.03: Aggregate Bonding Capacity and Single

More information

CITIZENS GUIDE LAND SEVERANCES MINISTRY OF MUNICIPAL AFFAIRS AND HOUSING

CITIZENS GUIDE LAND SEVERANCES MINISTRY OF MUNICIPAL AFFAIRS AND HOUSING LAND SEVERANCES 5 IN A SERIES Updated 2010 MINISTRY OF MUNICIPAL AFFAIRS AND HOUSING Introduction Land use planning affects almost every aspect of life in Ontario. It helps decide where in our communities

More information

Building and Development Branch Direction du bâtiment et de l'aménagement 777 Bay St., 23rd Floor 777, rue Bay, 23é étage

Building and Development Branch Direction du bâtiment et de l'aménagement 777 Bay St., 23rd Floor 777, rue Bay, 23é étage Ministry of Municipal Affairs Ministère des Affaires municipales Building and Development Branch Direction du bâtiment et de l'aménagement 777 Bay St., 23rd Floor 777, rue Bay, 23é étage Toronto ON M5G

More information

THE CORPORATION OF THE CITY OF NORTH VANCOUVER

THE CORPORATION OF THE CITY OF NORTH VANCOUVER THE CORPORATION OF THE CITY OF NORTH VANCOUVER CONSTRUCTION REGULATION BYLAW, 2003, NO. 7390 CONSOLIDATED FOR CONVENIENCE July 25, 2005 Amendment Bylaw, 2004, No. 7607 Amendment Bylaw, 2004, No. 7602 Amendment

More information

November 12, The Law of Islamic Republic of Afghanistan Draft Law on Industrial Designs

November 12, The Law of Islamic Republic of Afghanistan Draft Law on Industrial Designs November 12, 2012 The Law of Islamic Republic of Afghanistan Draft Law on Industrial Designs Industrial Designs Chapter One General Provisions Article NO Topic Page Article 1: Basis ------------------------------------------------------------------

More information

CITY OF BURNABY BYLAW NO *******

CITY OF BURNABY BYLAW NO ******* Burnaby Tree Bylaw Page 1 CITY OF BURNABY BYLAW NO. 10482 (Consolidated for convenience with Bylaw No. 10759, 10891, 10917, 10963, 10968, 11189, 11331, 11485, 11670, 11846, 12035, 12191, 12298, 12377,

More information

CITY OF EDMONTON BYLAW EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT BYLAW (CONSOLIDATED ON NOVEMBER 14, 2012)

CITY OF EDMONTON BYLAW EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT BYLAW (CONSOLIDATED ON NOVEMBER 14, 2012) CITY OF EDMONTON BYLAW 14737 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT BYLAW (CONSOLIDATED ON NOVEMBER 14, 2012) Bylaw 14737 Page 2 of 9 THE CITY OF EDMONTON BYLAW 14737 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT BYLAW Whereas, pursuant to the

More information

ORDINANCE NO. 14,981

ORDINANCE NO. 14,981 ORDINANCE NO. 14,981 AN ORDINANCE to amend the Municipal Code of the City of Des Moines, Iowa, 2000, adopted by Ordinance No. 13,827, passed June 5, 2000, as heretofore amended, by repealing Chapter 26

More information

SOCIALIST REPUBLIC OF VIETNAM Independence - Freedom - Happiness

SOCIALIST REPUBLIC OF VIETNAM Independence - Freedom - Happiness GOVERNMENT No. 35-2006-ND-CP SOCIALIST REPUBLIC OF VIETNAM Independence - Freedom - Happiness Hanoi, 31 March 2006 DECREE MAKING DETAILED PROVISIONS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE COMMERCIAL LAW WITH RESPECT

More information

THE LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK FOR MUNICIPAL PLANNING, SUBDIVISION, AND DEVELOPMENT CONTROL

THE LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK FOR MUNICIPAL PLANNING, SUBDIVISION, AND DEVELOPMENT CONTROL THE LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK FOR MUNICIPAL PLANNING, SUBDIVISION, AND DEVELOPMENT CONTROL Alberta Municipal Affairs February 1997 Updated March 2002 1.0 INTRODUCTION The authority for municipal planning,

More information

5312 Cap. 243.] Local Governments CHAPTER 243. THE LOCAL GOVERNMENTS ACT. Commencement: 24 March, 1997.

5312 Cap. 243.] Local Governments CHAPTER 243. THE LOCAL GOVERNMENTS ACT. Commencement: 24 March, 1997. CHAPTER 243 THE LOCAL GOVERNMENTS ACT. Commencement: 24 March, 1997. An Act to amend, consolidate and streamline the existing law on local governments in line with the Constitution to give effect to the

More information

On-Site Sewage Systems Maintenance Inspections

On-Site Sewage Systems Maintenance Inspections Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing Ministère des Affaires municipales et du Logement On-Site Sewage Systems Maintenance Inspections Source Protection Committee Chairs Meeting January 17, 2010 On-Site

More information

Employer s Guide: Applying for Approval of Excess Weekly Hours of Work and Averaging Hours of Work

Employer s Guide: Applying for Approval of Excess Weekly Hours of Work and Averaging Hours of Work Employer s Guide: Applying for Approval of Excess Weekly Hours of Work and Averaging Hours of Work These publications are provided for your information and convenience only. They are not legal documents.

More information

Appendices. Provisions in the appendices shall not apply unless specifically adopted herein or made a part of.

Appendices. Provisions in the appendices shall not apply unless specifically adopted herein or made a part of. Part I Administrative CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION SECTION 101 GENERAL TITLE, SCOPE AND PURPOSE 101.1 Title. These provisions shall be known as the construction code of Assumption Parish and will be referred

More information

2013 R-1 Building Permit Package For Additions, Decks, Fences & Garages

2013 R-1 Building Permit Package For Additions, Decks, Fences & Garages 2013 R-1 Building Permit Package For Additions, Decks, Fences & Garages Table of Contents Application for Building Permit 3 Sewer Connection Permit.. 4 Water Connection Permit... 5 Application for Utility

More information

CHICAGO MINIMUM WAGE AND PAID SICK LEAVE RULES SUPPORTING CHAPTER 1-24 OF THE MUNICIPAL CODE OF CHICAGO

CHICAGO MINIMUM WAGE AND PAID SICK LEAVE RULES SUPPORTING CHAPTER 1-24 OF THE MUNICIPAL CODE OF CHICAGO CHICAGO MINIMUM WAGE AND PAID SICK LEAVE RULES SUPPORTING CHAPTER 1-24 OF THE MUNICIPAL CODE OF CHICAGO ARTICLE 1 GENERAL RULES SECTION I. DEFINITIONS Terms used in these Rules that are defined in Chapter

More information

GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT REGULATION

GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT REGULATION Province of Alberta EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT ACT GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT REGULATION Alberta Regulation 248/2007 With amendments up to and including Alberta Regulation 216/2017 Office Consolidation

More information

OVERVIEW OF THE AMENDMENTS TO PART II OF THE CANADA LABOUR CODE

OVERVIEW OF THE AMENDMENTS TO PART II OF THE CANADA LABOUR CODE OVERVIEW OF THE AMENDMENTS TO PART II OF THE CANADA LABOUR CODE 1. Definitions (subsection 122.(1)) Many definitions were created or redefined because of new terminology or new concepts adopted in the

More information

A Guide to the Occupational Health and Safety Act

A Guide to the Occupational Health and Safety Act A Guide to the Occupational Health and Safety Act A Guide to the Occupational Health and Safety Act Please Note: A new print edition of this guide, which will include recent changes to the Occupational

More information

ONTARIO BUILDING CODE STANDARD PRACTICE

ONTARIO BUILDING CODE STANDARD PRACTICE ONTARIO BUILDING CODE STANDARD PRACTICE Dormant & Incomplete Building Permit Files Building Services Division 32 Mill Street Thornbury, ON N0H 2P0 Tel.:(519) 599-3131, ext. 239 Toll Free; 1-888-258-6867

More information

PUBLIC WIFI FROM EE SOLUTION TERMS

PUBLIC WIFI FROM EE SOLUTION TERMS 1. Interpretation 1.1 The Public WiFi from EE Solution (referred to in these Solution Terms as "Public WiFi" or the "Solution") is provided in accordance with the Customer s Agreement with EE. 1.2 Solution

More information

STAFF REPORT THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWN OF COBOURG. Mayor and Council Members. Brent Larmer By-law Enforcement/Policy Coordinator and Deputy Clerk

STAFF REPORT THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWN OF COBOURG. Mayor and Council Members. Brent Larmer By-law Enforcement/Policy Coordinator and Deputy Clerk THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWN OF COBOURG STAFF REPORT TO: FROM: TITLE: Mayor and Council Members Brent Larmer By-law Enforcement/Policy Coordinator and Deputy Clerk DATE OF MEETING: September 11, 2017 TITLE

More information

Document B101 TM. Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Architect

Document B101 TM. Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Architect Document B101 TM 2007 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Architect AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year (In words, indicate day, month and year.) BETWEEN the Architect s client identified

More information

CITY OF CRANSTON RESIDENTIAL PERMIT PROCEDURE BASEMENT RENOVATION

CITY OF CRANSTON RESIDENTIAL PERMIT PROCEDURE BASEMENT RENOVATION CITY OF CRANSTON RESIDENTIAL PERMIT PROCEDURE BASEMENT RENOVATION WE WILL NOT ACCEPT ANY PLANS OR PAPERWORK TO START THE REVIEW PROCESS UNTIL ALL ITEMS BELOW ARE SUBMITTED TO US AT THE SAME TIME. PLANS

More information

Confirming building classification during occupancy. Susan Clarke, P.Eng., MBA Office of the Fire Marshal

Confirming building classification during occupancy. Susan Clarke, P.Eng., MBA Office of the Fire Marshal Confirming building classification during occupancy Susan Clarke, P.Eng., MBA Office of the Fire Marshal 1 Caveat This presentation is for information purposes; not providing legal advice For legal advice,

More information

POTABLE WATER REGULATION

POTABLE WATER REGULATION Province of Alberta ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND ENHANCEMENT ACT POTABLE WATER REGULATION Alberta Regulation 277/2003 With amendments up to and including Alberta Regulation 126/2017 Office Consolidation

More information

Professional Corporation Application for Registration (Form 4-6C)

Professional Corporation Application for Registration (Form 4-6C) Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario 69 Bloor Street East Toronto ON M4W 1B3 T. 416 962.1841 Toll free 1 800 387.0735 cpaontario.ca Professional Corporation Application for Registration (Form

More information

CANDIDATE NOMINATION PACKAGE

CANDIDATE NOMINATION PACKAGE CANDIDATE NOMINATION PACKAGE Westlock County General Election October 16, 2017 Revised June 12, 2017 Table of Contents CONTACT INFORMATION... 2 NOMINATION DAY... 3 OBTAINING NOMINATION FORMS... 3 FILING

More information

IRVINE UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT CONTRACTOR S PREQUALIFICATION QUESTIONNAIRE, 20

IRVINE UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT CONTRACTOR S PREQUALIFICATION QUESTIONNAIRE, 20 CONTRACTOR S PREQUALIFICATION QUESTIONNAIRE, 20 The Irvine Unified School District ( District ) has determined that bidders on an annual basis must be prequalified prior to submitting a bid on a project

More information

The following materials and documents are required in order for you to obtain a Building Permit:

The following materials and documents are required in order for you to obtain a Building Permit: Imperial Municipal Services 263 Northland Drive Rockford, MI 49341 (616)863-9294 or 1-800-442-2794 Fax: (616)863-9298 E-mail: info@imsinspections.com Algoma Township 10531 Algoma Ave. NE Rockford, MI 49341-7108

More information

Chapter UNIFORM CODES FOR CONSTRUCTION BUILDING CODE

Chapter UNIFORM CODES FOR CONSTRUCTION BUILDING CODE Chapter 23.12 UNIFORM CODES FOR CONSTRUCTION BUILDING CODE 23.12.010 Adoption of the 2010 California Building Code. Part 2. Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations. There is adopted and incorporated

More information

B U I L D I N G P E R M I T A P P L I C A T I O N

B U I L D I N G P E R M I T A P P L I C A T I O N B U I L D I N G P E R M I T A P P L I C A T I O N City of Sand Springs, Oklahoma Sand Springs Fire Department Neighborhood Services Department 108 E. Broadway, Sand Springs ok 74063 Phone: (918) 246-2500

More information

NEW YORK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AUDIT COMMITTEE MISSION STATEMENT

NEW YORK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AUDIT COMMITTEE MISSION STATEMENT NEW YORK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AUDIT COMMITTEE MISSION STATEMENT I. MISSION AND FUNCTION OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE A. The mission of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board of Directors (the Board of

More information

WHITELEY PRE SCHOOL DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURE. 1.1 The disciplinary procedure applies to all members of staff, volunteers and committee members.

WHITELEY PRE SCHOOL DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURE. 1.1 The disciplinary procedure applies to all members of staff, volunteers and committee members. WHITELEY PRE SCHOOL DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURE 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 The disciplinary procedure applies to all members of staff, volunteers and committee members. 1.2 The procedure will be applied in accordance

More information

BYLAW NO.09/036 BEING A BYLAW OF THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WOOD BUFFALO TO ESTABLISH A MUNICIPAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY

BYLAW NO.09/036 BEING A BYLAW OF THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WOOD BUFFALO TO ESTABLISH A MUNICIPAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY BYLAW NO.09/036 BEING A BYLAW OF THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF WOOD BUFFALO TO ESTABLISH A MUNICIPAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY WHEREAS pursuant to the Emergency Management Act, RSA 2000, c. E-6.8, as

More information

Appendix C Having used FIDIC 99 as the basis for identifying the modifications made within the analyzed contracts, it was necessary to understand the

Appendix C Having used FIDIC 99 as the basis for identifying the modifications made within the analyzed contracts, it was necessary to understand the Appendix C Having used FIDIC 99 as the basis for identifying the modifications made within the analyzed contracts, it was necessary to understand the differences between FIDIC 87 and FIDIC 99. The below

More information

BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION PACKAGE

BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION PACKAGE BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION PACKAGE NOTICE TO BUILDING PERMIT APPLICANTS In addition to completed applications forms, the following documentation is required to accompany all building permit applications

More information

Permit Requirements: Building Codes: The City of Clanton has adopted the following codes which are enforced by the Building Department:

Permit Requirements: Building Codes: The City of Clanton has adopted the following codes which are enforced by the Building Department: Permit Requirements: Any owner, authorized agent, or contractor who desires to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish, or change the occupancy of a building or structure, or to erect, install,

More information

MEMORANDUM D In Brief. Ottawa, February 13, 2009

MEMORANDUM D In Brief. Ottawa, February 13, 2009 Ottawa, February 13, 2009 MEMORANDUM D4-1-5 In Brief STORAGE OF GOODS 1. This In Brief page has been revised to denote changes made as a result of the Government of Canada s Paperwork Burden Reduction

More information

BY-LAW NO THEREFORE the Council of the City of Ottawa enacts as follows: PART I DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

BY-LAW NO THEREFORE the Council of the City of Ottawa enacts as follows: PART I DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION BY-LAW NO. 2014-220 This office consolidation is provided for reference purposes only. Every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of this consolidation up to and including the last amending by-law. For

More information

Application for a Permit to Construct or Demolish This form is authorized under subsection 8(1.1) of the Building Code Act.

Application for a Permit to Construct or Demolish This form is authorized under subsection 8(1.1) of the Building Code Act. Application for a Permit to Construct or Demolish This form is authorized under subsection 8(1.1) of the Building Code Act. For use by Principal Authority Application number: Permit number (if different):

More information

Bill 11. An Act respecting the Société du Plan Nord. Introduction

Bill 11. An Act respecting the Société du Plan Nord. Introduction FIRST SESSION FORTY-FIRST LEGISLATURE Bill 11 An Act respecting the Société du Plan Nord Introduction Introduced by Mr. Pierre Arcand Minister of Energy and Natural Resources and Minister responsible for

More information

Workplace Joint Health and Safety Committees and Health and Safety Representatives Guide

Workplace Joint Health and Safety Committees and Health and Safety Representatives Guide Workplace Joint Health and Safety Committees and Health and Safety Representatives Guide Corporate Policy and Agency Coordination Division HR Policy and Planning Branch October 2013 S a f e t y R e p r

More information

SARJAK CONTAINER LINES PVT. LTD.

SARJAK CONTAINER LINES PVT. LTD. SARJAK CONTAINER LINES PVT. LTD. CARRIER S STANDARD CREDIT TERMS Credit on any owed sums may be granted by Sarjak Container Lines Pvt. Ltd. to the Client, hereinafter referred as the «Client» or «Sarjak»,

More information

ACT ON THE STATE ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM ZAKON O SUSTAVU DRŽAVNE UPRAVE

ACT ON THE STATE ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM ZAKON O SUSTAVU DRŽAVNE UPRAVE EU-projekt: Podrška Pravosudnoj akademiji: Razvoj sustava obuke za buduće suce i državne odvjetnike EU-project: Support to the Judicial Academy: Developing a training system for future judges and prosecutors

More information

City of Centerville Building, Zoning & Code Enforcement Department

City of Centerville Building, Zoning & Code Enforcement Department City of Centerville Building, Zoning & Code Enforcement Department FAQ: Building / Zoning & Code Questions: FAQ for the City of Centerville / Building / Zoning & Code Enforcement Dept. 1. How do I contact

More information

MUNICIPAL OFFICES 1481 EAST COLLEGE AVENUE, STATE COLLEGE, PA TELEPHONE: FAX:

MUNICIPAL OFFICES 1481 EAST COLLEGE AVENUE, STATE COLLEGE, PA TELEPHONE: FAX: MUNICIPAL OFFICES 1481 EAST COLLEGE AVENUE, STATE COLLEGE, PA 16801 TELEPHONE: 814-231-3021 FAX: 814-231-3020 Checklist for Submission of APPLICATION for DEMOLITION PERMIT To obtain a permit for demolition

More information

ALBERTA FOUNDATION FOR THE ARTS ACT

ALBERTA FOUNDATION FOR THE ARTS ACT Province of Alberta ALBERTA FOUNDATION FOR THE ARTS ACT Revised Statutes of Alberta 2000 Chapter A-19 Current as of June 12, 2013 Office Consolidation Published by Alberta Queen s Printer Alberta Queen

More information

SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 014000 - PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Defines SRP requirements for Contractor Quality Control and Owner Quality Assurance. As an Electric and Water Utility, SRP has many critical facilities.

More information

BUILDING & PLUMBING BYLAW NO. 1119

BUILDING & PLUMBING BYLAW NO. 1119 T O W N O F L A D Y S M I T H BUILDING & PLUMBING BYLAW NO. 1119 SEPTEMBER 1994 CONSOLIDATED FOR CONVENIENCE ONLY A BYLAW TO REGULATE CONSTRUCTION AND RELATED MATTERS AND PROVIDE FOR THE ADMINISTRATION

More information

Disciplinary/Dismissal Procedures

Disciplinary/Dismissal Procedures Disciplinary/Dismissal Procedures This policy was adopted by the Board of Directors of Armagh Credit Union Limited. Signed:- Position Position Date: STATEMENT OF POLICY The aim of Armagh Credit Union's

More information

BUILDING CODES & DESIGN CRITERIA

BUILDING CODES & DESIGN CRITERIA BUILDING CODES & DESIGN CRITERIA Adopted Building Codes: 2006 International Building Code (IBC) 2006 International Residential Code (IRC) 2006 International Mechanical Code (IMC) 2006 International Plumbing

More information

WAREHOUSING STANDARD TRADING CONDITIONS. 1. Definitions Warehouseman means Crossdock Systems.

WAREHOUSING STANDARD TRADING CONDITIONS. 1. Definitions Warehouseman means Crossdock Systems. WAREHOUSING STANDARD TRADING CONDITIONS 1. Definitions Warehouseman means Crossdock Systems. Conditions means the individual terms and conditions within these Standard Trading Conditions. Customer means

More information

Village of Denmark Building Code Code No.:

Village of Denmark Building Code Code No.: Village of Denmark Building Code Code No.: 121-1 Purpose. 121-2 Adoption of codes. 121-3 Permits required. 121-4 Application for permits. 121-5 Plans to be submitted. 121-6 Posting permit on construction

More information

PREMIER S COUNCIL ON ALBERTA S PROMISE ACT

PREMIER S COUNCIL ON ALBERTA S PROMISE ACT Province of Alberta PREMIER S COUNCIL ON ALBERTA S PROMISE ACT Statutes of Alberta 2003 Chapter P-20.5 Current as of November 1, 2013 Office Consolidation Published by Alberta Queen s Printer Alberta Queen

More information

RESIDENTIAL BUILDING PERMIT

RESIDENTIAL BUILDING PERMIT A APPLICATION FOR A RESIDENTIAL BUILDING PERMIT JACKSON CO. MS. PLAN CASE NUMBER: PERMIT NUMBER: ACCEPTED BY: APPROVED BY: Application is hereby made for a permit under the provisions of the Comprehensive

More information

Contracting for Goods and Services

Contracting for Goods and Services Contracting for Goods and Services Northwest Territories Office of the Auditor General of Canada Bureau du vérificateur général du Canada Ce document est également publié en français. This document is

More information

Content Copy Of Original

Content Copy Of Original Content Copy Of Original Ministry of the Environment and Climate Change Ministère de l Environnement et de l Action en matière de changement climatique Maple Lake Park Limited 16 Levy Crt Woodbridge, Ontario

More information

The Environmental Management and Protection (Saskatchewan Environmental Code Adoption) Regulations

The Environmental Management and Protection (Saskatchewan Environmental Code Adoption) Regulations ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 1 ENVIRONMENTAL CODE ADOPTION) E-10.22 REG 2 The Environmental Management and Protection (Saskatchewan Environmental Code Adoption) Regulations being Chapter E-10.22 Reg 2 (effective

More information

FIAT CHRYSLER AUTOMOBILES N.V. AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

FIAT CHRYSLER AUTOMOBILES N.V. AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER FIAT CHRYSLER AUTOMOBILES N.V. AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER For so long as shares of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V. (the Company ) are listed on the New York Stock Exchange ( NYSE ), the rules of the NYSE and

More information

An Act respecting the Ministère des Finances, de l Économie et de la Recherche

An Act respecting the Ministère des Finances, de l Économie et de la Recherche SECOND SESSION THIRTY-SIXTH LEGISLATURE Bill 116 An Act respecting the Ministère des Finances, de l Économie et de la Recherche Introduction Introduced by Madam Pauline Marois Minister of Finance, the

More information

1.1 You will be employed under section 15 of the Technical and Further Education Commission Act 1990 (TAFE Act).

1.1 You will be employed under section 15 of the Technical and Further Education Commission Act 1990 (TAFE Act). Employment Agreement New TAFE Manager [insert date] [insert name and address] Dear We are pleased to offer you employment with the Technical and Further Education Commission (TAFE Commission) on the terms

More information